Grand Final Curriculum 8..06.2021 After Syllbus Meeting

Department of Chemistry
Faculty of Science
Mawlana Bhashani Science and Technology University
Santosh, Tangail-1902
Curriculum for B.Sc. (Honors) in Chemistry

Session: 2020-2021 and 2021-2022
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM, DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY, MBSTU
Contents of the Curriculum
SI Title of the Contents Page

1. Preamble of the Curriculum 3
2. Mawlana Bhashani Science and Technology University (MBSTU) 3
3. Faculty of Science 3
4. Department of Chemistry 3
5. Assessment pattern and Evaluation system 3
6. Vision of the University 5
7. Mission of the University 5
8. Strategic objectives of the University 5
9. Functions of the University 5
10. Graduate profile of the program 6
11. Vision of the Program 6
12. Mission of the Program (Mission Statement of the program (M)) 7
13. Program Education Objectives (PEO) 7
14. PEO to Mission Statement Mapping 7
15. Program Learning Outcome (PLO) 7
16. Mapping of PLOs to PEOs 8
17. Information about Course Summery and Important Part of Ordinance 8
18. Distribution of Courses and credits 8
19. Selected Part of the Academic Ordinance of B.Sc. (Honors) Degree 8-11
20. Grade Point Average (GPA) Calculation 11-12
21. Course Structure of B.Sc. (Hons) Degree in Chemistry 12-16
Contents of the Curriculum 2

Preamble to the Curriculum

Mawlana Bhashani Science and Technology University (MBSTU)
The divine power lies in the understanding of science and the application of technology. Mawlana
Bhashani Science and Technology University (MBSTU) is aimed to provide its students with the
knowledge of proper combination of science and technology to get them prepared for the challenges
of the 21st century. The students of MBSTU hold not only the scientific knowledge but also the norm
and values to become complete social human beings who would break all the obstacles of the society
and lead it to a better one as they are influenced by the vision of the spiritual philosopher and the
leader of the leaders - Mawlana Abdul Hamid Khan Bhashani. That is why the students of MBSTU
are well prepared to face the challenges of day to day life anywhere.
Faculty of Science
The Faculty of Science of the Mawlana Bhashani Science and Technology University provides high
quality and effective university education in the fields of science. The study programmes are founded
on research and the most recent scientific knowledge, whereas teaching is an important part of
innovation and international collaboration. Among our highest values are good and motivated students
who, with their knowledge and skills, should become the protagonists of economic and social
development of the Republic of Bangladesh and elsewhere. Scientific research is carried out within
the fields of Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics and Statistics and interdisciplinary areas of science
(Pharmacy, Biochemistry and Biology related). The Faculty of Science is organised into four
departments (Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics and Statistics), each of which possesses great
autonomy in scientific, teaching, and professional activity.
Department of Chemistry
The Department of Chemistry is a vital, expanding hub of scientific inquiry with deep historic roots
and a ready grasp on the future. The Department of Chemistry was formed in 2010 to consolidate the
Mawlana Bhashani Science and Technology University’s broad-ranging and cutting-edge research in
the fundamental discipline of Chemistry. The Department is ongoing to place a tradition of great
importance on research efforts which comes from the belief that the presence of first-rate researchers
will undoubtedly raise the quality of education. The members of the Department of Chemistry are
instilled with a strong desire to seek and investigate unknown areas and have left a legacy of
important work in their respective fields. The Department has launched the most contemporary
syllabus in the nation. To cope with the global challenges in national and international job market, it
would be needed more and more innovative and demandable education in Chemistry (especially
Biological Chemistry, Nano-chemistry and Computational Chemistry) are more life related. The
Department is going to launch this type of courses in order to fight against the life-threatening
disasters. Chemistry studies the nature of materials in terms of the structure and dynamics in atomic
and molecular dimension. Students in this department are trained in research to elucidate the
molecular structure and dynamics of chemical reactions, to discover new synthetic reactions and new
chemical compounds and to analyze chemical processes in living organisms and on the earth.
Assessment Pattern and Evaluation System

Assessment pattern and evaluation system are established on the based of bloom’s taxonomy and
university ordidance. Detailed systems are described clearly here for theory and laboratory courses:
Preamble to the Curriculum 3

i) Theory Courses
a) Assessment Pattern
Assesment system is customized as per the university ordinance and international bloom’s taxonomy
standard.
i. CIE- Continuous Internal Evaluation (20%) ii. EE- End Examination 70%
Class Tests/ Assignments Test Marks
*Bloom’s Category *Bloom’s Category
(In 20 marks) (In 70 marks)
Remember 6 Remember 20
Understand 5 Understand 15
Apply 3.5 Apply 12
Analyse 2.5 Analyse 9
Evaluate 2 Evaluate 8
Create 1 Create 6
*Recommended *Recommended
b) Evaluation
Grades will be calculated as per the university grading structure and individual student will be
evaluated based on the following criteria with respective weights.
Percent (%)
Process Descriptions
Evaluation
Marks will be given from 60% to 100% of attendance
Attendance 10%
mentioned at the starting of this curriculum.
Class test/ At least (𝑛 + 1) examinations will be held where 𝑛 = number
20%
Assignment of credits. An average of all examinations will be calculated.
The examination will be conducted after semester ending (14
Final Weeks) and preparatory leaves (approx. 14 days). An average
70%
examination of the marks given by the internal and external examiners will
be calculated.
Total: 100%
ii) Laboratory Courses
a) Assessment Pattern
Assesment system is customized as per the university ordinance and international bloom’s taxonomy
standard.
i. CIE- Continuous Internal Evaluation (10%) ii. EE- End Examination 60%
*Bloom’s Category Quiz Tests (In 10 *Bloom’s Category Test Marks (In 60
marks) marks)
Remember 3 Remember 05
Understand 2 Understand 10
Apply 2 Apply 10
Analyse 1 Analyse 20
Evaluate 1 Evaluate 10
Preamble to the Curriculum 4

Create 1 Create 05
*Recommended *Recommended
b) Evaluation
Grades will be calculated as per the university grading structure and individual student will be
evaluated based on the following criteria with respective weights.
Percent (%)
Process Descriptions
Evaluation
Marks will be given from 60-100 % of attendance
Attendance 10%
mention at the starting of the curriculum.
Report writing At the end of the laboratory experiments. 10%
The quiz will be conducted with the prior concern of the
Quiz test 10%
respective examination committee.
The viva-voce will be conducted with the prior concern
Viva-voce 10%
of the respective examination committee.
Lab final The lab final examination will be conducted with the
60%
examination prior concern of the respective examination committee.
Total: 100%
VISION OF THE UNIVERSITY

To build knowledge based skilled nation through science and technology related education and
research that will ensure the total upliftment of socio-economic status and modernization to our
country and the world as well.
MISSION OF THE UNIVERSITY

❖ Developing innovative power among the students by providing high quality science and technolo-
gy education
❖ Expanding the research-based technology
❖ Interacting with the outside world to play a pivotal role in creating skilled human resources for the
overall development of the country.
Strategic Objectives of the University

 Improving the quality of higher education management.
 Promoting higher education research to world class.
 Further expansion of higher education.
Functions of the University

❑ Formulation of specific plans for the development of higher education, evaluation of the activities
of departments and institutes.
❑ Implementing the issues mentioned for strategic purposes.
❑ To take steps to upgrade the basic administrative structure including the Office of the Registrar,
Office of Finance and Accounts, Office of the Controller of Examinations, and Engineering office
to the digital level.
❑ Oversee overall development activities.
VISION OF THE UNIVERSITY 5

Graduate Profile of the Program

Objectives
Students who have completed the B.Sc. (Hons) Degree will have acquired an advanced-level of
education including specialist knowledge and general intellectual and life skills that prepare them for
gainful employment and effective citizenship with a firm foundation for continuous learning and
personal development. They will be a distinct clique with a strong sense of professionalism, desire for
continuous improvement, confidence and adaptability, ability to communicate and cooperate, and a
deep empathy for the needs of the wider society.
The Chemistry graduates will be able to-

1. Demonstrate advanced knowledge and concepts in specialized areas defined by their program.
2. Apply skills in proper methods of analysis, whether quantitative or qualitative, or both, to assem-
ble and integrate information in ways consistent with the highest standards of their discipline.
3. Develop problem solving skills and analytical thinking skills.
4. Study contemporary research in their field of specialization and apply their research and investi-
gations in scholarly communication, applied in oral, text, and digital formats or poster presenta-
tions.
5. Employ modern library search tools to locate and retrieve scientific information about a chemical
technique, or topic relating to chemistry.
6. Evaluate equipment and processes to ensure compliance with safety and environmental regula-
tions.
7. Engage in research-based studies at postgraduate level home and abroad.
8. Apply their broad knowledge and understanding of chemistry to serve the country as responsible
citizens who are ethical and professional in action.
9. Work independently or collaboratively with members of a team in research or professional activi-
ties those results in an original contribution to knowledge.
The Chemistry graduates will be competent to-

❖ Serve as researchers, academics, consultants, managers, executives, administrators and policy
planners in the Research Laboratories, Chemical Industries, Pharmaceuticals, BCS, College,
School etc., in both locally and globally.
❖ Link in self-employment in Chemistry and allied fields.
❖ Engage in the teaching, learning, research, creative activities and career placement as professions
of the University.
VISION OF THE PROGRAM

The program aspires boldly explore and advance new chemical frontiers in the advanced field of
chemistry that fosters research breakthroughs and teaching innovations and to excel in chemical
education, research and services.
Graduate Profile of the Program 6

MISSION OF THE PROGRAM

Mission Statement of the program (M)
To train and mentor students as responsible scientists and scientifically literate
M1 professionals, involving them in all aspects of chemistry and the global chemical
enterprise.
To offer quality chemistry learning experiences, conduct basic and applied research of
M2
national and international impact.
To prepare competitive and professional graduates empowered with excellent
M3
technical and leadership skills, integrity, and social responsibility.
To create novel and sustainable solutions to serve public interests and to address
M4
global challenges in areas such as health, energy, and environment.
To build proactive partnerships with industries and offer effective training and
M5
educational and technical services to the society.
Program Education Objectives (PEOs)
PEO1 To provide students the scientific skills and chemical knowledge essential for success.
To train students how to apply concepts they acquired and to design and perform
PEO2
experiments.
PEO3 To equip students with effective scientific communication skills.
PEO4 To encourage the pursuit of lifelong learning.
PEO5 To foster a commitment to ethical and social responsibilities.
PEO6 To promote the students in professional development and service.
PEO to Mission Statement (M) Mapping

Ms/PEOs PEO1 PEO2 PEO3 PEO4 PEO5 PEO6
M1 √ √ √ √
M2 √ √ √ √ √
M3 √ √ √ √ √
M4 √ √ √ √ √ √
M5 √ √ √ √ √ √
(Tick mark or level of correlation: 3-High, 2-Medium, 1-Low can be used)
Program Learning Outcome (PLOs)
Upon satisfactory completion of this Program, the students should be able to-
Theory and Knowledge: Create a strong foundation in the fundamentals and
PLO1 application of current chemical and scientific theories including the basic areas of
chemistry (physical, inorganic, organic and analytical).
Laboratory Skills: Design and carry out scientific experiments as well as accurately
PLO2 record and analyze the results of such experiments and apply the proper procedures
and regulations for safe handling and use of chemicals, glasswares and scientific tools.
PLO3 Problem Solution: Master of problem solving, critical thinking and analytical
MISSION OF THE PROGRAM 7

reasoning as applied to scientific problems.

Research and Research Tools: Explore new areas of research in both chemistry and
PLO4 allied fields of science and technology, and apply appropriate classical techniques,
resources and modern tools for predicting & modelling the scientific works.
Communications: Communicate the results of scientific work in oral, written and
PLO5
electronic formats to both scientists and the public at large.
Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commitment to scientific research and profession,
PLO6 and value the central role of chemistry in society and use this in issues facing our
society in energy, health, medicine, and environment.
Individual and Team Work: Function effectively as an individual, and or as a
PLO7
member or leader of an interdisciplinary problem-solving team.
Career Opportunity: Pursue their career in science through gainful employment and
PLO8
act as skilled chemistry personnel.
Mapping of PLOs to PEOs

PEO/PLO PLO1 PLO2 PLO3 PLO4 PLO5 PLO6 PLO7 PLO8
PEO1 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
PEO2 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
PEO3 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
PEO4 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
PEO5 √ √ √
PEO6 √
(Tick mark or level of correlation: 3-High, 2-Medium, 1-Low can be used)
Information about Course Summary and Important Part of Ordinance

1. Distribution of Courses and credits:
The syllabus for the 4-year B.Sc. (Honors) in Chemistry degree consists of 160 credits and will be
divided into eight semesters. Every two semester will cover an academic year. For each semester, the
examinations will be held at the end of the semester. A candidate for the above mentioned degree has
to take total 77 (seventy seven) courses covering 160 credits. The summary of the syllabus is given
below:
99 credits for Chemistry theory courses (Major)
27.5 credits for Chemistry laboratory courses (Major)
3.5 credits for oral courses (Major)
4 credits for Internship at Industry or Research Organization/Project work (Major)
10 credits for Mathematics theory courses (Integrated)
8 credits for Physics theory courses (Integrated)
2 credits for Biology theory course (Integrated)
2 credits for Biochemistry theory course (Integrated)
2 credits for Microbiology theory course (Integrated)
2 credits for English theory course (Integrated)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total = 160 credits
Information about Course Summary and Important Part of Ordinance 8

The CHEM-4208 Internship at Industry or Research Organization/ Project work course will be meant
for giving laboratory training to the students in an appropriate chemical/pharmaceutical industry or
doing short-term research work offered by the teachers of the department or in an appropriate research
institution. The department will assign whether a candidate has to accomplish an Internship at
Industry or Research Organization or Project Work according to the availability of the position.
2. Selected Part of the Academic Ordinance of B.Sc. (Honors) Degree
a) Duration of the program of study:

The program of the study for the degree of B.Sc. Honors in Chemistry shall extend over a period of 04
(four) academic years. The students cannot be allowed to complete their B.Sc. (Hons.) degree in more
than 06 (six) academics years. One year consists of 02 (two) semesters. So the whole program
consists of 08 (eight) semesters.
b) Duration of Semesters and Courses:

The duration of each semester shall be as follows:
i) Class to be held 14 Weeks
ii) Recess before the date of commencement of semester 2 Weeks
fnal examination
ii) Duration for conducting each semester final Exam- 7 Weeks (4 Weeks for Examination and
inaion and completion of results 3 Weeks for publication of the
results)
Total: 23 Weeks
c) Theory Courses:
A three (3) credit course will involve at least three classes of fifty minutes per week and at least four
class tests. A two (2) credit course will involve at least two classes of fifty minutes per week and at
least three class tests. Of the total marks, 70% marks will be from written examination to be held at
the end of the semester and 20% marks from class tests conducted throughout the course and 10%
marks from class attendance.
Candidates having less than 60% attendance will not be allowed to sit for the examination.
Students having less than 60% attendance in each course of any semester shall be eligible for
readmission once only in the following session within the admission schedule notified for regular
batch of students of the semester concerned.
Basis for awarding for class partition (10% marks) will be as follows:
Attendance Marks
90% and above 10
85% to less than 90% 9
Less than 60% 0

d) Laboratory Courses:
1.5 credit courses will involve one class of three (3) hours per week. 2.0 credit courses will involve
one class of four (4) hours per Week. Out of total marks, 60% marks will be allocated for laboratory
final examination, 10% marks will be from one quiz test, 10% marks will be from laboratory report,
10% marks will be from class attendance and 10% marks will be from viva voce.
e) Practical/Lab/Field trip and Viva-voce Courses:

60% of the marks shall be allocated for the laboratory examination to be conducted by the
examination committee in the presence of the course teacher, 10% marks from the laboratory report,
10% marks from class attendance and 10% marks from one quiz test to be given by the course
teacher, and 10% marks will be from viva voce to be conducted by examination committee in the
presence of the course teacher.
f) Project Work/Internship/Thesis/Industrial Training Courses:

Fifty percent (50%) of marks shall be allotted for Project/Thesis/Internship report to be evaluated by
one internal (preferably by the supervisor) and one external examiner approved by the respective
examination committee. Twenty percent (20%) of marks will be allotted for research performance
evaluated by the respective supervisor and thirty percent (30%) of marks shall be allotted for
defense/viva-voice shall be evaluated by the respective examination committee.
g) Distribution of Oral/Viva-voce/Comprehensive Viva-voce courses:

Hundred percent (100%) of marks shall be allotted for oral examination conducted by the relevant
examination committee in the presence of one external examiner (may be the external member of the
relevant examination committee) from other Universities/Institutions.
h) Grading System:
Letter Grades and corresponding Grade points shall be awarded as follows:
Numerical Grade Letter Grade Grade point
80% and above A+ 4.0
75% to less than 80% A 3.75
70% to less than 75% A- 3.50
65% to less than 70% B+ 3.25
60% to less than 65% B 3.00
55% to less than 60% B- 2.75
50% to less than 55% C+ 2.50
45% to less than 50% C 2.25
40% to less than 45% D 2.00
Less than 40% F No Grade Point
Withdrawn W -
i) Promotion system:
i. All promotion from 1st year 1st semester to 1st year 2nd semester and subsequent semesters shall
be considered as semester based system.
ii. For promotion from 1st year 1st semester to 1st year 2nd semester, 1st year 2nd semester to 2nd year
1st semester, 2nd year 1st semester to 2nd year 2nd semester, 2nd year 2nd semester to 3rd year 1st

semester, 3rd year 1st semester to 3rd year 2nd semester, 3rd year 2nd semester to 4th year 1st semes-
ter and 4th year 1st semester to 4th year 2nd semester, a student shall require to earn a minimum
GPA of 2.00 (Letter Grade “D”). If a student fails to earn a minimum GPA of 2.00 in any se-
mester from 1st year 1st semester to 1st year 2nd semester, 1st year 2nd semester to 2nd year 1st se-
mester, 2nd year 1st semester to 2nd year 2nd semester, 2nd year 2nd semester to 3rd year 1st semes-
ter, 3rd year 1st semester to 3rd year 2nd semester, 3rd year 2nd semester to 4th year 1st semester and
4th year 1st semester to 4th year 2nd semester, he/she will not be promoted to the next semester.
j) Degree Requirements:
i) A student must complete a total credits offer by the department.
ii) The candidate carrying F Grade in any course shall not be awarded the degree of B.Sc. Hons.
iii) At least a CGPA of 2.00 must be achieved to get a B.Sc. (Hons.) degree.
k) Improvement:
i) A student obtaining “F” grade or less than GPA 2.00, he/she will take backlog course in next
available semester.
ii) Student shall take backlog once in each course.
iii) A student is not allowed to take more than 30 credits including backlog courses in each se-
mester.
l) Readmission:
Readmission will be allowed only twice during the academic program (six years).
3. Grade Point Average (GPA) Calculation

Grade Point Average (GPA) is calculated as total points secured divided by credit earned.
Computation of Grade Point Average (GPA) and Cumulated Grade Point Average (CGPA) are shown
as follow.
∑ CG
GPA = ∑ CE
Where, C = Credit in a Course

G = Grade point acquired in the corresponding course
CE= Credits earned
Credit Point
Corresponding Grade
Course Code Credit (C) Earned (E) Marks (%) Secured
Letter Grade Point (G)
(CG)
CHEM 1101 3 3 76 A 3.75 11.25
CHEM 1102 1 1 82 A+ 4.00 4.00
CHEM 1103 3 3 85 A+ 4.00 12.00
CHEM 1104 1 0 -- W -- --
CHEM 1105 1 0 38 F -- --
CHEM 1106 3 3 83 A+ 4.00 12.00
CHEM 1107 2 2 65 B+ 3.25 6.50
CHEM 1108 2 2 75 A 3.75 7.50
ΣCT = 16 ΣCE = 14 ΣCG = 53.25

53.25
𝑁𝑜𝑤, 𝐺𝑃𝐴 = = 3.80
14
54.75
𝑆𝑖𝑚𝑖𝑙𝑎𝑟𝑙𝑦 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟 𝑠𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑟, 𝐺𝑃𝐴 = = 3.22
17
53.25 + 54.75 + − − − − − − − − − − − − − − −
𝑇ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑒, 𝐶𝐺𝑃𝐴 = = 3.48
160
𝑊ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒, 𝑎 𝑠𝑡𝑢𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑚𝑢𝑠𝑡 𝑒𝑎𝑟𝑛 160 𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑑𝑖𝑡𝑠 𝑡𝑜 𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒𝑡𝑒 ℎ𝑖𝑠 𝑜𝑟 ℎ𝑒𝑟 𝑑𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑒 𝑖𝑛 𝑐ℎ𝑒𝑚𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑦.

Course Structure of B.Sc. (Hons) Degree in Chemistry

The courses to be offered in the different semesters are detailed below-
1st Year 1st Semester B.Sc. (Hons) Final Examination 2021 & 2022
Course Code Title of the course Credits Hrs/ Week Page
CHEM-1101 Fundamentals of Physical Chemistry 3.0 03 17
CHEM-1102 Physical Chemistry Laboratory-I 1.5 03 20

Atomic Structure and Chemical
CHEM-1103 2.0 02 22
Bonding (Fundamental Concepts)
Qualitative Inorganic Analysis-I
CHEM-1104 1.5 03 24
(Laboratory)
CHEM-1105 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 2.0 02 28
CHEM-1106 Calculus 3.0 03 31

Mechanics and Properties of Matter
CHEM-1107 3.0 03 33
and Waves
CHEM-1108 Biology 2.0 02 36
CHEM-1109 Communicative English 2.0 02 39
CHEM-1110 Oral 0.5 - -
20.5 - -
1st Year 2nd Semester B.Sc. (Hons) Final Examination 2021 & 2022
Course Code Title of the course Credits Hrs/Week Page
Chemical Thermodynamics and
CHEM-1201 3.0 03 42
Equilibrium
CHEM-1202 Physical Chemistry Laboratory-II 1.5 03 45
Inorganic Reactions, Solvents and
CHEM-1203 2.0 02 48
Polymers
Qualitative Inorganic Analysis-II
CHEM-1204 1.5 03 51
(Laboratory)
CHEM-1205 Chemistry of Functional Groups 3.0 03 52
CHEM-1206 Organic Chemistry Laboratory-I 1.5 03 55

Ordinary and Partial Differential
CHEM-1207 2.0 02 58
Equation
CHEM-1208 Electricity and Magnetism 3.0 03 60
CHEM-1209 Oral 0.5 - -
18.0 - -
Course Structure of B.Sc. (Hons) Degree in Chemistry 13

2nd Year 1st Semester B.Sc. (Hons) Final Examination 2022 & 2023
CHEM-2101 Phase and Ionic Equilibrium 2.0 02 64
CHEM-2102 Physical Chemistry Laboratory-III 1.5 03 67
CHEM-2103 Chemistry of Elements 3.0 03 69

Quantitative Inorganic Analysis
CHEM-2104 1.5 03 73
(Laboratory)
Essential Topics of Organic
CHEM-2105 3.0 03 75
Chemistry
Preparative Organic Chemistry
CHEM-2106 1.5 03 79
Laboratory
CHEM-2107 Computational Chemistry Laboratory 2.0 02 83
CHEM-2108 Mathematical Methods 2.0 02 86
CHEM-2109 Electronics and Optics 2.0 02 88
CHEM-2110 Oral 0.5 - -
19.0 - -
2nd Year 2nd Semester B.Sc. (Hons) Final Examination 2022 & 2023
CHEM-2201 Electrochemistry 3.0 03 91
CHEM-2202 Electro-analytical Laboratory 1.5 03 94
CHEM-2203 Analytical Chemistry 3.0 03 97
CHEM-2204 Quantitative Inorganic Laboratory-II 1.5 03 101
CHEM-2205 Bioorganic Chemistry 3.0 03 103
CHEM-2206 Polymer Chemistry 2.0 02 106
CHEM-2207 Nuclear and Radiation Chemistry 2.0 02 109
CHEM-2208 Statistics and Numerical Methods 3.0 03 112
CHEM-2209 Oral 0.5 - -
19.5 - -

3rd Year 1st Semester B.Sc. (Hons) Final Examination 2023 & 2024
Chemical Kinetics and
CHEM-3101 2.0 02 116
Photochemistry
CHEM-3102 Physical Chemistry Laboratory-IV 1.5 03 118
Atomic Structure and Chemical
CHEM-3103 2.0 02 121
Bonding (Advanced Concept)
CHEM-3104 Separation Chemistry 2.0 02 124
Chromatographic Separation
CHEM-3105 1.5 03 126
Laboratory
CHEM-3106 Quantum Chemistry 3.0 03 128
Organo-applied Chemistry
CHEM-3107 1.5 03 131
Laboratory
Fundamentals of Pharmaceutical
CHEM-3108 3.0 03 134
Chemistry
CHEM-3109 Pharmaceutical Chemistry Laboratory 1.5 03 137
CHEM-3110 Microbiology 2.0 02 139

CHEM-3111 Oral 0.5 - -
20.5 - -
3rd Year 2nd Semester B.Sc. (Hons) Final Examination 2023 & 2024
CHEM-3201 Chemical Spectroscopy 3.0 03 142
Transition Metals and Coordination
CHEM-3202 3.0 03 146
Chemistry
CHEM-3203 Inorganic Synthesis Laboratory 1.5 03 150
CHEM-3204 Supramolecular Chemistry 2.0 02 151
CHEM-3205 Organic Reaction Mechanism 3.0 03 154
CHEM-3206 Stereochemistry 3.0 03 157
CHEM-3207 Industrial Chemistry 3.0 03 160

Industrial Chemistry Laboratory and
CHEM-3208 1.5 03 164
Field Visit
CHEM-3209 Biochemistry 2.0 02 166
CHEM-3210 Oral 0.5 - -
22.5 - -

4th Year 1st Semester B.Sc. (Hons) Final Examination 2024 & 2025
Applications of Spectroscopic
CHEM-4101 3.0 03 169
Methods in Chemical Analysis
CHEM-4102 Biophysical Chemistry 2.0 02 172
Electrode Process and Statistical
CHEM-4103 2.0 02 174
Thermodynamics
CHEM-4104 Environmental Chemistry 3.0 03 177
CHEM-4105 Green Chemistry 2.0 02 180
CHEM-4106 Theoretical Organic Chemistry 3.0 03 183
CHEM-4107 Chemistry of Natural Products 2.0 02 186

Identification of Organic Compounds
CHEM-4108 1.5 03 189
(Laboratory)
CHEM-4109 Chemistry Research Methodology 2.0 02 192
CHEM-4110 Oral 0.5 - -
21.0 - -
4th Year 2nd Semester B.Sc. (Hons) Final Examination 2024 & 2025
Course Code Title of the course Credits Hrs/ Week Page
CHEM-4201 Colloid and Surface Chemistry 2.0 02 194

Solid State Chemistry and
CHEM-4202 2.0 02 196
Crystallography
CHEM-4203 Organometallic Chemistry 3.0 03 199
CHEM-4204 Nanochemistry 2.0 02 202
CHEM-4205 Bioinorganic Chemistry 2.0 02 205
CHEM-4206 Organic Reagents and Syntheses 2.0 02 209

CHEM-4207 Medicinal Chemistry 2.0 02 212
Internship at Industry or Research
*CHEM-4208 4.0 08 -
Organization/ Project work
19.0 - -
*The Project/Internship work must be started from 4th Year 1st Semester and assessment pattern according to
the ordinance of university.

Course Title: Fundamentals of Physical Chemistry

a. Course Structure
Course Code : CHEM 1101 Attendance : 10
Credit(s) : 3.0 Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) Marks : 20
Exam Hour(s) : 3.0 End Examination (EE) Marks : 70
b. Course Objective(s)
This course is intended to provide insights about fundamental concepts of physical chemistry:
various states of matter, the perfect gas law which is also a good approximation for accounting for
the properties of real gases, equations related to perfect gases underpin the basis for the
development of many relations in thermodynamics and basic concepts of solution, chemical
equilibrium, and kinetics.
c. Course Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the students will be able to-
CLO1 Explain the behavior of gas applying the kinetic molecular model and different equations
of state.
CLO2 Discuss the properties of liquid, including surface tension, viscosity, the dielectric
constant and different intermolecular forces like dipole-dipole, van der Wall’s.
CLO3 Demonstrate different types of crystalline and amorphous solids and distinguish between
isomorphism and polymorphism.
CLO4 Compute inter-convert several of concentration units of solution.
CLO5 Analyze the colligative properties of solution and their practical importance in our daily
life.
CLO6 Extend knowledge regarding the basic principles of kinetic and factors involving in the
rate of reactions.
CLO7 Examine the fundamental concepts of chemical equilibrium, Le Chateliar principle and
its application.
d. Mapping of Course Learning Outcomes to Program Learning Outcomes-

CLO/PLO PLO1 PLO2 PLO3 PLO4 PLO5 PLO6 PLO7 PLO8
CLO1 √ √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √
CLO6 √ √ √
CLO7 √ √ √ √ √
(Tick mark or level of correlation: 3-High, 2-Medium, 1-Low)
Course Title: Fundamentals of Physical Chemistry 17

e. Detailed Course Content
Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Gaseous State: Ideal gases: Boyles law, Charles’ and Gay-Lussac’s law, Avoga-
dro’s law, Ideal gas equation, Dalton’s law of partial pressure; Real gases: devia-
tions from perfect behavior, van der Waals equation, Virial equation of state; Mo- 9 Classes
lecular interpretation of ideal and real gases; Condensation of gases and critical (3 Weeks)
state; Kinetic theory of gases, Maxwell distribution laws, Molecular collisions and
Mean free path; Graham’s laws of diffusion and effusion.
2. The Liquid State: Phase transition and its types: melting, freezing, vaporization,
condensation, sublimation, deposition, vapor pressure, boiling point, melting point.
Properties of liquids: surface tension, viscosity, polarity, dielectric constant, dipole 6 Classes
moment, molar reflectivity. Different intermolecular forces (dipole-dipole, London (2 Weeks)
(dispersion) forces, van der Waal's), hydrogen bonding, structure and properties of
water.
3. The Solid State: Molecular interpretation, Amorphous and crystalline solid, unit
3 Classes
cell, Elementary idea on crystalline system, isomorphism and polymorphism, law of
(1 Week)
isomorphism.
4. Fundamental Concepts of Solution: Mixture, Homogenous and heterogeneous
mixtures, Types of solution, Solubility and the solution Process, Properties of solu- 6 Classes
tion, Factors in Explaining Solubility, Henry’s Law. Ways of expression concentra- (2 Weeks)
tion of solution: Molarity, Molality, Mass percentage of solute, parts per thousands,
parts per million, parts per billions, and their interconversions.
5. Colligative Properties: Lowering of vapour pressure, Raoult’s law, ideal and
non-ideal solutions; vapour-pressure measurement, elevation of boiling point, de-
6 Classes
pression of freezing point, osmotic pressure: its determination, laws of osmotic
(2 Weeks)
pressure, reverse osmosis, Thermodynamics of colligative properties, Ideality of
solutions, Thermodynamic treatment of colligative properties.
6. Chemical Kinetics: Reaction rate, Different ways of expressing reaction rates,
Experimental determination of rates, Dependence of rate on concentration, Deter-
mining the rate law, order and molecularity, Determination of order and rate con- 6 Classes
stant, Dependence of rates on concentration and temperature, Arrhenius equation, (2 Weeks)
Rate laws and mechanism, Elementary and complex reactions, Preliminary concepts
of collision and transition state theories.
7. Chemical Equilibrium: Concept of equilibrium, Dynamic equilibrium, law of
mass action, Equilibrium constant: Kp & Kc, Relation between Kp and Kc, Determi-
6 Classes
nation of equilibrium constants from reaction compositions, Equilibrium constants
(2 Weeks)
for pure solid and liquid substances, Homogeneous and Heterogeneous equilibrium,
Le Chatelier principle and its application.
f. Books Recommended
Text Books
1. P. Atkins, J. Paula and J. Keeler, Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, (11th edition), Oxford University

press, 2018.
2. D. D. Ebbing and S. D. Gammon, General Chemistry, (11th edition), Cengage Learning, Boston,
New York.
3. Raymond Chang, Chemistry, 9th edition, Tata MacGraw Hill.
Reference Books
1. N. Levine, Physical Chemistry, McGraw-Hill Book Co.
2. R. Chang, J. W. Thoman Jr., Physical chemistry for the Chemical Sciences, University Science
Books.
3. Md. Mahbubul Huque and Md. Yousuf Ali Mollah, Principles of Physical Chemistry, Students
Publication, 2009.
4. S. H. Maron and C. F. Prutton, Principles of Physical Chemistry, Oxford and IBH Publishing
Co. Pvt. Ltd.
5. G. M. Barrow, Physical Chemistry, McGraw-Hill Book Co.
6. W. J. Moore, Longmans, Physical Chemistry.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Time Teaching ment ment
Chapter Topics Specific Outcome ing
Frame Strategy Techni to
Tools
que CLOs
Power
Class
Intepreting the point
test,
Gaseous basic concept of 9 Classes presentatio
1 final 1
State gasious laws and (3 Weeks) n, Video
examin
their applications. presentatio
Textbo ation.
n.
oks,
Summarizing the
Journa
properties of Lecture on
ls, Class
liquid multimedi
Scienti test,
The Liquid intermolecular 6 Classes a,
2 fic final 2
State forces, especially (2 Weeks) Interactive
magaz examin
dipole-dipole, van discussion
ines, ation.
der Wall’s .
differe
attraction.
nt
Power
search Class
Judging various point
engine test,
The Solid types of solids like 3 Classes presentatio
3 s and final 3
State crystalline and (1 Week) n, Video
interne examin
amorphous solids. presentatio
t ation.
n.
advant
Extending the Power
age. Class
fundamental point
Fundamental 6 Classes presentatio test,
concept of
4 Concept of (2 Weeks) n, Problem final 4
solution and
Solution examin
correlating the solving or
ation.
various case

concentration studies.
units of solution.
Explaining the
colligative
properties of Lecture on
solution multimedi Class
(Lowering of a, Power test,
Colligative 6 Classes
5 vapor pressure, point final 5
Properties (2 Weeks)
elevation of presentatio examin
boiling point, n, Story ation.
depression of telling.
freezing point and
osmotic pressure.
Rationalizing the Power Class
basic concepts of point test,
Chemical 6 Classes presenta-
6 kinetics and how final 6
Kinetics (2 Weeks) tion, Open
to apply them in textbook examin
chemical reaction study. ation.
White
Employing board il- Class
concepts of test,
Chemical 6 Classes lustration,
7 thermodynamics Brain- final 7
Equilibrium (2 Weeks)
in chemical storming examin
reactions. on class ation.
topics.
Assessment pattern and Evaluation system are incorporated in the preamble section: page 3-5
Course Title: Physical Chemistry Laboratory-I

a. Course Structure
Credit(s) : 1.5 Report writing : 10
Exam Hour(s) : 3.0 Quiz test : 10
Viva-voce : 10
Lab Final Examination : 60
This course is designed to examine the formula of a hydrate, determine the relative atomic mass of
magnesium, find out the molecular weight of a given liquid by the steam distillation method, and
observe acid-base titration with different indicators.
CLO1 Determine the formula of a hydrate.

CLO2 Find out the relative atomic mass.
CLO3 Describe the steam distillation method and its application.
Course Title: Physical Chemistry Laboratory-I 20

CLO4 Evaluate the molecular weight of a volatile substance by Victor-Mayer’s method.

CLO5 Observe the acid-base titration in presence of different indicators.

CLO1 √ √ √
CLO2 √
CLO3 √
CLO4 √ √ √
CLO5

Topics Duration of the Classes
1. Determination of the formula of a hydrate. 3 Hours/Week (2 Weeks)
2. Determination of relative atomic mass (i.e. atomic mass) of mag-
3 Hours/Week (2 Weeks)
nesium.
3. Determination of molecular weight of a volatile substance (con-
densable vapor) by Victor Mayer’s method.
4. Determination of the molecular weight of a given liquid by steam
distillation method.
5. Acid-base titration with different indicators. 3 Hours/Week (2 Weeks)
Text Books
1. Palit, Practical Physical Chemistry, Science Book Agency, Calcutta.
2. Sharma, Practical Physical Chemistry, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
Reference Books
1. J.B. Yadav, Advanced Practical Physical Chemistry.
2. Khalique, A Text Book of Practical Chemistry, Ideal Library, Bangla Bazar, Dhaka.
3. O.P. Pandey, D.N. Bajpai, and S. Giri, Practical Chemistry, S. Chand & Co. Ltd, New Delhi.
4. A. Findlay, Longmans, Practical Physical Chemistry, Green and Company Ltd.
f. Course Outline
Assessm Align
Teach
Specific Time Teaching ent ment
Chapter Topics ing
Outcome Frame Strategy Techniq to
Tools
ue CLOs
Instru Laborator Report
Determinatio ments, y writing,
Understanding 3 Hours/
n of the Glass Overview, Quiz,
1 the formula of a Week 1
formula of a wares, Demonstra Oral,
hydrate. (2 Weeks)
hydrate necess tions Lab final
ary examinat
Course Title: Physical Chemistry Laboratory-I 21

chemi ion
cals
Report
Determinatio writing,
Visualizing the
n of relative Conduct- Quiz,
determination of 3 Hours/
atomic mass ing experi- Oral,
2 the relative Week 2
(i.e. atomic ment Lab final
atomic mass of a (2 Weeks)
mass) of examinat
substance.
magnesium ion
Determinatio
n of
molecular Comprehension Report
weight of a of the writing,
volatile assimilation how 3 Hours/ Conduct- Quiz,
3 substance to judge the Week ing experi- Oral, 3
(condensable molecular weight (2 Weeks) ment Lab final
vapor) by of volatile examinat
Victor substance. ion
Mayer’s
method
Conceptualize
how to find out
Determinatio Report
the molecular
n of the writing,
weight of a
molecular Conduct- Quiz,
liquid by steam 3 Hours/
weight of a ing experi- Oral,
4 distillation Week 4
given liquid ment Lab final
method and (2 Weeks)
by steam examinat
enumerate the
distillation ion
importance of
method
steam distillation
method.
Report
writing,
Acid-base
Computing how 3 Hours/ Conduct- Quiz,
titration with
5 to assess acid- Week ing experi- Oral, 5
different
base titration. (2 Weeks) ment Lab final
indicators
examinat
ion
Course Title: Atomic Structure and Chemical Bonding (Fundamental

Concepts)
a. Course Structure
Course Title: Atomic Structure and Chemical Bonding (Fundamental Concepts) 22


The course is designed for the students to learn the fundamental concepts of quantum mechanical
approach of atomic structure, periodic classification and properties of the elements, the nature of
different chemical bonding and their geometries, and the rules of basic inorganic nomenclature.
CLO1 Identify and correlate the different atomic models and their major characteristics.
CLO2 Utilize the basic periodic laws and their properties in the behavior of different chemical
reactions.
CLO3 Describe and analyze the different types of chemical bonds, their organization and
geometries.
CLO4 Apply the knowledge of bonding patterns to predict different routes of chemical
reactions.
CLO5 Utilize the inorganic nomenclature laws for naming different inorganic compounds.

CLO1 √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Atomic Structure (Quantum Mechanical Approach): Fundamental particles,
Cathode rays, Mass and charge of electrons, Radioactivity, α-particle scattering
experiment (Rutherford atom model), Isotopes, Electromagnetic radiations and
7 Classes
spectrum, Atomic spectra, Photoelectric effect, Bohr’s model of hydrogen atom,
(3.5 Weeks)
Emission spectrum of the atomic of hydrogen, Planck’s quantum theory, Quantum
numbers, Refinements to Bohr’s atom model, Bohr-Sommerfeld model, Atomic
orbitals, Pauli’s exclusion principle, Aufbau Principle, Hund’s rule.
2. Periodicity of the Elements: Periodic law, Modern periodic table and
classification of elements, Electronic configuration using periodic table, Diagonal
2 Classes
relationship, Periodic properties-ionization energy, electron affinity, atomic radius,
(1 Week)
electronegativity, ionic radii, metallic character, melting and boiling points,
Usefulness and limitations of periodic table.

3. The Chemical Bonds: Overview, Types of bond, Transition between main types
of bonding, Lewis formula, Octet rule and its exceptions.
4 Classes
(a) Ionic Bond: General description, Energy changes in ionic bond formation,
(2 Weeks)
Limitations to form ions, Fajans’s rule, Partial covalent nature of ionic compounds,
Lattice energy and Born-Haber cycle, Factors influencing formation of ionic bond.
(b) Covalent Bond: General description, Energy change during bond formation,
Covalency and maximum covalency of an element, Valence bond theory: general
description, sigma (σ) and pi (π) bonds, hybrid orbitals, molecular geometry and
directional bonding-valence shell electron pair repulsion theory; shapes of different
covalent molecules according to VSEPR theory, effect of electronegativity on bond 6 Classes
angle. Resonance; resonance energy, conditions necessary for resonance, Dipole (3Weeks)
moment, Non-polar and polar covalent bonds, Molecular orbital theory: principles
of molecular orbital theory, bonding and antibonding molecular orbitals, their
significance and characteristics, stability of molecules, bond order, MO diagram of
simple diatomic molecules.
4 Classes
(c) Coordination bond, Hydrogen bond, van der Waals forces.
(2 Weeks)
4. Inorganic Nomenclature: Prefixes and affixes used in inorganic nomenclature,
Use of enclosing marks, numbers, letters and italic letters, names for cations, 2 Classes (1
anions, radicals, heteropoly anions, names of acids, salts, salt like compounds and Week)
complex compounds.
5. Bonding in Metals and Alloys: Theory of metals, Valence bond approach, The
3 Classes
band theory of metals, Metallic properties, Solid solution, Super structure and
(1.5 Week)
intermetallic compounds, Nonstoichiometric compounds.
Text Books
1. Raymond Chang Chemistry, McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York.
2. J.D. Lee, Concise Inorganic Chemistry, ELBS with Chapman & Hall, Croatia. F.A. Cotton, G.
Wilkinson and P.L. Gaus, Basic Inorganic Chemistry, Wiley-India.
3. S. Prakash, G.D. Tuli, S.K. Basu, and R.D. Madan, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, Vol. 1& 2,
S. Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
Reference Books
1. G. L. Miessler and D. A. Tarr, Inorganic Chemistry.
2. D. Ebbing, General Chemistry, Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston,
New York.
3. Manas Chandra, Atomic Structure and Chemical Bond including Molecular Spectroscopy, Tata
McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
4. S. Z. Haider, Introduction to Modern Inorganic Chemistry, Edexcel Publishers, Dhaka.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Chapter Topics Specific outcome ing
Tools
que CLOs
1 Atomic Justify the Textbo 7 Classes Power Class 1

Structure organization of oks, (3.5 point test,

(Quantum different atomic Journa Weeks) presentatio Assign
Mechanical models and their ls, n, ment,fi
Approach): characteristics. Scienti Interactive nal
fic discussion. examin
magaz ation
ines,
Illustrate the use of Class
concepts and molec Lecture on test,
Periodicity of significance of ular 2 Classes multimedi Assign
2 2
the Elements periodic laws and model (1 Week) a, Group ment,fi
properties of s, discussion. nal
elements. differe examin
nt ation
Assess the search
White Class
concepts of the engine
board test,
organization of s.
The 14 illustration Present
different chemical 3
3 Chemical Classes , Problem ation,fi
bonds and
Bonds (7 Weeks) solving or nal
extrapolate their
case examin
applications in
studies. ation
chemical reactions.
Power Class
Understanding and
point test,
Inorganic utilizing basic
2 Classes presentatio final
4 Nomenclatur inorganic 4
(1 Week) n, examin
e nomenclature
Interactive ation
rules.
discussion.
White
Class
board
Critique the test,
illustration Assign
Bonding in concepts of the 3 Classes
, ment,fi
5 Metals and bonding of metals (1.5 5
Brainstorm nal
Alloys and alloys and Weeks)
ing on examin
their properties.
class ation
topics.
Course Title: Qualitative Inorganic Analysis-I (Laboratory)

a. Course Structure
Viva-voce : 10
Course Title: Qualitative Inorganic Analysis-I (Laboratory) 25

The main aim of this course is to understand and apply the fundamental concepts of systematic
qualitative analysis of a mixture of acid and basic radicals using standard procedure and chemical
tests.
c. Course Learning Outcomes: at the end of the course, the students will be to-
CLO1 Recognize common apparatus and reagents.

CLO2 Utilize the basic techniques such as preparation of the substance for analysis, weighing
the sample and different concentration expression
CLO3 Demonstrate systematic qualitative analysis using standard procedure and chemical tests.
CLO4 Identify & analyze various acid and basic radicals from mixture.
CLO5 Explain the separation techniques & reactions involved in the analysis of insoluble
substances.

CLO1 √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √

1. Introducing some common apparatus and reagents
a. Use and technical knowledge of an analytical balance, 3 hours/ Week (2 Weeks)
b. Use of graduated glassware.
2. Some basic techniques:
a. Preparation of the substance for analysis and weighing the sample.
3 hours/ Week (4 Weeks)
b. Preparation of the solution of various samples in differing
concentration expression.
3. Systematic qualitative analysis of inorganic substances
a. Physical appearance 3 hours/ Week (4 Weeks)
b. Preliminary dry test
4. Removal of interfering acids for systematic examination of bases
in solution.
5. Analysis of insoluble substances. 3 hours/ Week (2 Weeks)
Text Books
1. G.H. Jeffery, J. Bassett, J. Mendham and R.C. Denney: Vogel’s Qualititative Inorganic Analy-
sis, Longman Scientific & Technical, New York.

Reference Book
1. E.S. Gilreath, Experimental Procedures in Elementary Qualitative Analysis, Mcgraw-Hill.
g. Course Outline
Teachin Align
Teach
Specific Time g Assessment ment
Chapter Topics ing
outcome Frame Strateg Technique to
Tools
y CLOs
Laborat
Introducing ory Report
Basic idea
some 3 hours/ Overvie writing,
about
1 common Week w and Quiz, Oral, 1
laboratory
apparatus (2 Weeks) Demons Lab final
equipments.
and reagents trations. examination
Preparin
Textb
g lab,
ooks, Asking Report
Preparation of Journa 3 hours/ and writing,
Some basic solutions with ls,
2 Week answeri Quiz, Oral, 2
techniques different Scient (4 Weeks) ng Lab final
concentration. ific question examination
magaz
s.
ines,
Systematic differe Report
Identification Conduct
qualitative nt 3 hours/ writing,
of various acid ing
3 analysis of search Week Quiz, Oral, 3,4
and basic experim
inorganic engine (4 Weeks) Lab final
radicals. ent
substances s and examination
Removal of intern
interfering et Report
Elimination of Conduct
acids for advant 3 hours/ writing,
interfering -ing
4 systematic age. Week Quiz, Oral, 3,4
acids from experim
examination (2 Weeks) ent Lab final
basic solutions.
of bases in examination
solution.
Report
Conduct
Analysis of Separation of 3 hours/ writing,
ing
5 insoluble insoluble Week Quiz, Oral, 5
experi-
substances substances. (2 Weeks) Lab final
ment
examination

Course Title: Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

a. Course Structure
The course provides an overview of the key concepts of hydrocarbons in organic chemistry and
covers the background of organic chemistry through a study of the basic reactions of selected
mono functional aliphatic and aromatic molecules, and to establish a sound foundation on which
further learning in organic chemistry can build.
CLO1 Develop knowledge on the origin of organic chemistry with a review of historical
background and the basic science of chemistry.
CLO2 Recall the fundamental principles of organic chemistry that include chemical bonding,
nomenclature, structure, isomerism, stereochemistry, chemical reactions and mechanism.
CLO3 Analyze and explore organic chemical principles, effectively communicate, and critically
evaluate results in the context of the materials covered in organic chemistry.
CLO4 Describe the preparations and reaction mechanism of alkanes, alkenes, dienes, alkynes,
and study the stability of carbocations, carbanions and free radicals.
CLO5 Discuss aromaticity and explain the reactions, mechanism and properties of aromatic
molecules and their side products as well as their inductive and resonance effects.
CLO6 Describe mechanistic detail of the SN1 and SN2 reactions and related geometry of the
transition state to the stereochemistry of reactant and product at the atom where
substitution occurs.
CLO7 Depict how a nucleophilic substitution reaction rate is affected by an aprotic or a protic
solvent.
CLO8 Explain mechanisms and relative rate of E1 and E2 reactions.
CLO9 Apply the Grignard reagents to formulate new functionalized compounds and explain the
structures, preparations, applications and side effects of Halocarbons-DDT and
Gammexane.

CLO1 √
CLO2 √
CLO3 √ √ √
CLO4 √
CLO5 √ √ √
CLO6 √
Course Title: Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 28

CLO7 √
CLO8 √
CLO9 √ √ √
Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Review and Background: Origin of organic chemistry; The structural theory;
Electronic structure of carbon and hybridization; Atomic orbital, Molecular orbital,
6 Classes
Covalent bond, Lewis model of bonding, Octet rule, Shape of molecules and bond
(3 Weeks)
angle, Polar and non-polar molecules, Dipole moment, Resonance, Inductive effect,
Mesomeric effect, Functional groups.
2. Aliphatic Hydrocarbons:
(a) Alkanes: Nomenclature of alkanes, Structure, Structural isomerism in alkanes,
Conformations: ethane, butane; sources and preparations; Wurtz reaction and its
3 Classes
importance, Physical and chemical properties, Reactions of alkane, Mechanism of
(1.5 Weeks)
halogenations, Orientation and reactivity, Reactivity and selectivity; Free radicals,
Cabocations, Carbanions and their stability study; Electrophiles and nucleophiles,
Pyrolysis: cracking, octane number.
(b) Alkenes: Classification by structure: the family, nomenclature (E, Z-), cis-trans
isomerism in alkenes and cycloalkanes, Conditions of geometrical isomerism,
Configuration, Structure and preparation, Physical and chemical properties,
3 Classes
Reactions of the carbon-carbon double bond: Electrophilic and free radical
(1.5 Weeks)
addition, Markovnikov and anti-Markovnikov rule, Synthetic application of
oxidation by O3, KMnO4, peracids, etc., Polymerization of alkene, Analysis of
alkene.
(c) Dienes: Structure, Nomenclature, Preparation, Reactions, Diels-Alder reaction, 2 Classes
Hyperconjugation, Stability of conjugated dienes, Polymerization. (1 Week)
(d) Alkynes: Structure & bonding; Nomenclature, Source and preparations,
2 Classes
Physical and chemical properties, Reaction of alkynes, Acidity of alkynes, Analysis
(1 Week)
of alkynes.
3. Aromatic Hydrocarbons and Arenes: Source, Structure and resonance of
benzene, The concept of aromaticity, Huckel rule, Nomenclature of benzene
6 Classes
derivative, Distribution and polysubstitution, Orientation, Preparation, Electrophilic
(3 Weeks)
substitution with mechanism: nnitration, sulphonation, halogenation, alkylation,
acylation, Addition and oxidation reactions.
4. Alkyl and Aryl Halides: Structure, Nomenclature, Preparation, Physical
properties, Substitution and elimination reactions with mechanism (SN1, SN2, E1 6 Classes
and E2), Grignard reagent, Halocarbons-DDT, Gammexane- their uses and residual (3 Weeks)
effect in the environment.

Text Books
1. R.T. Morrison & R.N. Boyd, Organic Chemistry; Study Guide to Organic Chemistry, Prentice
Hall.
2. T.W.G. Solomon, Organic Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons.
3. I.L. Finar, Organic Chemistry, Vol. 1 & 2, Longmans, Green & Co.
Reference Books
1. B.S. Bahl and A. Bahl, Advanced Organic Chemistry, S. Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
2. A. Streitweiser, C.H. Heathcock and E.M. Kosower, Introduction to Organic Chemistry,
Macmillan Pub. Co.
3. W.H. Brown and C.S. Foote, Organic Chemistry, Saunders College Pub.
4. R.W. Griffin Jr., Modern Organic Chemistry, McGraw Hill.
5. P. Sykes, A Guide Book to Mechanism in Organic Chemistry, Orient Longman.
6. Pine, Organic Chemistry, McGraw Hill.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teachi
Chapter Topics Specific Outcome ng
Tools
que CLOs
Basic idea about
White Class
Review hybridization, bonding,
board test,
and shapes of simple 6 Classes
1 illustra-tion, final 1-3
backgrou organic molecules and (3 Weeks)
Interactive examin
nd origin of organic Textbo
discussion. ation.
chemistry. oks,
Aliphatic Journa
Hydrocar Describing the ls, Power point
Class
bons structure, physical Scienti presentation
test,
(Alkanes, properties, chemical fic 10 Classes , Problem
2 final 4
alkenes, reactions and magazi (5 Weeks) solving or
examin
dienes mechanism of aliphatic nes, case
ation.
and hydrocarbons. differe studies.
alkynes) nt
Fundamental search Power point Class
Aromatic
knowledge about engine presentation test,
Hydrocar 6 Classes
3 aromatic hydrocarbons s and , Animated final 5
bons & (3 Weeks)
and understanding of interne reaction examin
Arenes
reaction mechanism. t mechanism. ation.
Observation of reaction advant
White Assign
orders, molecularity, age.
Alkyl board ment,
rates, mechanism, 6 Classes
4 and Aryl illustration, final 6-9
stereochemistry and (3 Weeks)
Halides Interactive examin
applications of alkyl
discussion. ation.
and aryl halides.

Course Title: Calculus

a. Course Structure
This course is deliberated to apply theorems and major concepts of calculus to solve real-world
problems. The student will understand and appreciate the applicability of calculus to nature,
business, science, etc.
c. Course Learning Outcomes: at the end of the course, the students will be able to-
CLO1 Apply the fundamental theorem of calculus and to use it for evaluating definite integrals
and derivatives of integrals with variable limits of integration.
CLO2 Describe the basic applications of the chosen topics and their importance in the modern
science.
CLO3 Develop simple mathematical models, and apply multivariate calculus techniques learned
from the chosen topics to solve simple problems.
CLO4 Report and communicate effectively with others and present mathematical results in a
logical and coherent fashion.
CLO5 Articulate the power and beauty of mathematics, and solve problems independently and
collaboratively as part of a team.
CLO6 Determine single, double, triple and multiple integrals of various functions.
CLO7 Solve problems in area, volume work, fluid pressure and mass moments.

CLO1 √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √
CLO4 √
CLO5 √
CLO6 √
CLO7 √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Basic Concepts of Set Theory: Functions, Limit, Continuity, Differentiability, 12 Classes
Derivatives, Techniques of differentiation. (4 Weeks)
Course Title: Calculus 31

2. Application of the Derivatives: Maximum and minimum values, Taylor’s 12 Classes

series, Maclaurin’s series, Exponential and Trigonometric series. (4 Weeks)
3. Partial Differentiation: Maximum and minimum values of multivariate 9 Classes
functions. (3 Weeks)
4. Indefinite Integrals: Techniques of integration, Definite integrals, Multiple
9 Classes
integrals, γ- and β functions, Application of integration: areas of plane curves,
(3 Weeks)
volumes and surface areas of solids of revolutions.
Text Books
1. T.M. Apostol, Calculus, Wiley International Edition.
2. E. Steiner, Chemistry Math Book, Oxford University Press.
Reference Book
1. R. Ellis and D. Gulick, Calculus with Analytic Geometry, HBJ
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teachi
Chapter Topics Specific outcome ng
Tools
que CLOs
Calculation of Class
White board test,
Basic limits at infinity
12 Classes illustration, final
1 Concepts of of rational 1, 2
(4 Weeks) Interactive examin
Set Theory functions and
Textbo discussion. ation
continuity.
oks,
Application and Journa
solving ls, Power point Class
Application fundamental Scienti 12 Classes presentation test,
2 of the theorem of fic , Discussing final 2, 3
(4 Weeks)
Derivatives Taylor, Maclaurin magazi keywords of examin
and Divergence nes, class topics. ation
series. differe
Problem solving nt White board Class
Partial In maxima, search 9 Classes illustration, test,
3, 4
3 Differentiati minima of engine (3 Weeks) Problem final
on multivariate s and solving or examin
functions. interne case studies ation
Solving various t
types of advant Assig-
Power point
integrations and age. nment,
Indefinite 9 Classes presentation
4 applications of final 5-7
Integrals (3 Weeks) , Interactive
area, volume, examin
discussion.
surface area of ation
solids.
Course Title: Calculus 32

Course Title: Mechanics and Properties of Matter and Waves

a. Course Structure
The course is design to develop a conceptual understanding of the core subjects, and gain an ability
to apply the theoretical framework to describe and predict the motions of bodies. The students will
also learn about different properties of matter such as elasticity, viscosity and surface tension and
able to recognize the concept of hydrostatics fluid dynamics, waves and apply the acquired
knowledge in different chemical analysis.
CLO1 Use gradient, divergence, curl and demonstrate their physical significance. Solve
problems using the formulae involving the operator Del.
CLO2 Analyse the use of potential energy and kinetic energy in different mechanical systems
and apply the conservation principles to different dynamical phenomena.
CLO3 Utilize the properties of rigid body motion and apply vector arguments to systems
dominated by spin angular momentum.
CLO4 Compute gravitational potentials and gravitational fields for different mass distributions.
Explain and derive Kepler’s law of planetary motion.
CLO5 Explain different elastic moduli and deduce their inter-relationships and compute rigidity
modulus of a material by the method of torsion of a cylinder.
CLO6 Explain the origin of surface tension andthe effect of surface tension on various physical
systems.
CLO7 Utilize the equation of continuity and Bernoulli’s equations in various applications.
Compute the coefficient of viscosity of a liquid using Poiseulle’s formula for stream line
flow of liquid.
CLO8 Explain the origin of restoring force from potential gradient and the mechanism of simple
harmonic motion and demonstrate the variation of kinetic and potential energies of a
harmonic oscillator.
CLO9 Explain various properties and phenomena of waves and use equation of different waves
for the applications in practical life.

CLO/PLO PLO1 PLO2 PLO3 PLO4 PLO5 PLO6 PLO7
CLO1 √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √ √ √
CLO4 √
CLO5 √ √ √ √ √
Course Title: Mechanics and Properties of Matter and Waves 33

CLO6 √
CLO7 √ √
CLO8 √
CLO9 √ √ √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Courses
1. Vector Analysis: Definition, Vector and scalar quantities, vector addition and
6 Classes
subtraction, Scalar and vector products, Vector and dot product of two vectors, Tri-
(3 Weeks)
ple products, Derivatives of vector, Gradient, divergence and curl of a vecor.
2. Conservation of Energy and Linear Momentum: Conservative and non-
4 Classes
conservative forces and systems, Conservation of energy and momentum, Center of
( 2 Weeks)
mass, Collision problem.
3. Rotational Motion: Rotational motion, Rotational quantities as vectors, Rota-
tional variables, Rotation with constant angular acceleration, Relation between line-
ar and angular kinematics of a particle in circular motion, Torque and angular mo- 4 Classes
mentum, Moment of inertia, Rotational dynamics of a rigid body, Parallel axis and (2 Weeks)
perpendicular axis theorem, Calculation of moment of inertia, Combined transla-
tional and rotational motion of rigid body.
4. Gravitation:Keplar’s laws, Newton’s law, Gravitational field and gravitational
potential energy, Determination of gravitational constant and acceleration due to
4 Classes
gravity, Gravitational attraction of sphere, Mass and density of the earth, Escape
(2 Weeks)
velocity, Acceleration due to gravity, Compound and Kater’s pendulum, Motion of
planet and satellites.
5. Elasticity: Moduli of elasticity, Poison’s ratios, Relation between elastic con- 4 Classes
stants and their determination, Cantilever, Flat spiral spring. (2 Weeks
6. Surface Tension: Definition, Molecular theory, Surface tension and surface en- 4 Classes
ergy, Adhesive and cohesive forces, Pressure inside a soap bubble, Contact angle. (2 Weeks
7. Fluid Dynamics: Viscosity and coefficient of viscosity, Posseule’s equation,
4 Classes
Determination of the coefficient of viscosity of liquid by Stock’s method, Bernoul-
(2 Weeks
li’s theorem and its applications, Torricelli’s theorem, Venturimeter.
8. Oscillatory Motions: Hook’s law, Simple harmonic motion, Lassajous figures,
4 Classes
Combination of harmonic motions, Damped harmonic motion, Forced oscillation
(2 Weeks
and resonance.
9. Waves in Elastic Media: Physical description of a wave, Types of waves,
Traveling waves, Equation of a traveling wave, Speed of propagation of 4 Classes
waves in a stretched string, Transmission of energy of a traveling wave, (2 Weeks)
Superposition principle, Group and phase velocity.
Text Books
1. D. Halliday, R. Resnick and K. Krane: Physics Vol.1, John Wiley.
2. M. Spiegle: Vector Analysis, McGraw-Hill Inc., Singapore.
3. D.S. Mathur: Elements of Properties of Matter, S. Chand & Co.

Reference Books
1. Brij Lal & N. Subrahmanyam: Properties of Matter, S. Chand & Co.
2. F.W. Sears: Mechanics, Wave motion and Heat, Addison-Wesley.
3. U.A. Mofiz: Mechanics, Properties of Matter and Waves.
f. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Power
Class
Analysing vector point
test,
Vector quantities and 6 Classes presentatio
1 final 1
Analysis solving problems (3 Weeks) n,
examin
Interactive
ation
discussion.
Development of
knowledge on
potential energy, Class
Lecture on
kinetic energy, 4 Classes test,
Energy and multimedia
2 momentum and Textbo (2 final 2
momentum , Group
apply them on oks, Weeks) examin
discussion.
different Journa ation
mechanical ls,
systems. Scienti
fic White
magaz board Class
Extending ines, illustration, test,
Rotational 4 Classes
3 knowledge about differe Problem final 3
Motion (2 Weeks)
angular momentum. nt solving or examin
search case ation
engine studies
s and Power
Class
Gravitation Explaining interne point
test,
and gravitational t 4 Classes presentatio
4 final 4
Gravitationa potentials and advant (2 Weeks) n,
examin
l field gravitational fields. age. Interactive
ation
discussion.
White
Expanding ideas
board Class
about elastic
Elasticity illustration, test,
properties of 4 Classes
5 and elastic Brainstorm final 5
materials and (2 Weeks)
constant ing on examin
different elastic
class ation
moduli.
topics.
Surface Discussing surface 4 Classes Power Class
6 6
Tension and tension, adhesive (2 Weeks) point test,

Surface and cohesive forces presentatio final

energy on various physical n, examin
systems. Discussing ation
keywords
of class
topics.
Knowledge about Lecture on
Class
Fluid Viscosity, equation multimedia
test,
Dynamics of continuity and 4 Classes , Problem
7 final 7
and Bernoulli’s (2 Weeks) solving or
examin
Viscosity equations and their case
ation
applications. studies
Fundamental
knowledge about Power
Class
simple harmonic point
test,
Oscillatory motion and 4 Classes presentatio
8 final 8
Motions demonstratration of (2 Weeks) n, Argue
examin
the variation of with
ation
energies of simple Science.
harmonic motion.
Describing different Lecture on
types of travelling multimedia Class
Waves in and stationary , test,
4 Classes
9 Elastic waves, and Discussing final 9
(2 Weeks)
Media computing the keywords examin
energy and velocity of class ation
of travelling waves. topics.
Course Title: Biology

a. Course Structure
Exam Hour(s) 3.0 End Examination (EE) Marks : 70
The course is designed for the students to learn the fundamental concepts of biology, i.e., the study
of life, molecular organization and reproduction, nature of science, importance of biological
science, the relation between chemistry and life, the chemical building blocks of life, the overview
of cell structures, DNA and RNA, cell interaction with the environment, the structure of plant
tissue and the diversity of life.
Course Title: Biology 36

CLO1 Describe about the chemical building blocks of life.
CLO2 Illustrate the cell metabolism, cell continuity and cell cycle (division), blood cell
structures human and other chordate animals.
CLO3 Assimilate the viral, bacterial, animal and plant cells.
CLO4 Compare the living things, major groups of microorganisms: virus, bacteria, fungi, and
protozoa with their general characteristics.
CLO5 Summarize the overview of cell structure, structure of prokaryotes and eukaryotes, cell
ultra-structure: cell membrane DNA and RNA.

CLO1 √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √ √
CLO4 √ √
CLO5 √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Biology-The Study of Life: Definition of biology, Molecular organization,
3 Classes
Reproduction, Development, Nature of science, Scientific methods, Evolution
(1.5 Weeks)
theory, Importance of biological science.
2. The Chemistry of Life: The stuff of life, Energy, Water, The chemical 2 Classes
building block of life. (1 Week)
3. The Cells: The overview of cell structure, Structure of prokaryotes and
eukaryotes, Cell ultra-structure: cell membrane, nucleus, golgi complex,
mitochondria, chloroplasts, ribosome, nuclear pores, DNA and RNA, Comparison 8 Classes
of viral, bacterial, animal and plant cells, Brief ideas about cell metabolism, cell (4 Weeks)
continuity and cell cycle (division), Blood cell structures human and other
chordate animals.
4. Cell–interaction with the Environment: Lipid foundation of membrane,
3 Classes
Architecture of plasma membrane, Passive transport: diffusion, osmosis, Active
(1.5 Weeks)
transport: Na-K pump, proton pump.
5. The Structure and Function of Plant Tissue: Organization of Plant, Types of 3 Classes
plant tissue, Types of plant cell, Tissue culture. (1.5 Weeks)
6. Animal Behavior: Genetic basis, Development, Adaptive, Social, Sociobiology 3 Classes
and animal behavior. (1.5 Weeks)
7. Diversity of Life: Classification of living things, Major groups of
microorganisms: virus, bacteria, fungi, and protozoa- general characteristics, 6 Classes
classification, major groups and their importance in nature, non-cellular and (3 Weeks)
cellular reproduction, infective diseases and their causes.

Text Books
1. P.H. Raken and G.B. Johnson, Understanding Biology, McGraw-Hill, 1988.
2. S.S. Mader, Biology, McGraw-Hill, 1998.
Reference Books
1. Peter H. Raven, George B. Johnson, Jonathan B. Losos, Susan R. Singer, Biology (7th ed.), Ta-
ta McGraw-Hill Publishers.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teachi
Tools
que CLOs
Gaining Power point
fundamental presentation Class
knowledge of 3 Classes , test,
Biology-The Instructiona
1 biology and the (1.5 final 1, 2
Study of Life l
importance of Weeks) examin
biological conversatio ation
science. ns.
Lecture on
Textbo Class
Applying basic multimedia,
The chemical test,
knowledge on the oks, 2 Classes Discussing
2 building final 1
chemical building Journa (1 Week) keywords
block of life. ls, examin
block of life. of class
Scienti ation
topics.
Describing the fic
White
cell structure, magazi
nes, board Class
structure of
prokaryotes & differe 8 Classes illustration, test,
3 The Cells nt (4 Problem final 2
eukaryotes, cell
search Weeks) solving or examin
ultra-structure:
case ation
cell membrane, engine
s and studies.
nucleus.
Concepts of interne
architecture of t
plasma advant
age. Power point Class
Cell– membrane, test,
3 Classes presentation
interaction passive transport: final
4 (1.5 , Showing 3
with the diffusion, examin
Weeks) flowcharts
Environment osmosis, active ation
or diagram.
transport: Na-K
pump, proton
pump
The Structure Comparison of 3 Classes White Class
5 4,5
and function plant tissue, plant (1.5 board test,

of Plant cell and tissue Weeks) illustration, final

Tissue: and culture. Showing examin
types of plant flowcharts ation
tissue or diagram.
Power point
Explaining the Class
presentation
development, 3 Classes test,
Animal , Discussing
6 adaptive, social, (1.5 final 2, 3, 4
Behaviour keywords
socio-biology and Weeks) examin
of class
animal behaviour. ation
topics.
Gain fundamental
General
concepts about
characteristic
classification of Lecture on
s and Class
living things, multimedia,
classification 6 Classes, test,
infective diseases Problem
7 of living (3 final 5
and their causes, solving or
things, Major Weeks) examin
prevention and case
groups of ation
control of studies.
microorganis
microorganisms
ms.
in personal basis.
Course Title: Communicative English

a. Course Structure
This course aims at enhancing listening, speaking, reading and writing skills of the learners.
CLO1 Recall the grammars and apply to write correct English.

CLO2 Assess unacquainted vocabularies.
CLO3 Explain basic writing structure rules and mechanics.
CLO4 Demonstrate listening capability.
CLO5 Analyze reading comprehension in a critical situation.

CLO/ PLO PLO1 PLO2 PLO3 PLO4 PLO5 PLO6 PLO7 PLO8
CLO1 √ √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √ √ √
Course Title: Communicative English 39

CLO4 √ √
CLO5 √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Grammar: Clause: structure, function, variation and expansion; The noun in
the clause: number, determiners; The pronoun in the clause: number, case,
agreement and reference; The verb in the clause: form, tense, voice, mood, 4 Classes
subject-verb agreement; The modifiers in the clause: adjective, adverb, infinitive, (2 Weeks)
participles; The conjunctions and prepositions to suggest different relationships:
time, space, cause, result, purpose, condition, exception, etc
4 Classes
2. Remedial Grammar: Identifying and correcting errors and weakness.
(2 Weeks)
3. Vocabulary: Clues to the meaning of a word, Position in the clause, prefixes, 2 Classes
suffixes, roots; Synonym and antonym; Revisiting and expanding vocabulary. (1 Week)
3 Classes
4. Listening: Fluency, Lexical resource, Grammatical accuracy and correctness.
(1.5 Weeks)
5. Speaking: How to ask questions: make requests and give instructions; How to
respond to queries: invitation and statements; How to introduce and thank: express
gratitude, regret or appreciation; How to communicate in particular everyday 3 Classes
situations, How to express different concepts: ability, possibility, futurity, (1.5 Weeks)
necessity, obligation, assumption, regularity, continuity, arrangement, comparison,
etc.
6. Reading: Summary completion, Matching headings to paragraphs,
Identifying the writer’s views; Multiple choice, Selecting factors, Table 6 Classes
completion, Matching causes and effects, Sentence completion, Short answer (3 Weeks)
questions.
7. Writing: Spelling, Punctuation, Indenting, Brackets, Abbreviation, Numbers
and fractions, Capitalization, Underlining, Hyphenation etc. Organization of 6 Classes
writing- of sentences in paragraphs in essays and letters, Practical writing: (3 Weeks)
personal and official correspondence, job application, CV, report writing.
6 Classes
8. Language Proficiency Tests: IELTS, TOEFL.
(3Weeks)
Text Books
1. Thomson and Martinet, Cobuild English Grammer, A Communicative of English, Leech &
Svartvik.
2. M. Swan, Practical English Usage, Oxford University Press.
Reference Books
1. N. Lewis, Word Power Made Easy, The Most Effective Vocabulary Builder in the English
language, W. R. Goyal Pub.
2. A.S. Hornby, Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary, Oxford University

g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teachi
Specific Time Teaching ment ment
Chapter Topics ng
outcome Frame Strategy Techni to
Tools
que CLOs
Grammar:
Clause;,
determiners;
number,
case, tense, Power point
voice, mood, presentation Class
Assessment of
subject-verb, , test,
grammatical 8 Classes
1, 2 agreement; Brainstormi final 1
errors and (4 Weeks)
modifiers, ng on class examin
mistakes.
Parts of topics. ation
speech,
infinitive,
participles; Textbo
condition, oks,
etc. Journa
Vocabulary ls,
Application of Scienti Class
(Word Class, Lecture on
the unacquainted fic test,
Synonym, 2 Classes multimedia,
3 vocabularies, magazi (1 Week) final 2
Idioms and Group
idioms and nes, examin
Phrasal discussion.
phrases. use of ation
Verbs, etc.)
Accuracy and molec
correctness in ular Power point Class
Listening and models
listening and presentation test,
speaking , 6 Classes
4, 5 interpreting , Problem final 3
skill differe (3 Weeks)
speaking solving or examin
in different nt case studies ation
situations search
engine
Application of
s.
skimming, White board Class
scanning and illustration, test,
Reading and writing in 6 Classes
6 Open final 4
writing skill (3 Weeks)
different textbook examin
critical study. ation
situations.
White board
Applying basic Class
illustration,
knowledge in test,
IELTS, 6 Classes Viewing
7 Language final 5
TOEFL. (3 Weeks) YouTube
Proficiency examin
with related
Tests. ation
topics.

Course Title: Chemical Thermodynamics and Equilibrium

a. Course Structure
This course aims to provide the fundamental concepts on 1st law, 2nd law and 3rd law of
thermodynamics, to gain knowledge how to apply thermodynamics to chemical equilibrium, to
achieve how to employ thermodynamics to the description of mixture and solution, and to explain
the utilization of van’t Hoff law to chemical equilibrium.
CLO1 Discuss the transformation of energy, and the laws governing the conversion of thermal
energy into mechanical, electrical, or other forms of energy.
CLO2 Apply the first law of thermodynamics to thermochemistry, the study of energy changes
in chemical reactions.
CLO3 Explain the thermodynamical state functions such as Gibbs free energy, entropy, and
enthalpy.
CLO4 Demonstrate the conditions of the spontaneity of chemical reactions and physical
processes.
CLO5 Utilize the third law of thermodynamics in the determination of absolute entropy.
CLO6 Analyze how to apply thermodynamical concepts on simple mixture and solution.
CLO7 Assess how to apply thermodynamical concepts on chemical equilibrium.

CLO1 √
CLO2 √ √ √
CLO3
CLO4 √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √
CLO6 √
CLO7 √
Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Introduction of Thermodynamics and First Law of Thermodynamics: The 6 Classes
basic concepts: system, surroundingand boundary. Open, closed and isolated sys- (2 Weeks)
Course Title: Chemical Thermodynamics and Equilibrium 42

tem. Work, heat and energy. State, state functions and exact differentials. Equilib-
rium states and reversibility. Energy, heat and work. The first law: statement and
formulation. Deviation of expression for expansion work and its application at dif-
ferent conditions. Heat capacity, Relation between Cp and Cv. Joule-Thomson ef-
fect and inversion temperature.
2. Thermochemistry: Law of conservation of energy. Heat of reaction. Exother-
mic and Endothermic processes. Enthalpy and standard enthalpy Changes (enthal-
py of transition, Enthalpy of vaporization, Enthalpy of fusion, Enthalpy of subli- 6 Classes
mation, Enthalpy of a reaction, Standard enthalpy of formation, Measurements of (2 Weeks)
enthalpy changes. Variation of enthalpy with temperature (Kirchoff's equation).
Hess law and its application.
3. Second Law of Thermodynamics: Spontaneous and non-spontaneous process-
es. Direction of spontaneous change. Entropy and second law. Thermodynamic
definition of entropy. Second law of thermodynamics: Carnot’s cycle, efficiency
of Carnot’s cycle, Clausius inequality, entropy of expansion, phase transition. en-
6 Classes
tropy change at constant pressure and temperature, measurement of entropy, Free
(2 Weeks)
energy: Gibbs and Helmholtz (work function) free energy, criteria of spontaneity,
Net work/maximum work in Gibbs and Helmholtz free energy, Properties of inter-
nal energy, The Maxwell relations, variation of Gibbs energy with temperature and
pressure, Gibbs-Helmholtz equation.
4. Third Law of Thermodynamics: Nernst heat theorem: third law of thermody-
6 Classes
namics, Absolute entropy, Entropy and probability, The statistical approach to en-
(2 Weeks)
tropy, Calculation of entropy for gaseous substance.
5. Thermodynamic Description of Mixtures and Solutions: Partial molar quan-
tities, partial molar volume, partial molar Gibbs energy, chemical potential, Wider
significance of chemical potential, fundamental equation of chemical thermody-
6 Classes
namics, Gibbs–Duhem equation, Gibbs energy of perfect gas mixing, Entropy of
(2 Weeks)
ideal mixing, Enthalpy of ideal mixing, Ideal and non-ideal solution, Gibbs energy
of ideal mixing, Chemical potential for ideal solutions, excess functions, regular
solutions, Colligative properties, van ’t Hoff equation for osmotic pressure.
6. Application of Thermodynamics to Chemical Equilibrium: Equilibrium con-
stant, Gibbs energy minimum, Reaction Gibbs energy, Exergonic and endergonic
6 Classes
reactions, Perfect gas Equilibria, Thermodynamic equilibrium constant, Equilib-
(2 Weeks)
rium constant from thermal data, Relation between equilibrium constants, Molecu-
lar interpretation of equilibrium.
7. The Response of Equilibrium to the Conditions: Response to pressure and
6 Classes
temperature. van't Hoff equation, values of equilibrium constant at different
(2 Weeks)
temperatures, Le Chatelier's principle.
Text Books
1. P. Atkins and J. Paula, J. Keeler, Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, (11th edition), Oxford University
press.
2. D. D. Ebbing, S. D. Gammon (11th edition), General Chemistry, Cengage Learning, Boston,

New York.
3. R. Chang, J. W. Thoman, Jr. Physical Chemistry for the Chemical Sciences, University Science
Books.
Reference Books
1. Md. Mahbubul Huque and Md. Yousuf Ali Mollah, Principles of Physical Chemistry, Student
publications.
2. S. Glasstone, Thermodynamics for Chemists, Affiliated East-West Pvt. Ltd.
3. Robert J. Silbey, Physical Chemistry, Wiley.
4. Gordon M. Barrow, Physical Chemistry, McGraw-Hill.
5. S. H. Maron and C. F. Prutton, Principles of Physical Chemistry, Oxford and IBH Publishing
Co. Pvt. Ltd.
6. N. Levine, Physical Chemistry, McGraw-Hill Book Co.
7. W. J. Moore, Physical Chemistry, Longmans.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teac
Chapter Topics Specific Outcome hing
Tools
que CLOs
Achievement of
Introduction the
of thermodynamical Class
Power point
Thermodyn concepts of work, test,
6 Classes presentation
1 amicsand heat, and internal final 1
Textb (2 Weeks) , Interactive
First Law of energy and examin
ooks, discussion.
Thermodyn formulate first law ation
Journ
amics of als,
thermodynamics. Scien
Explaining the tific Power point Class
thermochemical maga presentation test,
Thermoche 6 Classes, , P roblem final 2
2 laws, zines,
mistry (2 Weeks) solving or examin
Joule–Thomson differ
effect. ent case studies. ation
Interpreting the searc

thermodynamic h
definition of engin
entropy providing es
the necessary and Class
Second Law Lecture on
criterion for intern test,
of 6 Classes multimedia,
3 predicting the et final 3, 4
Thermodyn (2 Weeks) Group
direction of any advan examin
amics discussion.
process (why some tage. ation
physical
transformations
and chemical
reactions are

spontaneous and
others are not).
Third Law Examining how to White board Class

test,
of assess the 3rd law 6 Classes illustration,
4 Group final 5
Thermodyn of (2 Weeks)
amics thermodynamics. discussion. examin
ation
Thermodyn Rationalize how to
Class
amic apply the
test,
Description thermodynamical 6 Classes White board
5 final 6
of Mixture concepts on (2 Weeks) illustration.
examin
and mixture and
ation
Solutions solutions.
Analysing why the
Application
Gibbs energy is the Class
of White board
foundation of the test,
Thermodyn 6 Classes illustration,
6 discussion of final 7
amics to (2 Weeks) Cooperative
chemical examin
Chemical learning.
equilibrium, and ation
Equilibrium
bioenergetics.
The Employing Class
White board
Response of thetheromynamic test,
6 Classes illustration,
7 Equilibrium concept to final 7
(2 Weeks) Group
to the chemical examin
discussion.
Conditions equilibrium. ation
Course Title: Physical Chemistry Laboratory-II

a. Course Structure
Viva-voce : 10
This course is designed to examine the distribution law, justify the Langmuir isotherm, verify the
Freundlich adsorption isotherm, prove Hess’s law, observe common ion effect and evaluate
solubility product constant.
CLO1 Scrutinize the distribution law and its application to different solvent.
CLO2 Explain the phenomenon of adsorption and verification of Langmuir and Freundlich
isotherm.
Course Title: Physical Chemistry Laboratory-II 45

CLO3 Describe the solubility product constant and its application to sparingly salts.
CLO4 Justify the Hess’s law.
CLO5 Evaluate the equilibrium constant for various chemical reactions.

CLO1 √ √ √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √
CLO5 √

Topics Duration of the Courses
1. Partition coefficient of iodine between water and dichloromethane. 3 Hours/Week (2 Weeks)
2. Partition coefficient of between water and toluene and study of as-
sociation of benzoic acid or Study of the adsorption of acetic acid or
charcoal and examine the validity of Freundlich’s adsorption isotherm
and Langmuir’s adsorption isotherm.
3. Determination of the integral enthalpy of solution of solids calori-
metrically.
4. Determination of enthalpy of solution from solubility measure-
3Hours/Week (2 Weeks)
ments.
5. Determination of the solubility product of Ca(OH)2 in H2O and to
study the effect of added CaCl2 on the solubility of Ca(OH)2.
6. Verification of the Hess’s law of constant heat summation 3 Hours/Week (2 Weeks)
7. Determination of the equilibrium constant for the reaction KI
+ I2 KI3.
Text Books
1. M.M. Huque and M.Y.A. Mollah, Principles of Physical Chemistry, Fully Revised Edition,
Brothers’ Publication, Dhaka, January, 2009.
2. Palit, Practical Physical Chemistry, Science Book Agency, Kolkata.
Reference Books
1. J.B. Yadav, Advanced Practical Physical Chemistry,Goel Publishing house, Meerut.
4. A.J. Mian and M.M. Hoque, Practical Chemistry, Student Publications, Dhaka.
5. A. Findlay, Practical Physical Chemistry, Longmans, Green and Company Ltd.
6. D.T. Burns and E.M. Rattenbury, Introductory Practical Physical Chemistry, Elsevier.

g. Course Outline
Align
Teach Teachin Assessme
Specific Time ment
Chapter Topics ing g nt
Outcome Frame to
Tools Strategy Technique
CLOs
Partition
coefficient of
Laborato
iodine between
ry
water and
overview Report
dichloromethan
, writing,
e. Examination of 3 Hours/
Demonst Quiz, Oral,
1 Partition the distribution Week 1
rations, Lab final
coefficient of law. (2 Weeks)
Conduct- examinatio
between water
ing n
and toluene
experi-
and study of
ment.
association of
benzoic acid
Study of the
adsorption of
acetic acid or
charcoal and Report
examine the Verification of Instru Conduct- writing,
3 Hours/
validity of Langmuir and ments, ing Quiz, Oral,
2 Week 2
Freundlich’s Freundlich’s Glass experi- Lab final
(2 Weeks)
adsorption isotherm. wares, ment examinatio
isotherm and necess n
Langmuir’s ary
adsorption chemi
isotherm cals
Determination
Experimentatio Report
of the integral
n on how to Conduct- writing,
enthalpy of 3 Hours/
determine heat ing Quiz, Oral,
3 solution of Week 3
change in experi- Lab final
solids (2 Weeks)
various ment examinatio
calorimetricall
processes. n
y
Report
Determination
Computing the Conduct- writing,
of enthalpy of 3 Hours/
enthalpy from ing Quiz, Oral,
4 solution from Week 4
solubility experi- Lab final
solubility (2 Weeks)
measurement. ment examinatio
measurements
n
Determination Estimating the Conduct- Report
3 Hours/
of the impact of ing writing,
5 Week 5
solubility common ion experi- Quiz, Oral,
(2 Weeks)
product of on solubility. ment Lab final

Ca(OH)2 in examinatio
H2O and to n
study the effect
of added CaCl2
on the
solubility of
Ca(OH)2
Report
Verification of
Conduct- writing,
the Hess’s law Justification of 3 Hours/
ing Quiz, Oral,
6 of constant the thermos- Week 4
experi- Lab final
heat chemical laws. (2 Weeks)
ment examinatio
summation
n
Doing
Determination Report
experimentatio
of the Conducti writing,
n on how to 3 Hours/
equilibrium ng Quiz, Oral,
7 determine the Week 5
constant for the experime Lab final
equilibrium (2 Weeks)
reaction KI + nt examinatio
constant for a
I2 KI3. n
reaction.
Course Title: Inorganic Reactions, Solvents & Polymers

a. Course Structure
This course is designed for the students to learn the fundamental concepts of acid-bases, redox
reactions, and conceptualize the properties and applications of inorganic solvents and polymers.
CLO1 Explain the modern concepts of acids and bases, HSAB principle, pH and pOH, buffer
solution and buffer action.
CLO2 Recognize the fundamentalinorganic reactions.
CLO3 Discuss the solvent chemistry and classification of solvents: protic and aprotic solvents,
chemistry of some nonaqueous solvents.
CLO4 Recall the essential concepts of redox reaction and identify oxidation number and redox
potential.
CLO5 Identify electron deficient and nonstoichiometric compounds.
CLO6 Describe the physical and chemical properties of inorganic polymers.
Course Title: Inorganic Reactions, Solvents & Polymers 48


CLO1 √ √
CLO2 √
CLO3 √ √ √
CLO4 √ √
CLO5 √
CLO6 √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Acids and Bases: Modern concepts of acids and bases: Arrhenius concept,
Bronsted-Lowry concept, Lewis concept, Limitations, Conjugate acids and bases,
Classification of Bronsted acid-bases, Acid-base strength, Hard soft acid base 5 Classes
principle (HSAB principle), pH, pOH, Buffer solution and buffer action, (2.5 Weeks)
Henderson-Hasselbalch equation, Acid-base indicator, pH curve and indicator
range, choice of suitable indicator, Theories of acid-base indicators.
2. Types of Reactions: Acid-base reactions, double decomposition reactions,
precipitation reactions, substitution reactions, condensation reactions, addition
reactions, elimination reactions, isomerization reactions, polymerization reactions,
6 Classes
oxidation-reduction reactions, Electronic concept of oxidation and reduction,
(3 Weeks)
oxidation state and oxidation numbers, assignment of oxidation numbers, balancing
of redox reactions, oxidation-reduction potentials, oxidizing reducing agents,
Prediction of redox reaction.
3. Solvent Chemistry: Solvent properties; donor and acceptor properties,
Classification of solvents: protic and aprotic solvents, chemistry of some non-
aqueous solvents: properties of ionizing solvents, acid base phenomenon in non- 6 Classes
aqueous systems, Studies of some typical non-aqueous ionizing solvents: liquid (3 Weeks)
NH3, liq. Sulfur dioxide, hydrogen fluoride, liquid N2O4, BrF3, anhydrous sulphuric
acid, acetic acid, liq. H2S.
4. Electron Deficient and Nonstoichiometric Compounds: (a) Boron hydrides
and their derivatives, properties and studies of their bonding and structures; the 6 Classes
borohydrides, (b) Metal carbides, classification, structure formation and uses, (3 Weeks)
Graphite compounds.
5. Inorganic Polymers: Chain and network polymers, Silicon polymers, Boron
5 Classes
nitrogen polymers, Sulphur-nitrogen polymers, Phosphonitrilic compounds,
(2.5 Weeks)
Chemistry of fullerenes.
Text Books
1. S. Z. Haider, Introduction to Modern Inorganic Chemistry, Edexcel Publishers, Dhaka.
2. K. Kundu, Oxidation-Reduction and Acid-Base Reactions, Bangla Academy, Dhaka.
3. Raymond Chang, Chemistry, McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York, 1994.
4. G.L. Miessler& D.A. Tarr, Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd ed., Pearson, India.

5. T.C. Waddington, Nonaqueous Solvents (Study in Modern Chemistry) Thomas Nelson & Sons
Ltd.
Reference Books
1. F.A. Cotton, G. Wilkinson and P.L. Gaus, Basic Inorganic Chemistry, Wiley-India.
2. J. Huheey, Keiter&Keiter, Inorganic Chemistry, 5th ed., India.
3. S. Prakash, G. D. Tuli, S.K. Basu, and R.D. Madan, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, Vol. 1&
2, S. Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Power
point Class
Developing the 5 Classes presentatio test,
Acids and
1 basic knowledge (2.5 n, final 1
Bases
of acids and bases. Weeks) Interactive examin
discussion ation.
Lecture on Class
Recognizing Textbo 6 Classes multimedi test,
Types of
2 common inorganic oks, a, Group final 2, 4
Reactions (3 Weeks)
reactions. Journa discussion examin
ls, . ation.
Scienti White
fic board Class
Understanding the magaz illustration test,
Solvent 6 Classes
3 proper use of non- ines, , Problem final 3
Chemistry (3 Weeks)
aqueous solvents. use of solving or examin
molec case ation
ular studies
Identifying model Power
Electron electron deficient s, Class
point
Deficient and and differe 6 Classes presentatio test,
4 Nonstoichio nonstoichiometric nt final 5
(3 Weeks) n,
metric compounds and search examin
Interactive
Compounds discusstheir engine ation.
discussion
properties. s.
White
Devloping
board
knowledge about Class
illustra-
the chemical 5 Classes test,
Inorganic tion,
5 properties and (2.5 final 6
Polymers Brainstor
applications of Weeks) examin
ming on
Inorganic ation.
class
Polymers.
topics.

Course Title: Qualitative Inorganic Analysis-II (Laboratory)

a. Course Structure
Viva-voce : 10
This course is designed for the students to differentiate the cations or anions in mixture by semi-
micro qualitative inorganic analysis.
CLO1 Identify the inorganic cations and anions in mixture by semi-micro qualitative inorganic
analysis.
CLO2 Identify and analyze the crystal structures of the complexes.
CLO3 Interpret and predict the formation of models of 7 crystal structures.

CLO1 √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √

Topics Duration of the Courses
1. Identification of inorganic cations and anions in mixture by semi-
3 hours/Week (10 Weeks)
micro qualitative inorganic analysis.
2. Making of models of 7 crystal structures. 3 hours/Week (4 Weeks)
N. B.: Experiments may be added to or omitted from the above list if necessary
Text Books
1. G.H. Jeffery, J. Bassett, J. Mendham and R.C. Denney: Vogel’s Qualitative Inorganic Analy-
Reference Book
1. E.S. Gilreath, Experimental Procedures in Elementary Qualitative Analysis, McGraw-Hill.
Course Title: Qualitative Inorganic Analysis-II (Laboratory) 51

g. Course Outline
Align
Teachi Assessme
Specific Time Teaching ment
Chapter Topics ng nt
outcome Frame Strategy to
Tools Technique
CLOs
Applying basic Laboratory
knowledge for overview Report
Separation of
the 3 hours/ and writing,
inorganic
identification of Week Demonstra Quiz, Oral,
1 cations and 1
inorganic (10 tions, Lab final
anions in
cations and Instru Weeks) Conduct- examinatio
mixture
anions in a ments, ing experi- n.
mixture. Glass ment.
wares Report
Development of
Making of writing,
fundamental 3 hours/ Conduct-
models of 7 Quiz, Oral,
2 concepts about Week ing experi- 2, 3
crystal Lab final
crystal (4 Weeks) ment.
structures. examinatio
formation.
n.
Course Title: Chemistry of Functional Groups

a. Course Structure
The main goal of the course is to acquire the knowledge of different classes of organic compounds
containing different functional groups and to learn their structure, preparation, chemical reactivity,
physical behavior and synthetic applications.
CLO1 Draw and name the different functional groups; such as alcohols, ethers, aldehydes,
ketones, carboxylic acids, esters, amides, amines, nitro and nitroso compounds.
CLO2 Explain the physical properties are largely dependent on the functional groups.
CLO3 Prepare the different classes of organic compounds containing one or more functional
groups.
CLO4 Describe the reactivity and mechanism of different organic compounds containing
different functional groups.
CLO5 Synthesize the important compounds from different classes of organic materials.
CLO6 Explain the basic color theory in nature and compare color, dyes and pigments, and
apply the basic skills in the preparation of the dyes.
Course Title: Chemistry of Functional Groups 52


CLO1 √
CLO2 √
CLO3 √
CLO4 √
CLO5 √
CLO6 √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Hydroxyl Compounds (Alcohols and Phenol): Structure, Nomenclature,
Physical properties (acidity and basicity of alcohols and phenols), Preparation,
Important reactions of alcohols and phenols: substitution, esterification, oxidations, 6 Classes
ring substitution, coupling with diazonium salts, Reimer-Tiemann reaction, Phenol- (2 Weeks)
formaldehyde resin of phenol, The Pinacol-Pinacolon rearrangement, etc, Periodic
acid oxidation of glycols.
2. Ethers, Sulphide and Epoxides: Structure, Nomenclature, Preparation,
3 Classes
Williamson-ether synthesis, Physical properties, Reactions, Ethers as protecting
(1 Week)
groups, Crown ethers.
3. Carbonyl Compounds:
(a) Aldehydes (Aliphatic & aromatic): Structure, Nomenclature, Relative
Reactivity of carbonyl compounds, General methods of preparations, Physical
6 Classes
properties, Reactions of aldehyde: nucleophilic addition to carbonyl compounds,
(2 Weeks)
oxidation and reduction, A simple study of named reaction: Reimer-Tiemann
reaction, Cannizzaro reaction, Aldol condensation reaction, Perkin reaction and
Wittig reaction: mechanism and application.
(b) Ketones (Aliphatic & aromatic): Structure, Nomenclature, General methods
6 Classes
of preparations, Physical properties, Reactions: nucleophilic addition to carbonyl
(2 Weeks)
compounds, oxidation and reduction.
4. Carboxylic Acids (Aliphatic & aromatic) & its Derivatives: Nomenclature,
Orbital picture, Hydrogen bonding, Acidity, Resonance effect and inductive effect
on acidity, General methods of preparations and reactions of carboxylic acids: 6 Classes
hydroxy acids, unsaturated acids, keto acids, synthesis using active methylene (2 Weeks)
compounds, Derivatives of Carboxylic acids (esters, amides, acid halide and
anhydride s), Relative reactivity of carboxylic acid derivatives.
5. Amines (Aliphatic & Aromatic): Nomenclature, Structure and basicity,
Preparations, Physical properties, Separation of amines, Reactions: alkylation,
6 Classes
conversion into amides, oxidation, ring substitution in aromatic amines, Hoffmann
(2 Weeks)
degradation of quaternary ammonium hydroxides, Analysis of amines, Aromatic
Diazonium salts: preparation and reactions, Synthesis of azo dyes.
6. Nitro and Nitroso Compounds: General properties and resonance of aromatic
3 Classes
nitro-compounds, Synthesis, Reactivity, Reactions of aliphatic and aromatic nitro
(1 Week)
and nitroso compounds, Reduction of nitro compounds, TNT, TNB.

7. Color, Dyes and Pigments: Theories of color and color conjugated systems, 6 Classes
Nomenclature, Classification, Raw materials for synthesis of dyes. (2 Weeks)
Text Books
Hall.
Reference Books
1. Streitweiser, C.H. Heathcock and E.M. Kosower, Introduction to Organic Chemistry,
Macmillan Pub. Co.
5. McCurry, Organic Chemistry.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
White Class
Hydroxyl Identification and
board test,
Compounds reactivity of 6 Classes
1 illustration final 1-5
(Alcohols alcohols and Textbo (2 Weeks)
, Story examin
and Phenol) phenols. oks,
telling. ation
Journa
Power
ls,
point Class
Describing the Scienti
Ethers, presentatio test,
relative reactivity fic 3 Classes
2 Sulphide and n, final 1-5
of different magaz (1 Week)
Epoxides Interactive examin
functional groups. ines,
discus- ation
differe
sion,
nt
Lecture on Class
Discussion of search
multimedi test,
Carbonyl general properties engine 12 Classes
3 a, final 1-5
Compounds of ketones and s and (4 Weeks)
Interactive examin
aldehydes. interne
discussion ation
t
Carboxylic White Class
Identifying and advant
Acids board test,
illustrating age. 6 Classes
4 (Aliphatic & illustration final 1-5
reactions of (2 Weeks)
aromatic) & , examin
carboxylic acids.
its Interactive ation

Derivatives discus-
sion
Explaining Lecture on
Class
physical and multimedi
Amines test,
chemical 6 Classes a, Problem
5 (Aliphatic & final 1-5
properties of (2 Weeks) solving or
Aromatic) examin
amines including case
ation
their basicity. studies.
Power
point
Assign
Basic concepts of presentatio
Nitro and ment,
nitro and nitroso 3 Classes n,
6 Nitroso final 1-5
compounds and (1 Week) Discussing
Compounds examin
their reactivity. keywords
ation
of class
topics.
Comprehending
basic color theory White Present
and description of board ation,
Color, Dyes 6 Classes
7 the nature of color, illustration final 6
and Pigments (2 Weeks)
dyes and pigments , Story examin
and their telling ation
applications.
Course Title: Organic Chemistry Laboratory-1 (Fundamentals)

a. Course Structure
Viva-voce : 10
The objective of the course is to introduce fundamental methods and procedures used in the
synthesis of organic compounds at micro and semi-micro scale.
CLO1 Develop knowledge about safe laboratory practices by appropriately handling laboratory
glassware, equipment, and chemical & reagents.
CLO2 Perform common laboratory tasks including melting point, boiling point, different types
of distillation, crystallization, recrystallization, vacuum filtration and solvent extraction.
CLO3 Determine the identity, purity, percentage of yields and summarize findings clearly and
concisely.
Course Title: Organic Chemistry Laboratory-1 (Fundamentals) 55

CLO4 Use different types of distillation procedures to perform separation of the volatile
solvents in high pure state.
CLO5 Design and carry out scientific experiments and accurately record and examine the results
of such experiments.
CLO6 Detect the presence of elements in a target molecule with the aid of sodium fusion
methods or Lassaigne's Test.
CLO7 Analyze the solubility of organic compounds in a variety of solvents.
CLO8 Explore new areas of research in both chemistry and allied fields of science and
technology.

CLO1 √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √ √
CLO4 √ √
CLO5 √ √
CLO6 √
CLO7 √
CLO8 √ √

1. Introduction to basic laboratory equipment: Glassware and other
personal items, Assembly and precaution in using glassware, Cleaning 3 hours/Week (1 Week)
glassware, Heating and cooling, Laboratory safety instructions.
2. Melting points and boiling points of organic compounds:
Discussion on melting point and boiling point, Determination of
melting point of a solid, Mixed melting points and mixed-melting
temperature curve from mixed Tm of two different organic compounds 3 hours/Week (2 Weeks)
of nearly same Tm and then taking their Tm’s at different mol%,
Identification of typical functional groups in an organic compound,
Determination of boiling point of a liquid.
3. Recrystallization: Discussion on crystallization, Crystallization
3 hours/ Week (1 Week)
theory, Purification of benzoic acid or salicylic acid.
4. Drying: Drying technique of some organic compounds. 3 hours/ WeeK (2 Weeks)
5. Distillation: Simple distillation, Fractional distillation, Steam
distillation.
6. Solvent extraction. 3 hours/ Week (1 Week)
7. Detection: Detection of N, S and halogens in organic compounds. 3 hours/ Week (4 Weeks)
8. Solubility test and classification of the organic compounds. 3 hours/ Week (1 Week)

Text Books
1. H.D. Durst and G.W. Gokel, Experimental Organic Chemistry, McGraw-Hill Book Company,
New York, 1987.
2. Vogel’s Text Book of Practical Organic Chemistry, ELBS with Longman, 5th Edition.
Reference Books
1. L.F. Fiesser, K.L. Williamson, Organic Experiment, D.C. Health & Company Lexington, Mas-
sachusetts, Toronto, 4th Edition.
2. R.L. Shriner, R.C. Fuson and D.Y. Curtin, Systematic Identification of Organic Compounds,
John Wiley Sons, Inc. New York, London, Sydney.
5. A.I. Vogel, Elementary Practical Organic Chemistry (Part 1), Longman.
g. Course Outline
Assessm Align
Teach
Chapter Topics ing
outcome Frame Strategy Techniq to
Tools
ue CLOs
Report
Laboratory writing,
Introduction
Basic idea about 3 hours/ overview Quiz,
to basic
1 laboratory Week and Oral, 1
laboratory
equipments (1 Week) Demonstra Lab final
equipment
tions. examinat
ion
Conduct- Report
Melting
Determination of ing experi- writing,
points and
melting point of 3 hours/ ment, Quiz,
boiling
2 a solid and Week Problem Oral, 2
points of
boiling point of a (2 Weeks) solving of Lab final
organic
liquid. experimen examinat
compounds Instru
ts. ion
ments,
Conduct- Report
Glass
ing experi- writing,
Applying basic wares
3 hours/ ment, Quiz,
Recrystallizat concepts to
3 Week (1 Asking Oral, 2, 3
ion perform
Week) and Lab final
recrystallization.
answering examinat
questions. ion
Report
writing,
Explaining the
3 hours/ Conduct- Quiz,
processes
4 Drying Week ing experi- Oral, 3
involved in
(2 Weeks) ment Lab final
drying.
examinat
ion
5 Distillation Describing 3 hours/ Conduct- Report 4

different types of Week ing experi- writing,

distillations and (2 Weeks) ment Quiz,
purifying solvent Oral,
using Lab final
distillations. examinat
ion
Report
Demonstrating writing,
how to separate 3 hours/ Conduct- Quiz,
Solvent
6 products using Week ing experi- Oral, 5
extraction
solvent (1 Week) ment Lab final
extraction. examinat
ion
Identification of Conduct- Report
different types of ing experi- writing,
elements (N, S, 3 hours/ ment, Quiz,
7 Detection and halogens) Week Asking Oral, 6, 8
present in (4 Weeks) and Lab final
organic answering examinat
compounds. questions. ion
Conduct- Report
Solubility
Investigating the ing experi- writing,
test and
solubility of 3 hours/ ment, Quiz,
classification
8 organic Week Probl-em Oral, 7, 8
of the
compounds in (1 Week) solving of Lab final
organic
solvents. experment examinat
compounds
s. ion
Course Title: Ordinary and Partial Differential Equation

a. Course Structure
The students will be familiarized with the fundamental concepts of ordinary and partial differential
equations which will be used as background knowledge for the understanding of specialized
courses in the field of material science. Students should also learn a particular set of mathematical
facts how to apply them and how to think logically and mathematically.
CLO1 Analyze real world scenarios to recognize when ordinary differential equations (ODEs) or
systems of ODEs are appropriate, formulate problems about the scenarios, creatively
model these scenarios in order to solve the problems using multiple approaches, and then
Course Title: Ordinary and Partial Differential Equation 58

interpret and clearly communicate the results.

CLO2 Recognize ODEs and system of ODEs concepts that are encountered in the real world,
understand and communicate the underlying mathematics involved to help another person
gain insight into the situation.
CLO3 Work with ODEs and systems of ODEs in various situations and use correct
mathematical terminology, notation, and symbolic processes in order to engage in work,
study, and conversation on topics involving ODEs and systems of ODEs with colleagues
in the field of mathematics, science or engineering.
CLO4 Solve the first-order partial differential equations (PDE) with constant and variable
coefficients
CLO5 Solve the Diffusion equation, Laplace equation, Poisson equation and wave equations on
the real world.
CLO6 Expand functions in Fourier cosine series, Fourier sine series, and full Fourier series.
CLO7 Solve and applications of Schrödinger equation.
CLO8 Design a numerical scheme and implement the algorithm on computer to solve partial
differential equations such as Legendre and Bessel functions, Laguere and Hermite
polynomia.

CLO1 √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √
CLO4 √ √
CLO5 √ √
CLO6 √ √
CLO7 √ √
CLO8 √ √ √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Courses
Section-A (Ordinary Differential Equation-ODE):
1. Ordinary Differential Equations of First Order and Second Order: General 14 Classes
principles, Elementary standard types, linear equations with constant co-efficients. (7 Weeks)
Section-B (Partial Differential Equation (PDE)

2. Partial Differential Equation (PDE): Wave equation, Diffusion equation,
Laplace equation, Poisson equation, Schrodinger equation, Method of separation of 14 Classes
variables, Method of Laplace and Fourier transforms, Formation of PDE, Solution (7 Weeks)
system of PDE, Legendre and Bessel functions, Laguere and Hermite polynomial.
Course Title: Ordinary and Partial Differential Equation 59

Text Books
1. E. Steiner, The Chemistry Math Book, Oxford University Press.
2. S. Lang, Linear Algebra, Springer.
3. R.R. Stoll, Linear Algebra and Matrix Theory, McGraw-Hill.
Reference Books
1. R. Ellis and D. Gulick, Calculus with Analytical Geometry, HBJ.
2. K. Mohammad, A Text book of Co-ordinate Geometry and Vector Analysis, The University
Press.
3. A.F.M. Rahman & P.K. Bhattacharjee: A Textbook on Co-ordinate Geometry (two and three
dimensions) and Vector Analysis.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Solution and
application of White
Ordinary Textbo
differential board Class
Differential oks,
equations relevant illustration test,
Equations of Journa 14 Classes
1 to chemistry and , Problem final 1-3
First and ls, (7 Weeks)
learning first-order solving or examin
Second Scienti
and second-order case ation.
Order fic
differential studies.
magaz
equations.
ines,
Solving PDEs,
differe
Schrödinger
nt Power
equation,
search point Assign
Legendre and
Partial engine presentatio ment,
Bessel functions,
Differential s and 14 Classes n, final
2 Laguere and 4-8
Equation interne (7 Weeks) Interactive examin
Hermite
(PDE) t discussion ation
polynomial using
advant .
the method of
age.
characteristic, and
their applications.
Course Title: Electricity and Magnetism

a. Course Structure
Course Title: Electricity and Magnetism 60

Student will know about different phenomenon related with electricity and magnetism. They will
understand electrostatic force and electromagnetic induction. They will also understand various
laws related with electromagnetism and their applications.
c. Course Learning Outcomes: at the end of the course, the students will be able to
CLO1 Apply Coulomb’s law and compute electric field for different kinds of charge
distributions.
CLO2 Analyze electric field using field strength, field lines and potential.
CLO3 Explain the effect of dielectric materials on electric field and apply the mechanism of
storing energy in capacitor.
CLO4 Explain the charging and discharging mechanisms of dc circuits (RC, RL and LCR) using
the numerical values of current as a function of time.
CLO5 Utilize the self and mutual inductance in coils compute magnetic field for symmetric
current distribution using Ampere’s law.
CLO6 Explain the interaction of parallel and anti-parallel current compute magnetic field for
general current distribution using Biot-Savart law.
CLO7 Demonstrate Seeback effect and Peltier effet and apply thermo couple and Joule
Thomson effect in temperature measurement and compound freezing skill.

CLO1 √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √ √
CLO4 √ √
CLO5 √ √
CLO6 √ √ √
CLO7 √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Electric Field: Charge & matter, Coulomb’s law, Electric field and field
strength, Point charge in an electric field, Electric dipole, Electric field due to di- 6 Classes
pole, Dipole in an external electric field, Electric flux, Gauss’s law and its applica- (3 Weeks)
tions.
2. Electric Potential: Electric potential and field strength, Potential due to a point
4 Classes
charge, Electric potential energy, Calculation of field strength from electric poten-
( 2 Weeks)
tial.

3. Capacitors and Dielectrics: Capacitance-its calculation, Parallel plate capacitors

4 Classes
with dielectrics, Dielectrics and Gauss’s law, Dielectric constant, Energy stored in
(2 Weeks)
an electric field.
4. Current, Electromotive Force and Circuits: Electron theory of conductivity;
Conductor, semiconductor, insulators and superconductors; Current and current
density, Resistance, Resistivity and conductivity, Ohm’s law, Electromotive force,
4 Classes
Potential difference, Kirchhoff’s law and its applications, Single-loop and multi
(2 Weeks)
loop circuits, DC circuits with LR, RC, LC and LCR in series, AC circuits with LR,
RC, LC, and LCR in series, Ammeters, voltmeter, ohmmeter, watt meter, frequency
meter, AC/DC bridge, digital voltmeter.
5. Magnetic Field and Ampere’s Law: Magnetic field and field strength, Magnetic
force on charge and current, Lorenz force, Torque on a current loop, The Hall effect, 6 Classes
Circulating charges, Ampere’s law and magnetic field near straight wire, Two paral- (3 Weeks
lel conductors, Biot-Savart law, Magnetic materials & their properties.
6. Magnetic Induction: Faraday’s law of induction, Lenz’s law, Induction and
4 Classes
electric field, Inductance and its calculation, An IR circuit’s energy and the magnet-
(2 Weeks)
ic field, Energy density and magnetic field, Self and mutual inductance.
7. Thermoelectricity: Thermal e.m.f; Seeback, Peltier and Thomson Effects; 6 Classes
Thermoelectric thermometer, Thermocouple. (3 Weeks)
Text Books
1. D. Halliday and R. Resnicks, Fundamentals of Physics, Part II, John Wiley.
2. A.R. Rafiqullah, A.K.Roy&M.S.Huq, Concept of Electricity and Magnetism.
3. A.F. Kip: Fundamentals of Electricity and Magnetism, McGraw-Hill.
Reference Books
1. K.K. Tewari: Electricity and Magnetism with Electronics, S. Chand & Co.Ltd., New Delhi.
2. H.D. Young and RA Freedman, University Physics, Pearson.
f. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Development of Textbo
Coulomb’s knowledge on oks, Power
point Class
law, Coulomb’s law and Journa
test,
Electric Gauss’s law in ls, 6 Classes presentatio
1 n, final 1
field and addition application Scienti (3 Weeks)
Interactive examin
field of them for fic
strength measuring electric magaz discussion. ation
field strength. ines,
Gaining fundamental differe Lecture on Class
Electric
knowledge about nt 4 Classes multimedi test,
2 potential 2
electric potential and search (2 Weeks) a, Group final
energy
capable of analysing engine discussion. examin

electric potential and s and ation

field strength. interne
t White
Discussing about advant board Class
Capacitors parallel plate age. illustration test,
4 Classes
3 and capacitors, , Problem final 3
(2 Weeks)
Dielectrics dielectrics and solving or examin
dielectric constant. case ation
studies
Explaining the
principles and
applications of
conductor, Power
Current, Class
semiconductor, point
Electromoti test,
insulators and 4 Classes presentatio
4 ve Force final 4
superconductors, and (2 Weeks) n,
and examin
describing Interactive
Circuits ation
Kirchhoff’s law with discussion.
its applications in
electrical circuit
analysis.
Gathering White
knowledge about board
Class
Magnetic Lorenz force, Hall illustration
test,
field and effect, Ampere’s law 6 Classes ,
5 final 5
Ampere’s and Biot-Savart law. (3 Weeks) Brainstor
examin
Law apply the theoretical ming on
ation
knowledge on class
practical purpose. topics.
Power
Basic knowledge on
point
Faraday’s law of Class
presentatio
induction and Lenz’s test,
Magnetic 4 Classes n,
6 law as well as final 6
Induction (2 Weeks) Discussing
analysing examin
keywords
electromagnetic field ation
of class
induction.
topics.
Describing the Lecture on
Class
working mechanism multimedi
test,
Thermoele of thermo couple and 6 Classes a, Problem
7 final 7
ctricity applying Thomson (3 Weeks) solving or
examin
effect for freezing case
ation
chemical compound. studies

Course Title: Phase and Ionic Equilibrium

a. Course Structure
This course is designed to provide knowledge on phase diagrams of different substances of various
compositions, to envision how the phase diagrams are widely used in materials science to
summarize the composition of mixture and to be able to interpret them.
CLO1 Apply thermodynamical concepts in phase diagram.

CLO2 Assess how phase diagram summarize the behavior of substances under different
conditions.
CLO3 Explain how to control the microstructure resulting from phase equilibria and control the
mechanical properties of the materials to a particular application.
CLO4 Discuss the phase diagram of binary systems that can be apply to metallurgy, geology,
and the chemical industry.
CLO5 Describe the ternary phase diagram have become important in material science as more
complex materials are investigated such as the ceramics found to have super conducting
properties.

CLO1 √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √
CLO4 √ √
CLO5 √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Courses
1. Phase Diagram of Pure Substances: Stabilities of phases, the number of phas-
es, Phase transition, Methods employing to determine the phase transition, Ther-
modynamic criteria of phase stability, Phase boundaries, Characteristic properties 4 Classes
related to phase transitions, Phase rule and its derivation, Component, Degrees of (2 Weeks)
freedom, Triple point. Metastable system. Phase diagram of water, carbon dioxide,
and helium.
2. Thermodynamic Aspects of Phase Transitions: The dependence of stability on 4 Classes
the conditions, The temperature dependence of phase stability, and the response of (2 Weeks)
Course Title: Phase and Ionic Equilibrium 64

melting to applied pressure, The vapour pressure of a liquid subjected to pressure,

Location of phase boundaries: Clapeyron and Clausius-Clapeyron equation, Ehren-
fest classification of phase transitions.
3. Phase Diagram of Two Component Liquid Systems: Phase diagram of binary
liquid systems, Vapour pressure-composition (P-C) diagrams, Temperature-
composition (T-C) diagrams, construction of the diagrams, tie line, isopleth, lever
rule, Distillation of liquids mixtures, simple and fractional distillation, azeotrope,
low-boiling azeotrope, high-boiling azeotrope, Liquid-Liquid phase diagram for 6 Classes
partially miscible liquids, Liquid-Liquid phase diagram for partially immiscible (3 Weeks)
liquids, stem distillation, Phase separation, Critical solution temperatures, upper
and lower critical solution temperature, (T-C) diagram of hexane - nitrobenzene,
water - trimethylamine, and water – nicotine systems, distillation of partially misci-
ble liquids,
4. Phase Diagram of Two Component Solid Systems Phase diagram of two
4 Classes
Component solid Systems: eutectic composition, peritectic line, Ag/Sn phase dia-
(2 Weeks)
grams, Reacting systems, eutectic halt, congruent and incongruent melting.
5. Three Component Systems: Triangular phase diagrams, coordinates used for
4 Classes
the discussion of three-component systems, three components phase diagram: etha-
(2 Weeks)
noic acid / trichloromethane / water system, Ternary solids, plait point.
6. Thermodynamic Application to Proton Transfer Equilibria: Autoprotolysis
equilibrium, Definition of pH in terms activity, pH scale, acidity constant, Relation
between acidity constant and strength of acid and base, degree of ionization.
Factors affecting degree of ionization. Ostwald dilution law. Neutralization & 6 Classes
Hydrolysis of Salts. Buffer solutions: classification, mechanism of buffer action (3 Weeks)
and applications. acid-base equilibria in water, acid-base titrations, pH curve, use of
equilibria to direct changes in pH, Ellingham's diagram and application for metal
extraction.
Text Books
1. P. Atkins and J. Paula, J. Keeeler, Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, (11th edition) Oxford
University press.
2. P. Atkins and J. Paula, Physical Chemistry for the Life Sciences, (2nd edition), W. H.
Freeman and Company New York.
Reference Books
2. K. K. Sharma and L. L. Sharma, A Textbook of Physical Chemistry, Vikas Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd.
3. Anthony R. West, Solid State Chemistry and its Applications, Wiley

g. Course Outline
Asses Align
Teach
Time Teaching sment ment
Frame Strategy Tech to
Tools
nique CLOs
Mapping the phase Power point Class
Phase
diagram of presentation test,
Diagram of 4 Classes
1 different , Argue final 1
Pure (2 Weeks)
substances, with exami
Substances
Science. nation
Analyzing the
thermodynamic
Lecture on Class
Thermodyna criterion of phase
multimedia, test,
mic Aspects stability and 4 Classes
2 Showing final 2
of Phase enables us to (2 Weeks)
Textbo flowcharts exami
Transitions deduce a very
oks, or diagram. nation
general result, the
Journa
‘phase rule’.
ls,
Phase
Scienti Lecture on Class
Diagram of Construction of the
fic multimedia, test,
Two phase diagram of 6 Classes
3 magaz Showing final 3
Component two component (3 Weeks)
ines, flowcharts exami
Liquid systems.
differe or diagram. nation
Systems
nt
Phase
search Lecture on Class
Diagram of Explaing the phase
engine multimedia, test,
Two diagram of two 4 Classes
4 s and Showing final 4
Component component solid (2 Weeks)
interne flowcharts exami
Solid systems.
t or diagram. nation
Systems
advant
Lecture on Class
Explaining the age.
Three multimedia, test,
phase diagram of 4Classes
5 Component Showing final 5
three component (2 Weeks)
Systems flowcharts exami
systems.
or diagram. nation
Thermodyna
Computing the Lecture on Class
mic
ionic product of multimedia, test,
Application 6 Classes
6 water, pH, pOH, Showing final 5
to Proton (3 Weeks)
mechanism of flowcharts exami
Transfer
buffer action. or diagram. nation
Equilibria

Course Title: Physical Chemistry Laboratory-III

a. Course Structure
Viva-voce : 10
This course is designed to evaluate the enthalpy of neutralization of strong acid and base,
determine the phase diagram for phenol-water system, examine the basic principles of
studying liquid-liquid miscibility of partially miscible three liquid system, and examine the
partial molal volume of a solution.
CLO1 Determine the enthalpy of neutralization of strong acid and base .

CLO2 Estimate the phase diagram for phenol-water system.
CLO3 Evaluate pH value of a solution by indicator method.
CLO4 Find out the liquid-liquid miscibility of partially miscible three liquid system
CLO5 Examine the partial molal volume of a solution

CLO1 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √

1. Determination of enthalpy of neutralization of a strong base by a
3 Hours/Week (1 Week)
strong acid.
2. Determination of the phase diagram for the phenol-water system. 3 Hours/Week (1 Week)
3. The pH value of a given solution by indicator method (using buffer
solution of known pH).
4. Determination of the liquid-liquid miscibility of partially miscible
three liquid systems.
Course Title: Physical Chemistry Laboratory-III 67

5. Study of molecular mass by measurements of physical properties:

a) Viscosity and density, b) Surface tension and, c) Vapour pressure
6. Determination of the partial molal volume of solutions (alcohol-
water system) by Westphal balance or density bottle (picknometer).
Text Books
3. J.B. Yadav, Advanced Practical Physical Chemistry, Goel Publishing House.
Reference Books
1. A. Khalique, A Text Book of Practical Chemistry, Ideal Library, Bangla Bazar, Dhaka.
g. Course Outline
Assessm Align
Teach
Chapter Topics ing
Outcome Frame Strategy Techniq to
Tools
ue CLOs
Examination of
Laborator
the enthalpy of Report
Determination y
neutralization of writing,
of enthalpy of overview,
strong acid with 3 Hours/ Quiz,
neutralization Demonstra
1 strong base and Week Oral, 1
of a strong tions,
find out its (1 Week) Lab final
base by a Conduct-
application in examinat
strong acid. ing experi-
our practical ion
ment.
life.
Instru
Report
ments,
Determination writing,
Mapping the Glass
of the phase 3 Hours / Conduct- Quiz,
phase diagram wares,
2 diagram for Week ing experi- Oral, 2
of phenol-water necess
the phenol- (1 Week) ment Lab final
system. ary
water system. examinat
chemi
ion
cals
The pH value
Measuring the Report
of a given writing,
value of pH of a
solution by 3 Hours / Conduct- Quiz,
solution and
3 indicator Week ing experi- Oral, 3
explaining the
method (using (2 Weeks) ment Lab final
significance of examina-
buffer solution
pH. tion
of known pH).
Determination Determining the 3 Hours / Conduct- Report
4 4
of the liquid- liquid-liquid Week ing experi- writing,
Course Title: Physical Chemistry Laboratory-III 68

liquid miscibility of (2 Weeks) ment Quiz,

miscibility of three liquid Oral,
partially systems. Lab final
examina-
miscible three
tion
liquid systems.
Study of
molecular
mass by Measurement of Report
measurements molecular mass writing,
of physical by help of 3 Hours / Conduct- Quiz,
properties: physical
5 Week ing experi- Oral, 5
a. Viscosity properties like
surface tension, (2 Weeks) ment Lab final
and density
vapor pressure examinat
b. Surface
etc. ion
tension
c. Vapor pres-
sure.
Determination
of the partial
Report
molal volume Determination
of solutions of the partial 3 Hours writing,
(alcohol- molal volume of /Week Conduct- Quiz,
6 water system) alcohol-water (6 Weeks) ing experi- Oral, 5
by Westphal system and learn ment Lab final
balance or about the partial examinat
density bottle molal volume. ion
(picknometer)
.
Course Title: Chemistry of Elements

a. Course Structure
This course is designed for the students to impart knowledge on the elementary idea about the
chemistry of main group elements and assess the occurrences, abundances, chemical and physical
properties, preparations, reactions, biological importance and application of the elements in the
periodic table.
CLO1 Predict the symmetry and point groups of the molecule.

CLO2 Assimilate the physical and chemical behavior of hydrogen and hydrides.
CLO3 Describe the biological importance of group I and II elements.
Course Title: Chemistry of Elements 69

CLO4 Recapitulate the physical and chemical properties of the boron and carbon.
CLO5 Explain the inter-halogen compound and the pseudohalogen compounds.
CLO6 Analyze the physical and chemical behavior of titanium, vanadium, copper, zinc,
molybdenum, cobalt, nickel and iron.
CLO7 Describe the chemistry of actinide and lanthanides.

CLO1 √ √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √
CLO6 √ √ √ √ √
CLO7 √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Symmetry and Structure: Molecular Symmetry; symmetry operations and
6 Classes
elements; symmetry point group; assigning of molecules to point groups; Sym-
(2 Weeks)
metry of orbitals.
2. Hydrogen and Hydrides (Group 1): Position in the periodic table: abundance
and preparation of hydrogen, properties of molecular hydrogen; ortho and para 3 Classes
hydrogen; hydrides; hydrogen ion, isotopes of hydrogen, hydrogen bonding, hy- (1 Week)
drogen as fuel.
3. Alkali and Alkaline Earth Metal (Group 1 and Group 2): Occurrence and
abundance, Electronic structure, Physical properties, Reaction with water, air and 6 Classes
dinitrogen; oxides, hydroxides, peroxides, sulphates, nitrates, halides, superox- (2 Weeks)
ides; hardness of water, biological importance.
4. Chemistry of Boron and Carbon (Group 13 and 14): Occurrence, abun-
dance and extraction, General properties, Structure and allotropy of the elements,
3 Classes
Reactions of boron, Chemical reactivity of carbon; carbides, oxides, and car-
(1 Week)
bonates; oxides of silicon, Preparation of the metals as semiconductors, Allo-
tropic forms.
5. Chemistry of Group 17 (Halogens): Occurrence, abundance and extraction,
General properties, Reactivity, Charge transfer compounds of halogens, oxides, 3 Classes
oxo-acids and their salts, Halides, Interhalogen compounds and pseudohalogen (1 Week)
compounds.
6. Chemistry of Titanium and Vanadium (Group 4 and 5): Occurrence, 6 Classes
abundance and uses, Oxidation states, General property and Reactivity. (2 Weeks)
7. Chemistry of Iron, Copper and Zinc (Group 8, 11 and 12): Occurrence,
6 Classes
abundance and uses, General property, Reactivity, Biological importance and
(2 Weeks)
role.

8. Chemistry of Molybdenum, Cobalt and Nickel (Group 6, 9 and 10): Occur-

3 Classes
rence, abundance and uses, General property, Reactivity, Biological importance
(1 Week)
and role.
9. Chemistry of Lanthanides and Actinides: General features, Lanthanides and
6 Classes
Actinide contraction, Variable valency of lanthanides, Magnetic and spectral
(2 Weeks)
properties, Separation of lanthanides and actinides, Superactinides.
Text Books
1. J.D. Lee, Concise Inorganic Chemistry, ELBS with Chapman & Hall, Croatia, 1996.
3. F.A. Cotton, G. Wilkinson and C. A. Murillo, M. Bochmann, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry,
Wiley-India.
Reference Books
1. N.N. Greenwood and A. Earnshaw, Chemistry of the Elements, Butterworth-Heinemann.
3. K. Kundu, Chemistry of Main Group Elements (in Bangla), Bangla Academy, Dhaka.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Lecture on
multimedi
Fundamental
Symmetry a, White Class
Knowledge of Textbo
and board test,
Symmetry and oks, 6 Classes
1 Structure, illustration final 1
determination of Journa (2 Weeks)
Symmetry , Power examin
point groups of the ls,
point groups point ation
molecules Scienti
presentatio
fic
n.
magaz
Achieve
ines,
knowledge to
differe
explain the Power
nt
physical and point Class
search
Hydrogen chemical presentatio test,
engine 3 Classes
2 and Hydrides properties, n, White final 2
s and (1 Weeks)
(Group 1) reactions, the board examin
interne
cause of solubility, illustration ation
t
magnetic .
advant
behaviour of
age.
Hydrogen
Alkali and Capability to have 6 Classes White Class
3 3
Alkaline knowledge about (2 Weeks) board test,

Earth Metal the physical and illustration final

chemical , Argue examin
properties, with ation
biological Science.
importance and
application of
alkali and alkaline
earth metals
Concepts to
explain the
difference in Power
density and point
Class
electrical presentatio
Chemistry of test,
conductivity 3 Classes, n,
4 Boron and final 4
between diamond (1 Week) Instruction
Carbon examin
and graphite, and al
ation
understanding conversati
different reaction ons.
mechanisms of
Boron and Carbon
Understanding the Power
Class
strength of point
test,
oxoacids, 3 Classes presentatio
5 Halogens final 5
hydracids and (1 Week) n, White
examin
structure of [ICl2]-, board
ation
ClF3, IF5, [ICl4]- illustration
Understanding the
trends in properties
and reactivity of
the d-block Power
Class
elements and point
test,
d-block capable to explain 6 Classes presentatio
6 final 6
elements how crystal field (2 Weeks) n, White
examin
theory explains the board
ation
electronic illustration
structures and
colors of metal
complexes.
Concepts to
explain the
Power
variation in Class
point
ionization test,
Iron, Copper 6 Classes presentatio
7 enthalpies, melting final 6
and Zinc (2 Weeks) n, White
points and examin
board
densities of these ation
illustration
elements in terms
of their structure

and bonding
Capability to have
knowledge about
the physical and Power
Class
chemical point
Molybdenum test,
properties, 3 Classes presentatio
8 , Cobalt and final 6
biological (1 Week) n, White
Nickel examin
importance and board
ation
application of illustration
molybdenum,
cobalt and nickel
Advanced
knowledge
associated with the
importance of the Power
Class
4f and 5f valence point
Chemistry of test,
orbitals in 6 Classes presentatio
9 Lanthanides final 7
determining the (2 Weeks) n, White
and Actinides examin
chemistry (and board
ation
contrasts between illustration
the chemistries) of
the lanthanide and
actinide elements.
Course Title: Quantitative Inorganic Analysis-I (Laboratory)

a. Course Structure
Viva-voce : 10
This course is designed for the students to demonstrate the neutralizationtitrations, redox titrations
and iodometric titrations.
CLO1 Demonstrate different types of neutralization titrations.

CLO2 Assess different types of redox titrations.
CLO3 Analyse different types of iodometric titrations.
Course Title: Quantitative Inorganic Analysis-I (Laboratory) 73


CLO1 √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √

1. Neutralization titrations:
(i) Standardization of NaOH solution against succinic/oxalic acid.
(ii) Standardization of HCl by titration with NaOH (using both methyl
orange and methyl red indicator).
2. Redox titrations:
(i) Determination of ferrous ion using standard KMnO4 solution.
(ii) Determination of ferric ion using standard K2CrO7 solution.
(iii) Determination of ferrous ion by oxidation with standard KMnO4
solution.
(iv) Determination of ferric ion with standard KMnO4 solution.
3. Iodomertic titrations:
(i) Standardization of sodium thiosulphate solution using dichromate
solution. 3 Hours/Week (5 Weeks)
(ii) Determination of copper iodometrically with standard Na2S2O3
solution.
Text Books
1. G.H. Jeffery, J. Bassett, J. Mendham and R.C. Denney: Vogel’s Quantitative Chemical Analy-
2. Pandey, D.N. Bajpai, and S. Giri, Practical Chemistry, S. Chand & Co. Ltd, New Delhi.
Reference Books
1. K. Kundu, Practical Inorganic Chemistry (in Bangla), Bangla Academy.
2. K. Kundu, Practical Inorganic Analysis (in Bangla), Bangla Academy.
g. Course Outline
Assessm Align
Teach
Chapter Topics ing
Tools
ue CLOs
Applying basic Instru Laborator Report
idea to ments, y writing,
demonstrate the Glass 3 hours/ overview, Quiz,
Neutralizatio
1 standardization wares, Week Demonstra Oral, 1
n titrations
of NaOH necess (5 Weeks) tions, Lab final
solution against ary Conduct- examinat
succinic/oxalic chemi ing experi- ion
Course Title: Quantitative Inorganic Analysis-I (Laboratory) 74

acid cals ment

Fundamental Report
knowledge for writing,
the determination 3 hours/ Conduct- Quiz,
Redox
2 of ferrous/ferric Week ing experi- Oral, 2
titrations
ion using (4 Weeks) ment Lab final
standard KMnO4 examinat
solution ion
Report
Determination of writing,
copper 3 hours/ Conduct- Quiz,
Iodomertic
3 iodometrically Week ing experi- Oral, 3
titrations
with standard (5 Weeks) ment Lab final
Na2S2O3solution examinat
ion
Course Title: Essential Topics of Organic Chemistry

a. Course Structure
The main objective of the course is to learn the chemistry of heterocyclic compounds, carbanions,
bi-functional compounds, alicyclic compounds, polynuclear aromatic compounds and some
important organic drugs.
CLO1 Explain the general properties, preparation, reactivity & reactions and synthetic
applications of organo-sulfur, organo-nitrogen and organo-phosphorus compounds.
CLO2 Extend knowledge of the carbanions’ chemistry (aldol and claisen condensations, malonic
ester and acetoacetic ester syntheses), mechanisms of the reactions and synthetic
applications.
CLO3 Describe the chemistry of bi-functional compounds such as 1,3-dienes and α, β-
unsaturated carbonyl compounds, their preparations and chemical reactions.
CLO4 Explore the general properties, preparations, reactivity, characteristic reactions,
mechanism and synthetic applications of heterocyclic aromatic compounds.
CLO5 Discuss the chemistry of mono-, bi-cyclic ring systems, and Baeyer’s strain theory and
explain why it fails to apply to large rings.
CLO6 Draw the structure of normal alicyclic compounds in various formulas and explain the
conformations and energy relationships.
Course Title: Essential Topics of Organic Chemistry 75

CLO7 Familiarize with polynuclear hydrocarbon further study the structure, preparations and
reactivity of selected polynuclear hydrocarbons.
CLO8 Describe the activity of some essential organic drugs and their synthesis, modification,
application, side effects, and qualitative & quantitative analysis.

CLO1 √ √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √ √
CLO4 √
CLO5 √ √
CLO6 √ √
CLO7 √
CLO8 √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Chemistry of the Compounds Containing C-S, C-N and C-P Bonds: Organo-
Sulfur Compounds: nomenclature, physical properties, preparation and reactions of
thiols, thioethers, thioaldehydes, thioketone, thioacids, sulphonic acids and their
6 Classes
derivatives; Basic Structural feature of organo-phosphorus compounds; Synthesis
(2 Weeks)
and reactions; Organo-nitrogen compounds: structures, shape, physical and
chemical properties of nitriles, thiocyanates, carbamates, and ureas, imines and
oximes, azides and azo compounds.
2. Carbanions:
i. Aldol and Claisen Condensations: Acidity of α hydrogens, Reactions involving 6 Classes
carbanions, Aldol condensation, Crossed aldol condensation, Reaction related to (2 Weeks)
the aldol condensation, Claisen condensation.
ii. Malonic Ester and Acetoacetic Ester Syntheses: Carbanions in organic
synthesis, Malonic ester synthesis of carboxylic acids, Acetoacetic ester synthesis 6 Classes
of ketones, Decarboxylation of β-keto acids and malonic acids, Direct and indirect (2 Weeks)
alkylation of esters and ketones.
3. Bi-functional Compounds: 1,3-dienes, α, β-unsaturated carbonyl compounds,
9 Classes
Preparation, Electrophilic and nucleophilic addition, Michael addition, Diels-Alder
(3 Weeks)
reaction, Hydoxy ketone, Hydroxy acids.
4. Heterocyclic Compounds: Aromaticity of heterocycles, Sources, Isolation,
Structures and reactions of five membered ring heterocycles: pyrrole, furan, and
thiophene, Structures and reactions of five membered ring heterocycle compounds
3 Classes
containing two hetero atoms: imidazole and pyrimidine, oxazole, isoxazole,
(1 Week)
thiazole and isothiazole. Six membered ring heterocycles: pyridine. Heterocyclic
compounds having fused rings: chemistry and structure of indole, benzofuran,
benzothiophene, quinoline and isoquinoline.
5. Alicyclic Compounds: Small and normal-size rings, their formation, 6 Classes

Conformations: cycloalkanes and bicycloalkanes, Bayer strain theory, Heat of (2 Weeks)

combustion and relative stabilities of the cycloalkanes, Factors affecting stability
of conformation, reactions, cis-trans isomerism in alicyclic system.
6. Polynuclear Aromatic Compounds: Nomenclature, General treatment,
Numbering in the rings and their resonance, Naphthalene, Anthracene and 6 Classes
phenanthrene: their sources, structures, syntheses, reactions and derivatives, (2 Weeks)
chemical behavior of the derivatives.
7. Synthesis of Some Important Organic Drugs:
(a) Sulpha Drugs: Sulphanilamide, Sulphapyridine, Sulphathiazole,
Sulphadiazine, Sulphamezathine, Sulphaguanidine, Prontosil, Chloriamin-T;
6 Classes
(b) Antimalerials: Plasmoquin, Mepacrine;
(2 Weeks)
(c) Fever Sinking Drugs: Paracetamol, Aspirin, Phenacetin;
(d) Barbiturates: Barbituric acid, Uramil, Alurate, Barbital, Phenobarbital;
(e) Sweetening Agents: Saccharin, Dulcin and Aspartame.
Text Books
1. R.T. Morrison & R. N. Boyd, Organic Chemistry; Study Guide to Organic Chemistry, Prentice
Hall.
Reference Books
Macmillan Pub. Co.
6. E. Eliel, Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds, McGraw-Hill.
7. Acheson, An Introduction to Heterocyclic Compounds, Academic Press.
8. M. R. Islam, Modern Stereochemistry, Royal Publication, Dhaka.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Chemistry of Textbo White
Gathering basic Class
the oks, board
Knowledge about test,
Compounds Journa 6 Classes illustration
1 heterocyclic final 1
Containing ls, (2 Weeks) ,
aromatic organic examin
C-S, C-N and Scienti Interactive
compounds. ation
C-P Bonds fic discussion.
Describing magaz Lecture on Class
6 Classes
2 Carbanions generation, ines, multimedi test, 2
(2 Weeks)
structure, stability differe a, final

and reactivity of nt Brainstor examin

carbanions, and search ming on ation
applications in the engine class
organic synthesis. s and topics.
interne Power
t point
advant presentatio
structural features test,
Bi-functional age. 6 Classes n,
3 of bi-functional final 3
Compounds (2 Weeks) Discussing
compounds and examin
keywords
their reactions. ation
of class
topics.
White
Explaining the
board
structures, Class
illustration
mechanisms and test,
Heterocyclic 9 Classes , Showing
4 reactions of final 4
Compounds (3 Weeks) animated
selected examin
reaction
heterocyclic ation
mechanis
compounds.
m.
Power
Class
Describing the point
test,
Alicyclic fundamental of 3 Classes presentatio
5 final 5, 6
Compounds alicyclic (1 Week) n,
examin
compounds. Interactive
ation
discussion.
Power
Explaining the
point
structures, Class
presentatio
Polynuclear preparations and test,
6 Classes n,
6 Aromatic reactions of final 7
(2 Weeks) Discussing
Compounds polynuclear examin
keywords
aromatic ation
of class
compounds.
topics.
Lecture on
Synthesis of multimedi Class
Some Designing a, test,
6 Classes
7 Important syntheses of Brainstor final 8
(2 Weeks)
Organic organic drugs. ming on examin
Drugs class ation
topics.

Course Title: Preparative Organic Chemistry Laboratory

a. Course Structure
Viva-voce : 10
The objective of this course is to improve chemical and snalytical skills in synthesizing organic
compounds in the laboratory and develop their comprehensive quality of solving practical
problems in organic chemistry.
CLO1 Explain the physical properties of organic materials and improve safety awareness in the
laboratory.
CLO2 Expose the basic principle and preliminary application of related apparatuses and
equipments.
CLO3 Perform the synthetic experiments, work-up and purification procedure and accordingly
recording and report writing.
CLO4 Improve the comprehensive ability in synthesizing, analyzing and solving problems in
the laboratory.
CLO5 Design the synthetic experiments and synthetic research projects.

CLO1 √ √ √
CLO2 √
CLO3 √ √
CLO4 √
CLO5 √ √ √

1. Preparation of aspirin. 3 hours/Week (1 Week)
2. Preparation of methyl orange. 3 hours/Week (1 Week)
3. Preparation of acetanilide: N-acetylation of aniline. 3 hours/Week (1 Week)
4. Preparation of p-nitroacetanilide: Nitration of acetanilide. 3 hours/Week (1 Week)
5. Preparation of p-Iodonitrobenzene from p-nitrobenzene
3 hours/Week (1 Week)
6. Alkaline hydrolysis of aspirin.
7. Acidic hydrolysis of p-nitroacetanilide. 3 hours/Week (1 Week)
Course Title: Preparative Organic Chemistry Laboratory 79

8. Preparation of dibenzalacetone (condensation reaction between

benzaldehyde and acetone).
9. Preparation of cinnamic acid. 3 hours/Week (1 Week)
10. Preparation of benzylidene acetophenone (chalcone). 3 hours/Week (1 Week)
11. Preparation of adipic acid. 3 hours/Week (1 Week)
12. Oxidation of cyclohexanol to cyclohexanone. 3 hours/Week (1 Week)
13. Reduction of 3-nitro acetophenone with Sn/HCl. 3 hours/Week (1 Week)
14. t-Butanol from t-butyl chloride.
15. Butyl acetate from butanol and acetic acid.
16. Cyclohexene from cyclohexanol.
17. Benzoic acid from toluene.
N. B.: Experiments may be added to or omitted from the above list if necessary .
Text Books
1. Louis F. Fieser, L. Kenneth F. Williamson, Organic Experiments, D.C. Health and Company,
Lexington, Massachusetts.
New York, 1987.
Reference Book
1. Brian S. Furniss, Vogel’s Text Book of Practical Organic Chemistry, ELBS with Longman, 5th
Edition.
g. Course Outline
Assessm Align
Teach
Time Teaching ent ment
Frame Strategy Techniq to
Tools
ue CLOs
Demonstration of Laboratory
Report
advanced level of overview
writing,
knowledge in and
Preparation 3 hours/ Quiz,
acetylation demonstrat
1 of aspirin Week Oral, 1-5
reaction and its ions,
(1 Week) Lab final
mechanism and Conduct-
examinat
outline the uses of ing experi-
ion
aspirin as a drug. Instru ment
ments, Report
Glass writing,
Preparation Synthesis of
wares 3 hours/ Conduct- Quiz,
of methyl methyl orange and
2 Week ing experi- Oral, 1-5
orange learning its
(1 Week) ment Lab final
application.
examinat
ion
Preparation Learning basic 3 hours/ Conduct- Report
3 of theory of N- Week ing experi- writing, 1-5
acetanilide: acylation and (1 Week) ment Quiz,

N- taking important Oral,

acetylation safety precautions Lab final
of aniline before utilizing examinat
hazardous ion
materials.
Explaining the
Report
Preparation scope of formation
writing,
of p- of p-
nitroacetani nitroacetanilide
lide: and reviewing
Nitration of literature before
examinat
acetanilide utilizing various
ion
chemicals.
Report
Gathering writing,
Preparation
experience with 3 hours/ Conduct- Quiz,
of p-
5, 6 the technique of Week ing experi- Oral, 1-5
Iodonitrobe
multistep (1 Week) ment Lab final
nzene
synthesis. examinat
ion
Report
Acidic writing,
Planning and
hydrolysis 3 hours/ Conduct- Quiz,
performing acidic
7 of p- Week ing experi- Oral, 1-5
hydrolysis of p-
nitroacetani (1 Week) ment Lab final
nitroacetanilide.
lide examinat
ion
Report
writing,
Preparation Gathering basic
of knowledge about
dibenzalace condensation
tone reaction.
examinat
ion
Performing
common
laboratory Report
techniques, writing,
Preparation
including 3 hours/ Conduct- Quiz,
of cinnamic
9 refluxing, Week ing experi- Oral, 1-5
acid
distillation, (1 Week) ment Lab final
recrystallization, examinat
vacuum filtration, ion
thin layer
chromatography.
Preparation Improving ability 3 hours/ Conduct- Report
10 1-5
of in synthesizing Week ing experi- writing,

benzylidene organic reactions (1 Week) ment Quiz,

acetopheno safely and Oral,
ne effectively. Lab final
(chalcone) examinat
ion
Report
Applying writing,
Preparation
synthetic 3 hours/ Conduct- Quiz,
of adipic
11 knowledge to Week ing experi- Oral, 1-5
acid
green synthesis of (1 Week) ment Lab final
adipic acid. examinat
ion
Preparation of a Report
Oxidation
ketone by writing,
of
oxidation of an 3 hours/ Conduct- Quiz,
cyclohexan
12 alcohol and Week ing experi- Oral, 1-5
ol to
observing (1 Week) ment Lab final
cyclohexan
oxidizing power examinat
one
of different acids. ion.
Demonstration of
the ability to
maintain a Report
Reduction laboratory writing,
of 3-nitro notebook preperly, 3 hours/ Conduct- Quiz,
13 acetopheno including Week ing experi- Oral, 1-5
ne with descriptions of (1 Week) ment Lab final
Sn/HCl original data, examinat
observations and ion.
experimental
procedures.
t-Butanol Explaining the
Report
from t-butyl mechanism of
writing,
chloride, solvolysis of tert-
Butyl butyl chloride and
14, 15 Week ing experi- Oral, 1-5
acetate critically assessing
from the progress and
examinat
butanol and success of the
ion.
acetic acid experiments.
Successful
Report
Cyclohexen synthesizing
writing,
e from alkene and
cyclohexan benzoic acid,
16, 17 Week ing experi- Oral, 1-5
ol, Benzoic dehydration of an
acid from alcohol and
examinat
toluene identification of
ion.
unsaturation.

Course Title: Computational Chemistry Laboratory

a. Course Structure
Viva-voce : 10
The main aim of this course is to understand and apply molecular modeling and quantum chemical
techniques to simulate or predict chemical phenomena such as optimization, chemical structure,
bonding, reactivity and spectroscopic data. Students will gain ease of use of molecular graphics
software and operating systems.
CLO1 Describe the basic principles how computer system works and discuss the suitability &
efficacy of operating systems related to the computational chemistry programs.
CLO2 Evaluate quality and applicability of computational chemistry methods and results in the
scientific literature and computer languages & softwares.
CLO3 Use MS word & excel to create text, questionnaires and other documentation related to
the chemistry.
CLO4 Draw the chemical structures & text and analyze the molecular properties and molecular
& atomic orbital structures.
CLO5 Design the molecular modeling and implement a suitable approach to use computational
chemistry to solve chemical problems.
CLO6 Perform standard computational chemistry tasks such as, for instance, geometry
optimizations, conformation analysis, and calculation of quantum chemical properties
including spectroscopy and free energies calculations with solvation methods.
CLO7 Use the computational methods and basis sets to perform theoretical calculations in
addition compare and contrast among theoretical approaches such as Hartree-Fock (HF),
Density Functional Theory (DFT), semi-emperical methods (PM) and force field methods
(FFM).

CLO1 √
CLO2 √
CLO3 √
CLO4 √ √ √
CLO5 √
CLO6 √ √ √ √
CLO7 √ √
Course Title: Computational Chemistry Laboratory 83


Section-A
1. Computer and Information Technology: Basic Concepts; How 4 Hours/ Week (1 Week)
computer system works; Types of modern digital computers.
2. Introduction to Windows and Linux: Basic Concepts and most
4 Hours/ Week (1 Week)
usable linux commands.
3. Computer Language and software: An overview of computer
language and software.
4. Microsoft office: Word, Excel, Power point, Access. 4 Hours/ Week (1 Week)
Section-B
1. Chemistry drawing and text: Writing chemistry texts involving
4 Hours/ Week (2 Weeks)
chemical formulae, Molecular structure, Drawing using Chem Office:
2D and 3D, ISIS/Draw, ACD/ChemSketch, Jmol, etc.
2. Graphical software: 3D molecular modelling by GaussView,
Avogadro, Gabedit, etc.
3. Calculation of properties: Potential energy, geometry
optimization, Quantum chemical properties calculation including
HOMO-LUMO energy, and spectroscopic analysis of chemical
structure by Gaussian/ Orca/ Gamess/ Mopac/ Dalton program.
4. Methods and basis sets: Molecular mechanics, semi-empirical
methods, ab initio calculations, density functional theory and the use 3 Hours/ Week (3 Weeks)
of basis sets.
N. B.: Experiments may be added to or omitted from the above list if necessary.
Text Books
1. David C. Young, Computation Chemistry, Apractical Guid for Applying Techniques to real
World Problems, John Wiley & Sons publication, 2001.
2. James B. Foresman, Aeleen Frisch, Exploring Chemistry with Electronic Structure Methods,
Gaussian, Inc. Wallingford, CT USA, 3rd etd., 2015.
3. K.C. Laudon, Interactive Computing, McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. New York, 1996.
Reference Books & Materials
1. Mahbubur Rahman, Microsoft Office XP, 2003, 2007, Systech Publications Publication, 38/3
Bangla Bazar, Dhaka.
2. Molecules-3D: 3D molecular model building software for windows, Quick Start Guide,
Version 2.0, Molecular Arts Corporation, USA.
3. User Manual of Gaussian, GaussView, ISIS/Draw, ACD/ChemSketch and Jmol.
g. Course Outline
Assessm Align
Teach
Chapter Topics ing
Tools
ue CLOs
1 Computer Buiding basic Comp 4 hours/ Power Report
1
(Section and concepts about uters, Week point writing,

-A) Information computer system. Softwa (1 Week) presentatio Quiz,

Technology res, n, Oral,
Interne Instruction Lab final
ts al examinat
conversati ion
ons.
Power
Report
Gathering point
writing,
fundamental presentatio
2 Introduction 4 hours/ Quiz,
knowledge about n,
(Section to Windows Week Oral, 1
various operating Discussing
-A) and Linux (1 Week) Lab final
systems and keywords
examinat
commands. of class
ion
topics
Utilizing and
Report
understanding
Lecture on writing,
the operation of
3 Computer 4 hours/ multimedi Quiz,
different
(Section language and Week a, Argue Oral, 2
computer
-A) software (1 Week) with Lab final
software’s
Science examinat
related to the
ion
chemistry.
Conduct- Report
Writing text and ing experi- writing,
4 application of 4 hours/ ment, Quiz,
Microsoft
(Section MS words, Week Document Oral, 3
office
-A) excels and power (1 Week) ed Lab final
points. Problem examinat
Solving. ion
Enhanching
Laboratory
capability to Report
overview
draw and edit 2D writing,
1 and
Chemistry and 3D structures 4 hours/ Quiz,
(Section demonstrat
drawing and of molecules and Week Oral, 4
-B) ions,
text text writing using (2 Weeks) Lab final
Conduct-
Chem Office, examinat
ing experi-
ACD/ChemSketc ion
ment
h etc.
Describing Conduct-
Report
molecular ing experi-
writing,
structure ment,
2 8 hours/ Quiz,
Graphical modelling and Viewing
(Section Week Oral, 5
software visualizing using YouTube
-B) (2 Weeks) Lab final
available with
examinat
graphical related
ion
programs. topics.

Calculation of
thermodynamic Conduct- Report
and quantum ing experi- writing,
3 chemical 12 hours/ ment, Quiz,
Calculation
(Section properties and Week Problem Oral, 6
of properties
-B) application of (3 Weeks) solving or Lab final
these properties case examinat
in chemistry studies. ion
research.
Explaining the
Conduct- Report
molecular
ing experi- writing,
mechanics and
4 12 hours/ ment, Quiz,
Methods and performing ab
(Section Week Brainstor Oral, 7
basis sets initio and DFT
-B) (3 Weeks) ming on Lab final
calculations
class examinat
using suitable
topics. ion
basis sets.
Course Title: Mathematical Methods

a. Course Structure
Students will gain a range of techniques employing the Laplace and Fourier Transforms in the
solution of ordinary and partial differential equations. They will also have an appreciation of
generalized functions, fundamental theorem of line integrals and their calculus and applications.
CLO1 Describe the Fourier series of a given functions, application of Fourier series in Hilbert
spaces, solution of differential equations and applying the Fourier transform to solve
partial differential equations.
CLO2 Use the Laplace transform in finding the solution of linear differential equations and to
explain the basic properties of Laplace transform and express the inverse Laplace
transform.
CLO3 Find Laplace transforms solution of linear differential equation with constant
coefficients.
CLO4 Solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, volume integral,
surface integral, Green's Theorem, Gauss’s divergence Theorem, and Stokes' Theorem
and how to apply them.
Course Title: Mathematical Methods 86


CLO1 √ √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √
CLO4 √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Fourier transformation: Fourier series, Fourier transformation, Fourier inte- 10 Classes
gral, Application of Fourier series. (5 Week)
2. Laplace transformation: Laplace transformation, inverse Laplace
8 Classes
transformation, Application of Laplace transformation in ordinary and partial
(4 Weeks)
differential equation.
3. Specific Integral Theorem: Line integral, Volume integral, Surface integral, 10 Classes
Green’s theorem, Gauss’s divergence theorem, and Stokes’ theorem. (5 Weeks)
Text Books
2. S. Lang, Linear Algebra, Springer.
Reference Books
1. R. Ellis and D. Gulick, Calculus with Analytical Geometry, HBJ.
2. K. Mohammad, A Text book of Co-ordinate Geometry and Vector Analysis, The University
Press.
3. 6. A.F.M. Rahman & P.K. Bhattacharjee: A Textbook on Co-ordinate Geometry (two and three
dimensions) and Vector Analysis.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teac
Chapter Topics Specific outcome hing
Tools
que CLOs
Calculating simple Textb Class
White
Fourier transforms and ooks, test,
Fourier 10 board
state of Fourier transform Journ final
1 transfor Classes (5 illustration, 1
of a function and als,
mation Week) Interactive examin
application of Fourier Scient ation
discussion.
transform. ific
Defining and describing maga White Assign
Laplace 8 Classes
mathematical properties zines, board ment,
2 transfor (4 2-3
of the Laplace transform use of illustration, final
mation Weeks)
and applying molec Problem examin
Course Title: Mathematical Methods 87

differentiation and integr ular solving or ation

ation in the time domain model case studies
and S-domain systems. s,
Solving and applying differ
White Class
theorems of line integral, ent
Specific board test,
volume integral, surface searc 10
Integral illustration, final
3 integral, Green's h Classes (5 4
Theore Brainstormi examin
Theorem, Gauss’s engin Weeks)
m ng on class ation
divergence Theorem, and es.
topics.
Stokes' Theorem.
Course Title: Electronics and Optics

a. Course Structure
b. Course Objective(s):
The students will understand the relevant properties, physical principles and operation of different
electric and electronic devices, and apply the knowledge in extremely active and interesting
research area. They will learn how analogue signals be amplified, manipulated and generated in a
controlled manner, and how they be converted and used with digital systems for subsequent
processing. This course will also provide the basic knowledge of optics and different phenomenon
related with light.
CLO1 Explain operating principles of different basic semiconductor devices and demonstrate
the I-V characteristics of crystal diode.
CLO2 Utilize the operational principle of a rectifier for constructing half wave and full wave
rectifiers.
CLO3 Analyze the behavior of different types of transistors and use the transistor with CB, CC
and CE connection.
CLO4 Demonstrate pictorial representation of wavelet, wave-front and propagation of wave-
front, refractive index, total internal reflection.
CLO5 Apply the equations for interference to find out the conditions for constructive and
destructive interference and compute the wavelength of light.
CLO6 Compare and contrast between interference and diffraction and use diffraction grating for
producing diffraction pattern.
CLO7 Analyse plane polarized, circularly polarized and elliptically polarized light. Use optically
active and inactive substances.
Course Title: Electronics and Optics 88


CLO1 √
CLO2 √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √
CLO4 √
CLO5 √
CLO6 √
CLO7 √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Fundamental Properties of Electronic Devices: Conduction in solids, Energy
6 Classes
band picture, Doping of semiconductors, Junction diodes, Circuit properties of a
(3 Weeks)
P.N. junction.
2. Power Rectification and Filter circuit: Half wave rectifiers, Full wave bridge 4 Classes
rectifiers, Capacitor filter, L-section filter, Pi-filter, zener diode. (2 Weeks)
3. Transistors: Basic concept of transistors, Transistorterminals and symbols,
4 Classes
Construction and operation of transistor, Transistor as an amplifier, CB, CE, CC
(2 Weeks)
configuration and their characteristics, Transistor biasing.
4. Nature and Propagation of Light: Properties of light, Wave theory and Huy- 4 Classes
gen's principles, Theories of light. (2 Weeks)
5. Interference: Coherent Source, Young's experiment, Bi-prism, Color of thin 4 Classes
film, Superposition of waves, Newton’s rings. (2 Weeks
6. Diffraction: Fresnel and Fraunhoffer diffraction, Diffraction through single - 6 Classes
slit, Diffraction grating. (3 Weeks
7. Polarization: Polarized and un-polarized light, Plane of polarization,
4 Classes
Polarization by reflection, refraction, absorption & scattering, Elliptic and circular
(2 Weeks
polarization, Polarimeter.
Text Books
1. V.K. Mehta and Rohit Mehta, Principle of Electronics, S. Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
2. B.L. Theraja, Basic Electronics (Solid State), S. Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
3. F.A. Jenkins and H.E. White, Fundamental of Optics, McGraw-Hill.
Reference Books
1. Brij Lal and N. Subrahmanyam, A Text Book of Optics, S. Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
2. B.K. Mathur, Principles of Optics.
3. D.S. Mathur, Geometrical & Physical Optics.

g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Development of
knowledge on
Fundament conduction in solids, Power
point Class
al energy band picture
test,
Properties and doping of 6 Classes presentatio
1 n, final 1
of semiconductors as (3 Weeks)
Electronic well as Interactive examin
Devices understanding the discussion. ation
working principle of
a P.N. junction.
Power Explaing filtering Class
Lecture on
Rectificati process and AC test,
4 Classes multimedi
2 on and component from a final 2
Textbo (2 Weeks) a, Group
Filter rectifier output using examin
oks, discussion.
circuit filter circuit. ation
Journa
White
Transistors Extending ls,
board Class
and CB, knowledge on Scienti
illustration test,
CE, CC transistors, their fic 4 Classes
3 , Problem final 3
configurati terminals, symbols, magaz (2 Weeks)
solving or examin
on of construction and ines,
case ation
transistors. operation. differe
studies
nt
Describing the nature
search Power
of light and Class
engine point
Nature and computing the test,
s and 4 Classes presentatio
4 Propagatio wavelength and final 4
interne (2 Weeks) n,
n of Light speed of light wave examin
t Interactive
when propagating ation
advant discussion.
through a medium.
age.
Interpreting the
result of the White
Interferenc
overlapping of two board
e, Class
or more waves and illustration
Superpositi test,
find out the 4 Classes ,
5 on of final 5
formation of maxima (2 Weeks) Brainstor
waves and examin
and minima in the ming on
Newton’s ation
resultant wave using class
rings
graphical topics.
representation.
Fresnel Development of Power Class
6 Classes
6 and knowledge on point test, 6
(3 Weeks)
Fraunhoffe diffraction pattern presentatio final

r and analysing the n, examin

diffraction condition of Discussing ation
diffraction for a keywords
particular of class
wavelength of light. topics.
Explaining the
mechanism of
Lecture on
polarization of light Class
Polarized multimedi
and applying the test,
and un- 4 Classes a, Problem
7 specific rotation of final 7
polarized (2 Weeks) solving or
polarized light to examin
light case
determine the ation
studies
amount of solute in a
solvent.
Course Title: Electrochemistry

a. Course Structure
This course aims to provide the basic knowledge of electrochemistry and the thermodynamics in
electrochemistry. The learners will also be introduced with the different types of ion selective
electrodes, electrochemical cell, voltaic cell, batteries and various polarization techniques
throughout this course.
CLO1 Explain the basic concept of electrochemical phenomena.

CLO2 Predict how the conductivity of an electrolyte depends on the electrolyte concentration and
type and explain the origin of conductivity.
CLO3 Apply Nernst equation to different electrochemical systems in order to determine the
electrode and cell potentials.
CLO4 Utilize electrode potential data to determine various parameters such as pH, equilibrium
constant, and solubility of sparingly soluble salts.
CLO5 Demonstrate the structure and function of different types of electrochemical energy
storage i.e., batteries, dry cell, fuel cell and solar cells for a future sustainable energy
system.
CLO6 Use various polarographic and voltammetric techniques in chemical analysis.
CLO7 Employ electrochemical approach as a useful means of evaluation and prediction about the
corrosive processes and some common methods used to prevent the corrosion.
Course Title: Electrochemistry 91


CLO1 √
CLO2 √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO6 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO7 √ √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Basic Concept of Electrochemistry: Scope of electrochemistry. Current. Re-
sistance. Ohm's law. Specific and Molar conductance, Equivalent conductance.
3 Classes
Classification of Conductors. Electrolytes. Non-electrolytes. Strong and weak
(1 Week)
electrolytes. Mechanism of electrolysis. Faraday's law of Electrolysis, Signifi-
cance of the Faraday’s law, Ion conduction mechanism in solid electrolyte.
2. Electrolytic and Electronic Conduction: Measurement of conductance.
Conductance cell, Cell constant, Molar conductance determination. Debye-
Huckel-Onsager equation for strong electrolytes. Relaxation effect, Electropho-
retic effect. Theory of strong electrolytes. Debye Huckel limiting law. Ionic
strength. Independent Law of ionic migration: Kohlrausch’s law. Application of
9 Classes
conductance measurements. Conductometric titration. Ionic mobility. Transport
(3 Weeks)
number of ions. Determination of transport number: Hittorf’s method, Moving
boundary method. Electrodes classification: Metal-metal ion electrode, Amal-
gam electrode, Metal-insoluble salt electrode, Redox electrode. Three electrode
electrochemical system: Working electrodes, Reference electrodes, Counter
electrodes.
3. Electrode Potentials: Definition of EMF. Electrode double layer, Single
Electrode potential. Cell reaction and cell notation. Standard electrode potential
and standard cell potential. Thermodynamics and EMF of the cell, Derivation of
9 Classes
Nernst equation. Measurement of EMF of a cell and feasibility of a reaction.
(3 Weeks)
Factors affecting electrode potential. Different parameters determined by poten-
tial measurements (pH, equilibrium constant, activity coefficient, temperature
coefficient, solubility product, oxidation state etc.).
4. Different Types of Cells Used in Practical Purpose: Ion-selective electrode,
pH electrode: Glass electrode and Quinhydrone electrode, Hydrogen electrode, 6 Classes
Ag/AgCl electrode, Calomel electrode. Types of galvanic cell, Concentration (2 Weeks)
cell, Liquid junction potential and salt bridge. Daniel cell.
5. Application of Galvanic Cell: EMF measurement, Potentiometric titration.
pH titration. Rechargeable battery: Alkaline dry cell, Li-battery, Lead storage 6 Classes
battery, Leclanche cell. Fuel cell, Types of fuel cell. Solar cell. Photoelectro- (2 Weeks)
chemical generation of hydrogen from water.
6. Polarography and Voltammetry: Polarization: Concentration polarization, 3 Classes

activation polarization and Ohmic polarization. Overvoltage: Tafel theory, hy- (1 Week)
drogen overvoltage, oxygen overvoltage, Mercury electrode, Polarography and
voltammetry: Limiting current, diffusion current, residual current, half-wave
potential.
7. Industrial Applications of Electrochemistry: Chloro-alkali industries,
Electrometallurgy, Electrorefining, Electrodeposition, Electroplating, Electro-
6 Classes
gravimetry. Electrochemical treatment of industrial effluents. Corrosion: Types
(2 Weeks)
of Corrosion, Prevention of Corrosion: Cathodic protection, Anodic protection,
corrosion Inhibitors.
Text Books
1. P. Atkins, J. Paula, J. Keeler, Atkins Physical Chemistry, (11th edition) Oxford University Press,
2018.
2. M. MahbubulHuque and M. Yousuf A. Mollah, Principles of Physical Chemistry, Student Pub-
lications, 2009.
3. M. A. Brett Christopher and M. O. Brett, Electrochemistry, Principle, Methods and Applica-
tions, Oxford Science Publications, 2005.
Reference Books
1. A. J. Bard, Electrochemical Methods: Fundamentals and Applications, 2nd Edition, John Wiley
and Sons Inc, 2000.
2. Samuel Glasstone, An Introduction to Electrochemistry, Affiliated East-West Press Private Ltd.
3. D. D. Ebbing and S. D. Gammon, General Chemistry, Houghton Mifflin Company, 2009.
4. A. R. West, Solid State Chemistry and It's Application, 2nd Edition, John Wiley and Sons Inc.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Fundamental Textbo Power
knowledge of oks, Class
Basic point
electrochemistry Journa test,
Concept of 3 Classes presentatio final
1 topics including ls, n, Argue 1
Electrochemi (1 Week) examin
conductivity, Scienti with
stry ation
electrolyte, ion fic science.
mechanism. magaz
Idea about ines,
Lecture on Class
Electrolytic electrolytic differe
multimedi test,
and solution theories nt 9 Classes
2 a, Video final 2
Electronic and origin of search (3 Weeks)
presentatio examin
Conduction electrode engine
n. ation
potentials. s and
Concepts of EMF interne White Class
Electrode 9 Classes
3 to predict the t board test, 3,4
Potentials (3 Weeks)
redox potential, advant illustration final

feasibility of the age. , Group examin

reaction. discussion. ation
Introduction of
different
electrodes e.g. ion Power
Different Class
selective point
Types of test,
electrodes, 6 Classes presentatio
4 Cells used in final 4, 5
hydrogen (2 Weeks) n,
Practical examin
electrodes, fuel Interactive
Purpose ation
cell, solar cell etc. discussion.
for analytical
purposes.
White
board
Determination of Class
illustration
Application various EMF test,
6 Classes ,
5 of Galvanic values and other final 4, 5
(2Weeks) Brainstor
Cell electrochemical examin
ming on
parameters. ation
class
topics.
Power
Explaining the point
Class
principles of presentatio
Polarography test,
various 3 Classes n,
6 and final 6
polarographic and (1Week) Discussing
Voltammetry examin
voltammetry keywords
ation
methods. of class
topics.
Economical Lecture on
Industrial Class
aspects of multimedi
Applications test,
electrochemistry 6 Classes a, Problem
7 of final 7
e.g. (2Weeks) solving or
Electrochemi examin
electrometallurgy case
stry ation
and corrosion. studies
Course Title: Electro-analytical Laboratory

a. Course Structure
Course Code : CHEM 2202 Attendance 10
Viva-voce : 10
Course Title: Electro-analytical Laboratory 94

This course is designed to familiarize students with the wide applications of electrochemical
techniques in examining the organic and inorganic samples and mixtures, know and follow proper
procedure to record and analyze the experimental data i.e. conductivity, half wave potential, cell
potential, electrode potential etc. of a electrochemical system.
CLO1 Determine various key parameters i.e. cell constant, conductivity, molar conductance etc.
of an electrochemical system.
CLO2 Investigate conductivity of the neutral solvent.
CLO3 Estimate molar conductivity and dissociation constant of the weak acids.
CLO4 Describe the strength of acids using conductometric and potentiometric methods.
CLO5 Evaluate experimentally the electrode potential of different metals.

CLO1 √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √ √

1. Measurement of cell constant of a conductance cell and measure-
ment of the solubility of a sparingly soluble salt by conductometric 3 Hours/ Wee (2 Weeks)
method.
2. Determination of conductivity of natural water. 3 Hours/ Week (2 Weeks)
3. Determination of the molar conductance at infinite dilution and dis-
sociation constant of a weak acid.
4. Conductometric titration of: (a) strong acid, (b) weak acid and to
draw their neutralization curves.
5. Potentiometric titration of: (a) strong acid, (b) weak acid and to
draw their neutralization curves.
6. Determination of the half wave potential of the cadmium ion in 1M
potassium chloride solution.
7. Determination of the standard electrode potential of Zinc and
Copper
Text Books
1. J. B. Yadav, Advanced Practical Physical Chemistry, Goel Publishing House.

Reference Books
1. O. P. Pandey, D. N. Bajpai, and S. Giri, Practical Chemistry, S. Chand & Co. Ltd, New Delhi.
g. Course Outline
Assessm Align
Teach
Chapter Topics ing
Tools
ue CLOs
Perceiving the
Measurement of
knowledge
cell constant of Laboratory
about Report
a conductance overview
solubility of writing,
cell and and
sparingly 3 hours/ Quiz,
measurement of Demonstra
1 soluble Week Oral, 1
the solubility of tions,
sample in (2 Weeks) Lab final
a sparingly Conduct-
terms of the examinat
soluble salt by ing experi-
electro- ion
conductometric ment.
analytical
method.
chemistry.
Report
Evaluation of
writing,
the technique
Determination 3 hours/ Conduct- Quiz,
of measuring
2 of conductivity Week ing experi- Oral, 2
the
of natural water. (2 Weeks) ment Lab final
conductivity
examinat
of water. Instru
ion
ments,
Determination Estimating Report
Glass
of the molar dissociation writing,
wares
conductance at constant of 3 hours/ Conduct- Quiz,
3 infinite dilution acid solution Week ing experi- Oral, 3, 4
and dissociation by measuring (2 Weeks) ment Lab final
constant of a molar examinat
weak acid. conductance. ion
Demonstration
Conductometric of Report
titration of: (a) conductometri writing,
strong acid, (b) c procedure 3 hours/ Conduct- Quiz,
4 weak acid and for Week ing experi- Oral, 3, 4
to draw their determining (2 Weeks) ment Lab final
neutralization the strength of examinat
curves. a acid ion
solution.
Potentiometric Determination Conduct- Report
3 hours/
5 titration of : (a) of the strength ing experi- writing, 4
Week
strong acid, (b) of the acids by ment Quiz,

weak acid and potentiometric (2 Weeks) Oral,

to draw their titration Lab final
neutralization method. examinat
curves. ion
Determination Evaluation Report
of the half wave half wave writing,
potential of the potential of 3 hours/ Conduct- Quiz,
6 cadmium ion in the aqueous Week ing experi- Oral, 5
1M potassium systems (2 Weeks) ment Lab final
chloride containing examinat
solution. metal ion. ion
Explanation of
Report
Determination the technique
writing,
of the standard for measuring
electrode the standard
7 Week ing experi- Oral, 5
potential of electrode
(2 Weeks) ment Lab final
Zinc and potentials of
examinat
Copper. various
ion
metals.
Course Title: Analytical Chemistry

a. Course Structure
The course is designed for the students to learn the proper use of measurement statistics,
conceptualize the basic understanding of the common practices of analytical techniques such as
gravimetry, spectrometry, polarimetry and ion-exchange methods and their analytical applications.
CLO1 Apply and demonstrate the standard data handling techniques related to chemistry, and
use of working curve, blank solution and curve fitting.
CLO2 Analyze the principle and utilize the application of gravimetric methods.
CLO3 Utilize the complexometric titration techniques for the extraction of metals.
CLO4 Use the basic principle absorption and emission spectroscopy and various applications of
AAS.
CLO5 Explain and use the principle, functions and application of UV-Visible
spectrophotometry, polarography and cyclic voltammetry.
CLO6 Demonstrate the ion exchange method and utilize this in separating various mixtures.
Course Title: Analytical Chemistry 97


CLO1 √ √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √ √
CLO6 √ √ √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Courses
1. Errors, Sampling and Quantitative analysis: Accuracy, Precision, Mean, Av-
erage, Deviation, Mean deviation, Standard deviation, Coefficient of variation, Re-
liability of results, Confidence intervals, Comparison of results, Classification of
errors, Source of errors, Minimization of errors, Determination of the accuracy of 8 Classes
methods of quantitative analysis, Significant figures and their computations, Statis- (2.66 Weeks)
tical treatment of analytical data, Sampling procedures, Sample population, Signifi-
cance of representative sampling, Working curve, Blank solution, Standard-addition
technique, Curve fitting, Q-test and T-test
2. Gravimetric Analysis: Precipitation method, Requirements of quantitative sepa-
ration, Process of precipitation: saturated and supersaturated solution, nucleation,
crystal growth, Condition of precipitation, Completeness of precipitation, The puri- 8 Classes
ty of the precipitate: co-precipitation, occlusion and post-precipitation, Washing the (2.66 Weeks)
precipitate, Thermogravimetric method of analysis, TGA, DTA, DSC, & DTG
analysis of a typical sample.
3. Complexometric Titration: Principles, Complexes and formation constants,
Metal titrants, Chelon effect, Titration curve, Types of EDTA titration, Titration of 8 Classes
mixtures, selectivity, masking and demasking agents, Detection of end point: Metal (2.66 Weeks)
ion indicators, Dithizone and diethyldithiocarbamate.
4. Atomic Spectrometric Methods: Emission spectroscopy, Flame emission
spectrometry, Plasma emission spectrometry, Distribution between ground and 6 Classes
excited state, Basic principles of atomic absorption spectroscopy and its (2 Weeks)
application, Internal standard and standard addition calibration.
5. Spectrophotometric and Polarographic Methods: Spectrophotometric
methods, Beer-Lambert law and its application in UV-Vis spectroscopy,
Deviations of Beer-Lambert law, Determination of pH of a solution by colorimetric
6 Classes
methods, Determination of pK value of an indicator by spectroscopic method,
(2 Weeks)
Spectrophotometric titration, Apparatus for Spectrophotometric titration,
Determination of equilibrium constant by spectrophotometry and determination of
Pb& As. Basic of polarographic analysis, Cyclic voltametry (CV).
6. Ion-exchange Methods: Principles, Types, Action of ion exchange resins, Ion-
exchange equilibria, Factors determining the distribution of ions between ion 6 Classes
exchange resins and solution, Ion exchange capacity, The column separation: (2 Weeks)
experimental techniques, Some widely used resins, Ion exchange in organic and

aqueous-organic solvents, Separation of amino acids, Effect of complexing agent,

Separation of metal ions on anion exchange columns.
Text Books
1. G.D. Christian, Analytical chemistry, John Wiley & Sons.
2. D.A. Skoog & D.M. West, Fundamental of Analytical Chemistry, Saunders Publishing.
3. Braun, Introduction to chemical analysis, McGraw Hill International.
Reference Books
1. Ewing, Instrumental methods of chemical analysis, McGraw-Hill International.
2. G.H. Jeffery, J. Bassett, J. Mendham and R.C. Denney: Vogel’s Quatitative Chemical Analy-
3. Pecsok and Shields, Modern Methods of Chemical Analysis, John Wiley & Sons.
4. F.W. Fifield & D. Kealey, Principles & Practice of Analytical Chemistry, Wiley-Blackwell.
5. A Braithwaite and F.J. Smith, Chromatographic Methods, Blackie Academic and Professional.
6. R.M. Verma, Analytical Chemistry, CBS Publishers & Distributors, India.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
White
Identify and board
predict the illustration Class
Measurement , Power test,
standard data 8 Classes
statistics and Textbo point final
1 handling (2.66 1
their use in oks, presentatio examin
techniques related Weeks)
chemistry. Journa n, ation
to chemistry and
ls, Interactive
their applications.
Scienti discussion.
fic
Principle of magaz
gravimetric ines,
analysis, differe
process and nt White
condition of Operate the search board
precipitation, principles of engine illustration Class
crystal gravimetric s and 8 Classes , Lecture test,
2 growth analysis and its interne (2 .66 on final 2
technique, application in t Weeks) multimedi examin
Completenes separation of the advant a, ation
s of desired product. age. Interactive
precipitation, discussion.
Co-
precipitation,
occlusion and

post-
precipitation
concepts,
Minimization
of
precipitation,
Digestion
and washing
of
precipitates.
Complexing
agents and
chelators,
Chelon
effect, Conceptualize of
Principle of complexometric White
complexomet titration, estimate board
Class
ric titration, its target and illustration
test,
Titration techniques, 8 Classes , Lecture
Assign
curve, separation of (2.66 on
3 ment, 3
Masking and mixtures of metals Weeks) multimedi
final
demasking by a, Problem
examin
agents, complexometric solving or
ation
EDTA and titration, barriers case
EGTA of EDTA titrations studies.
titrations, and overcomes.
Metal ion
indicators
and detection
f end point.
Basic
principles of
White
Emission,
board Class
Flame Understanding and
illustration test,
emission, utilizing the basic
, Power Assign
Plasma principles of 6 Classes
4 point ment, 4
emission and emission (2 Weeks)
presentatio final
Atomic spectroscopies and
n, examin
Absorption AAS.
Interactive ation
spectroscopy
discussion.
and their
applications.
Beer-Lamber Capability to White Class
law and its explain and use the board test,
6 Classes
5 application in principle, illustration Assign 5
(2 Weeks)
UV-Vis functions and , ment,
spectroscopy, application of UV- Brainstor final

Spectrophoto Visible ming on examin

metric spectrophotometry class ation
titrations, , polarography and topics.
Basic cyclic
polarographic voltammetry and
and cyclic the
voltametric spectrophotometric
analysis. titrations.
Categories of
ion
exchangers, Interpret the Power
principle of principle of ion point
Class
ion exchange exchange methods presentatio
6 Classes test,
methods, and capability to n,
6 (2 Weeks) Discussing final 6
experimental explore the
examin
techniques to techniques to keywords
ation
separate separate mixtures of class
mixtures by by this method. topics.
ion exchange
methods.
Course Title: Quantitative Inorganic Analysis-II (Laboratory)

a. Course Structure
Viva-voce : 10
This course is designed for the students to learn and perform titrimetric analysis such as
precipitation titration, complexometric titration and gravimetric analysis.
CLO1 Separate the analyte from a sample solution as precipitate.

CLO2 Utilize the knowledge of complexometric titration to estimate the concentration of
different metal in solution.
CLO3 Estimate the mass of a pure compound to which the analyte is chemically related.
CLO4 Determine the concentration of different metal in solution gravimetrically.
Course Title: Quantitative Inorganic Analysis-II (Laboratory) 101


CLO1 √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √
d. Detailed Course Content

Duration of
Topics
the Courses
1. Precipitation titrations:
3 Hours/ Week
(i) Determination of concentration of a silver nitrate solution by Mohr’s method.
(2 Weeks)
(ii)Determination of chloride by Volhard’s method.
2. Complexometric titrations using EDTA:
(i)Determination of zinc by direct titration using Eriochrome-Black T as
indicator.
(ii)Determination of nickel by direct titration using murexide as indicator. 3 Hours/ Week
(iii)Determination of calcium by substitution titration using Eriochrome-Black T (6 Weeks)
as indicator.
(iv)Determination of aluminum by back titration using Eriochrome-Black T as
indicator.
3. Gravimetric analysis:
(i)Determination of lead as lead chromate.
(ii) Determination of sulfate as barium sulfate.
3 Hours/ Week
(iii) Determination of iron as Fe2O3.
(6 Weeks)
(iv) Quantitative separation and estimation of copper volumetrically and nickel
(II) gravimetrically.
(v) Determination of calcium and magnesium in a mixture.
Text Book
1. G.H. Jeffery, J. Bassett, J. Mendham and R.C. Denney: Vogel’s Quantitative Chemical Analy-
Reference Book
g. Course Outline
Assessm Align
Teach
Chapter Topics ing
Tools
ue CLOs
Demonstration of Instru Laborator Report
3 hours/
Precipitation argentometric ments, y writing,
1 Week 1
titrations titrations to Glass overview Quiz,
(2 Weeks)
apply the wares, and Oral,
Course Title: Quantitative Inorganic Analysis-II (Laboratory) 102

knowledge of reagen Demonstra Lab final

precipitation ts tions, examinat
titrations. Conduct- ion
ing experi-
ment.
Preparing Report
Determination of
an outline writing,
unknown metal
Complexome 3 hours/ of the lab Quiz,
ionconcentration
2 tric titrations Week activities, Oral, 2,3
by a complexing
using EDTA (6 Weeks) Conduct- Lab final
with a chelating
ing experi- examinat
ligand.
ment ion
Report
Separation and
writing,
estimation of the
Gravimetric concentration of
3 Week ing experi- Oral, 3,4
analysis different metal in
(6 Weeks) ment. Lab final
solution
examinat
gravimetrically.
ion
Course Title: Bioorganic Chemistry

a. Course Structure
This course provides the basic principles of the chemistry connected to living systems, the
fundamentals of biosynthesis and metabolism of compounds such as steroids, lipids, amino acids,
peptides, proteins, carbohydrates and nucleic acids.
CLO1 Develop knowledge on biological chemistry to study carbohydrates, amino acids, nucleic
acids, and other biochemical compounds.
CLO2 Explain the related biological terms used in organic chemicals and reactions in
metabolism and other biochemical applications.
CLO3 Describe the structure of nucleosides, nucleotides, a DNA strand, and the DNA double
helix.
CLO4 Discuss different compositions and role of nucleic acids in cells and their interactions
with each other.
CLO5 Synthesize different types of polypeptides and use the role of carbohydrate chemistry in
glycobiology.
Course Title: Bioorganic Chemistry 103


CLO1 √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Carbohydrates: Definition, Classification, Constitution and configuration of
monosaccharides, Ring structure of monosaccharides with their inter-conversion
and conformations, Synthesis of monosaccharides, Action of acids and bases in
reducing sugars, Epimers, Anomers and anomeric configurations, Structure,
Properties and reactions of mono-, di-, tri-saccharides, Polysaccharides: 12 Classes
definition, constitution and classification, importance, isolation and their (4 Weeks)
purification using different physical and chemical methods, Structure elucidation
of polysaccharides using chemical and spectroscopic methods, An introduction
of some important polysaccharides such as starch, cellulose, pectin, alginic acid,
chitin, chitosan, glycogen, heparin and darmatansulphates.
2. Amino acids, Peptides and Proteins: Definition, Sources, Classification and
importance of amino acids, Its buffer action in biological system, Structure,
Configuration, Preparation and reactions of amino acids, Biosynthesis of amino 9 Classes
acids, Peptides, Its occurrence, Constituents and geometry, C- and N-terminal (3 Weeks)
residues of peptides, Primary, Secondary and tertiary structure of polypeptides,
Proteins, Classifications and functions, Denatured and conjugated proteins.
3. Lipids: Definition, Occurrence, Classification and function, Composition of
fats and oils, Hydrolysis of fats, Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids, 6 Classes
Phosphoglycerides, Phosphate esters, Phospholipids and cell membranes, (2 Weeks)
Biosynthesis of lipids.
4. Nucleic Acids: Definition, Sources, and importance, Structure of nucleic acids, 6 Classes
Nucleosides and nucleotides, DNA and RNA. (2 Weeks)
5. Purine: Chemistry of purines, Puric acid; Purine derivatives and 6 Classes
xanthanes bases. (2 Weeks)
6. Glycoconjugates: A brief introduction of glycoprotein, Proteoglycan and 3 Classes
glycolipid. (1 Week)
Text Books
Hall.

Reference Books
1. A. Streitweiser, C.H. Heathcock and E.M. Kosower, Introduction to Organic Chemistry, Mac-
millan Pub. Co.
4. Guthrie and Honeyman, An Introduction to Carbohydrate Chemistry, Oxford University Press.
5. O.P. Agarwal, Chemistry of Organic Natural Products, Vol-I & II, Goel Publishing.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Adapting Power
point Class
knowledge about
test,
Carbohydrate the structure and 12 Classes presentatio
1 n, final 1, 2, 5
s properties of (4 Weeks)
various types of Interactive examin
carbohydrates. discussion. ation
Discussing the
basic principles of Class
Textbo Lecture on
Amino acids, protein, structure test,
oks, 9 Classes multimedi 1, 2, 4,
2 Peptides and of polypeptides final
Proteins and chemical Journa (3 Weeks) a, Group examin 5
ls, discussion.
properties of ation
amino acids. Scienti
Describing the fic White
general propertiesmagaz board Class
of the fatty acidsines, illustration test,
differe 6 Classes
3 Lipids and the chains , Problem final 1, 2
nt (2 Weeks)
found in lipid solving or examin
membranes in search case ation
phospholipids. engine studies
s and Power
Explaining interne Class
point
chemistry of t test,
Nucleic 6 Classes presentatio
4 nucleic acid, advant (2 Weeks) final 1-4
Acids n,
structure and DNA age. examin
Interactive
replication. ation
discussion.
White
Explaining the board Class
structure, physical illustration test,
6 Classes
5 Purine and chemical , final 1, 2
(2 Weeks)
properties of Brainstor examin
purines. ming on ation
class

topics.
Power
point
Class
presentatio
Demonstration of test,
Glycoconjug 3 Classes n,
6 major concepts of final 1, 2, 5
ates (1 Week) Discussing
glycoconjugates. examin
keywords
ation
of class
topics.
Course Title: Polymer Chemistry

a. Course Structure
This course is designed for the students to introduce the basic principle of polymer chemistry e.g.
definition, classification, nomenclature and adopt the concept of polymerization process and
kinetics and develop the concept in preparing new polymers.
CLO1 Obtain a broad knowledge about the basic concept of polymer chemistry (synthesis,
structure, properties, characterization).
CLO2 Describe the general structure of polymer and account for the concept of molecular
weight.
CLO3 Analyze different methods for determining the molecular weight of the polymer.
CLO4 Extend the knowledge about the degree of crystallinity of polymer and explain flow
behavior and mechanical properties.
CLO5 Discuss the preparation, properties and uses of some special polymers.

CLO1 √ √ √
CLO2 √
CLO3 √ √
CLO4 √ √ √
CLO5 √ √
Course Title: Polymer Chemistry 106


Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Polymer Structure: Historical development, Definition, Difference between
4 Classes
polymers and macromolecule, Nomenclature, Classification, Degree of polymeriza-
(2 Weeks)
tion, Molecular forces and chemical bonding in polymers.
2. Polymerization: Types of polymerization: (a) step-reaction (condensation)
polymerization: mechanism and kinetics of stepwise polymerization (b) radical
chain (addition) polymerization: mechanism-initiation, propagation and termina- 6 Classes
tion, kinetics of radical chain (addition polymerization (c) ionic polymerization: (3 Weeks)
mechanism and kinetics of cationic and anionic polymerization and Living poly-
mers.
3. Molecular Weight and Size of Polymers: Number average, Molecular weight
average and viscosity average molecular weight, Distribution of molecular weight,
6 Classes
Measurement of number average molecular weight by end group analysis, Meas-
(3 Weeks)
urement of weight average molecular weight by light scattering method, Viscosity
measurement and Gel permeation chromatography.
4. Rheology and Mechanical Properties of Polymers: Flow behaviour of poly-
mers, Elasticity and viscoelasticity, Glass transition temperature (Tg): factors af- 6 Classes
fecting the glass transition temperatures, Mechanical properties of crystalline pol- (3 Weeks)
ymers: crystallinity, crystalline melting point (Tm). Relation between Tg and Tm.
5. Special Polymers: Preparation, Properties and uses: Phenol-formaldehyde res- 4
ins, Melamine formaldehyde resins, Urea-formaldehyde resins, Polyester, Polyam- Classes
ide, Polyethylene, PVC and polystyrene. (2 Weeks
6. Technology:
(a) Fibers: Processing technology: brief concept of spinning and extrusion
processes.
2 Classes
(b) Rubber: Processing technology: brief concept of vulcanization and
(1 Week)
reinforcement process.
(c) Plastic: Processing technology: brief concept of moulding and extrusion
rocesses.
Text Books
1. F. W. Billmeyer, Text book of Polymer Science, Wiley-Interscience.
2. Malcolm P. Stevens, Polymer chemistry; An Introduction, Oxford University press, New York,
1999.
3. V. R. Gowariker, N. V. Viswanathan & J. Sreedhar, Polymer Science, New age Intrnational
(Pvt.), 1996.
Reference Books
1. G. Odian, Principles of Polymerization, Wiley.
2. R. J. Young and P. A. Lovell, Introduction to Polymers, Chapman & Hall
3. R. O. Ebewele, Polymer Science and Technology, CRC press, Boca Raton, New York, 2000

g. Course Outline
Asses
Align
Teach smen
Time Teaching ment
Chapter Topics Specific outcome ing t
Frame Strategy to
Tools Tech
CLOs
nique
Fundamental Class
Power point
concepts of polymer test,
Polymer 4 Classes presentation
1 molecules and its final 1, 2, 5
Structure (2 Weeks) , Interactive
application in our exami
discussion.
daily lives. nation
Explaining the basic
Class
principles of Lecture on
test,
Polymerizat mechanism and 6 Classes multimedia,
2 final 1
ion kinetics of (3 Weeks) Group
exami
polymerization discussion.
nation
process.
Textbo
Elucidation of White board Class
Molecular oks,
different methods illustration, test,
Weight and Journa 6 Classes
3 for determining the Problem final 2, 3
Size of ls, (3 Weeks)
molecular weight of solving or exami
Polymers Scienti
polymers. case studies nation
fic
Explanation of the
magaz
Rheology basic knowledge Class
ines, Power point
and about mechanical test,
differe 6 Classes presentation
4 Mechanical properties of final 1, 4
nt (3 Weeks) , Interactive
Properties polymers (such as exami
search discussion.
of Polymers elasticity and nation
engine
viscoelasticity etc.).
s and
interne
Demonstration of
t
different procedures White board Class
advant
for preparing of illustration, test,
Special age. 4 Classes
5 some special Brainstormi final 1, 5
Polymers (2 Weeks)
polymers ng on class exami
(Polyethylene, PVC, topics. nation
Polystyrene, etc.).
Illustration of
Power point Class
different modern
presentation test,
processes, e.g., 2 Classes
6 Technology , Discussing final 1
vulcanization and (1 Week)
keywords of exami
spinning processing
class topics. nation
of polymers.

Course Title: Nuclear and Radiation Chemistry

a. Course Structure
This course is designed for the students to give basic idea about nucleus, radioactivity and nuclear
reaction.
CLO1 Discuss the basic concepts of nuclear science.

CLO2 Explain the concepts of isotopic stability including the band of stability and nuclear
stability.
CLO3 Describe the basic principle of radioactivity and different types of nuclear decay.
CLO4 Discuss the interaction of radiation with matter.
CLO5 Identify and define various types of nuclear changes or processes including fission, fusion
and the other nuclear reactions.
CLO6 Illustrate various types of methods and processes how radiation will be detected and
measured.
CLO7 Describe and apply some different nuclear and radiomechanical analytical techniques to
analyze the radioactive substances.
CLO8 Apply the basics concepts of chemistry to radiation protection.
CLO9 Describe the applications of nuclear chemistry such as nuclear power, medical treatment,
isotopic labeling, and carbon dating.

CLOs/PLOs PLO1 PLO2 PLO3 PLO4 PLO5 PLO6 PLO7 PLO8
CLO1 √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √
CLO6 √ √
CLO7 √ √
CLO8 √ √ √
CLO9 √ √
Course Title: Nuclear and Radiation Chemistry 109


Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Introduction: Basic Concepts of Nuclear, Radiochemistry and Radiation
1 Class
Chemistry, Definition and scope of nuclear chemistry; Modern ideas in nuclear
(0.5 Weeks)
science and technology.
2. Atomic Nucleus: Composition, Size, Density, Mass and Energy correlation,
7 Classes
Nuclear binding energy, Stable and unstable nuclei, Factors responsible for the
(3.5 Weeks)
stability of a nucleus.
3. Modes of Decay: Radioactivity, Laws governing radioactive decay, Half-life 3 Classes
and average life, Successive decay and branching decay, Radioactive equilibrium. (1.5 Weeks)
4. Interaction of radiation with Matter: Interactions of charged particles with
matters and energy loss mechanism, Interaction of gamma radiation with matters, 2 Classes
Photoelectric and Compton effects and pair production, Radiolysis of water spur (1 Week)
reaction.
5. Nuclear Reaction: Basic concepts, Transnucleation, Potential barrier, Elastic
and inelastic scattering, Q-value and threshold energy for nuclear reaction,
Reaction cross section, Excitation function, Reaction mechanism at low and high
energy. Radioactive capture, Photonuclear reaction, Reaction mechanism of low
and high energy, Special reaction: Evaporation, Spallation, Fission, Fusion,
6 Classes
Fragmentation, Transfer reaction. The process of nuclear fission, Fission Fragment
(3 Weeks)
and their mass distribution, Fission energy, Fission cross section and thresholds,
Fission Neutrons, Theory of nuclear fission. Basic principle of Nuclear Reactor,
The natural uranium reactor, The four factor formula, The classification of
reactors, Reactor power, Critical size of thermal reactor; The Breeder reactor;
Nuclear waste management; Nature’s nuclear reactor.
6. Radiation Detection: Ionization current measurement, Ionization chamber,
Multificative ion-collection, G.M. counter, Scintillation counter: operation
principles of NaI(T1) Scintillation detector, Proportional counter, Semiconductor
5 Classes
gamma radiation detector-Ge (Li) and Hyperpure Germanium, Health physics
(2.5 Weeks)
instruments, Radio isotopes and their uses: Production and separation of radio
isotopes, The Szilard–Shalmers reaction, Isotope dilution analysis, Tracer
technique for reaction kinetics and for industrial, agriculture and medical uses.
7. Nuclear and Radiomechanical Analytical Techniques: Neutron activation
2 Classes
analysis, Isotope, isotope dilution analysis, Radiomechanical tracer techniques,
(1 Week)
Production of radioisotopes and labeled compounds, Radiation protection.
8. Radiation Protection: External and internal radiation sources, Radiation 1 Class
effects, Safety recommendation and regulations. (0.5 Weeks)
1 Class
9. Radiation Processing Technology: Curing, Grafting and Crosslinking.
(0.5 Weeks)
Text Books
1. Friedlander, Kennedy and Miller, Introduction to Nuclear and Radiochemistry, John Wiley &
Sons, New York.
2. H.J. Arnikar, Essential of Nuclear Chemistry, Wiley Eastern Limited, New Age International

Limited.
Reference Books
1. L. Yaffe, Nuclear Chemistry, Volume 1 & 2, Academic Press.
2. B.G. Harvey, N.J. Englewood Cliffs, Nuclear Chemistry, Prentice-Hall.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Power
Class
point
Ganing basic 1 Class test,
presentatio
1 Introduction concepts of (0.5 final 1
n,
nuclear science. Weeks) examin
Interactive
ation
discussion.
Describing the Class
Lecture on
different factors 7 Classes test,
Atomic multimedi
2 responsible for the (3.5 final 2
Nucleus a, Group
stability of a Weeks) examin
Textbo discussion.
nucleus. ation
oks,
White
Journa
board Class
Study in detail ls,
3 Classes illustration test,
Modes of about radioactivity Scienti
3 (1.5 , Problem final 3
Decay and radioactive fic
Weeks) solving or examin
nucleus. magaz
case ation
ines,
studies
differe
Power
nt Class
Fundamental point
Interaction of search test,
concepts of 2 Classes presentatio
4 radiation engine final 4
gamma radiation (1 Week) n,
with Matter s and examin
and its application Interactive
interne ation
discussion.
t
White
advant
board
age. Class
illustration
Explaing the basic test,
Nuclear 6 Classes ,
5 concepts of final 5
Reaction (3 Weeks) Brainstor
tnuclear reactions. examin
ming on
ation
class
topics.
Learning how Power Class
5 Classes
Radiation radiation will be point test,
6 (2.5 6
Detection detected and presentatio final
Weeks)
measured n, examin

Discussing ation
keywords
of class
topics.
Describing about
Lecture on
Nuclear and some different Class
multimedi
Radiomechan analytical test,
2 Classes a, Problem
7 ical techniques and final 7, 9
(1 Week) solving or
Analytical applications of examin
case
Techniques radioactive isotope ation
studies
in chemistry
Power
point
Class
Describing and presentatio
1 Class test,
Radiation learning how n, Viewing
8 (0.5 final 8
Protection radiation will be YouTube
Weeks) examin
protected. with
ation
related
topics.
White
Class
Basic idea about board
Radiation 1 Class test,
radiation illustration
9 Processing (0.5 final 9
processing , Argue
Technology Weeks) examin
technology. with
ation
science
Course Title: Statistics and Numerical Methods

a. Course Structure
This course is designed to develop the students’ ability to deal with numerical and quantitative
issues and the use of statistical errors, deviations, graphical and algebraic techniques wherever
relevant and exploring proper understanding of statistical applications in chemistry.
CLO1 Analyze statistical data graphically with the usage of frequency distributions and
cumulative frequency distributions.
CLO2 Compare distinct sets of information utilizing graphs, charts, tables and numerical
measures and write in almost them in clear and exact sentences utilizing measurable
lexicon.
Course Title: Statistics and Numerical Methods 112

CLO3 Apply the concept of deviation, variation, approximation, quantities, estimation, error,
precision, and accuracy in interpreting the outcomes about of such estimations.
CLO4 Find and interpret the sample correlation coefficient (r) to determine the strength and
direction of the linear relationship between predictor and response variables.
CLO5 Use scatter plots to determine if outliers are present and if data can be represented by a
simple linear regression model.
CLO6 Evaluate the simple linear regression and multiple leaner regression models and predict
y-intercepts and values of “y” using these simple and multiple linear regression models.
CLO7 Determine roots of polynomial equations using numerical analysis.
CLO8 Apply numerical methods to find out solution of algebraic equations using different
methods under different conditions, and numerical solution of system of algebraic
equations.
CLO9 Work out numerical differentiation and integration whenever and wherever routine
methods are not applicable.
CLO10 Solve linear systems of linear equation and use Gaussian elimination and the least
square methods to solve linear systems.
CLO11 Use Euler’s Method to solve a first order initial value problem.
CLO12 Apply the second order and fourth order Runge Kutta method to solve a first order initial
value problem.
CLO13 Lay foundation of computational mathematics and statistics for graduate courses,
specialized studies and research.

CLO1 √ √ √
CLO2 √
CLO3 √
CLO4 √ √
CLO5 √
CLO6 √
CLO7 √
CLO8 √
CLO9 √
CLO10 √ √ √
CLO11 √
CLO12 √
CLO13 √ √ √


Duration of
Topics
the Classes
SECTION-A (Statistics):
1. Background: Definition and scope of the study of statistics; Nature of 6 Classes
statistical data; Attributes and variables; Population and sample; Collection and (2 Weeks)
condensation of data; Frequency distribution; Graphical representation of data.
2. Deviation and Errors: Mean and standard deviation; Variance, Coefficient of 6 Classes
variation; Errors; Distribution of random errors. (2 Weeks)
3. Correlation and Regression: Bivariate data, Relationship between the
variables, Distribution and use of coefficient of correlation, Correlation and 6 Classes
regression coefficients, Linear correlation, Partial and multiple correlation, Rank (2 Weeks)
correlation and correlation ratio.
SECTION-B (Numerical Methods): 6 Classes
1. Polynomial interpolation. (2 Weeks)
6 Classes
2. Numerical integration.
(2 Weeks)
3. Systems of Linear Equations: Gaussian elimination method, the least square 6 Classes
method. (2 Weeks)
4. Euler and Runge-Kutta Methods: Solution of ordinary differential equation 6 Classes
by Euler methods and the Runge-Kutta methods. (2 Weeks)
Text Books
2. S. Lang, Introduction to Linear Algebra, Springer.
Reference Books
2. R.L. Burden and J.D. Faires, Numerical Analysis, Brooks Cole.
3. M. Nurul Islam, An Introduction to Statistics and Probability, Mollick Brothers.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teachi
Tools
que CLOs
Describing the Textbo
frequency oks,
distributions, Journa
Class
cumulative ls, White board
1 test,
Backgroun frequency Scienti 6 Classes illustration,
(SECTI final 1, 2
d distributions and fic (2 Weeks) Interactive
ON-A) examin
analysis of data magazi discussion.
ation
using graphs, nes,
charts, tables, and differe
numerical nt

measures. search
Calculating errors, engine White board Class
2 variations, s and illustration, test,
Deviation 6 Classes
(SECTI deviations and interne Discussing final 3
and Errors (2 Weeks)
ON-A) finding the errors t keywords of examin
of data. advant class topics. ation
Computing and age.
interpreting the Power point Assigm
3 Correlation results of bivariate presentation, ent,
6 Classes
(SECTI and and multivariate Problem final 4-6
(2 Weeks)
ON-A) Regression regression and solving or examin
correlation case studies. ation
analysis.
Constructing a
function which
closely fits given
n- points in the
plane by using Class
Polynomia
1 interpolation White board test,
l 6 Classes
(SECTI method and illustration, final 7
interpolati (2 Weeks)
ON-B) finding the Story telling. examin
on
lagrangeand ation
hermite
polynomial passing
through the given
points.
Describing
numerical
Class
techniques as well White board
2 test,
Numerical as solution of 6 Classes illustration,
(SECTI final 8, 9
integration system of linear (2 Weeks) Interactive
ON-B) examin
equations and the discussion.
ation
use of
interpolation.
Solving systems of Lecture on Class
3 Systems of linear equations multimedia, test,
6 Classes
(SECTI Linear using Gaussian and Brainstormi final 10
(2 Weeks)
ON-B) Equations least square ng on class examin
method. topics. ation
Application of
Power point Assigm
Euler and Euler & Runge-
4 presentation, ent,
Runge- Kutta methods for 6 Classes
(SECTI Problem final 11-13
Kutta solving ordinary (2 Weeks)
ON-B) solving or examin
Methods differential
case studies. ation
equations.

Course Title: Chemical Kinetics and Photochemistry

a. Course Structure
This course is designed for the students to learn about the basic concept of reaction order,
molecularity, rate determining step, collision theory and its importance, thermal decomposition of
different molecule ,catalysis and fundamentals concept of photochemistry e.g. chemiluminescence,
phosphorescence etc.
CLO1 Extend knowledge about rate constants, reaction order and molecularity, methods for
determination of order of a reaction like half-life method, graphical method etc.
CLO2 Describe collision theory, activated complex theory, unimolecular reaction mechanism:
Lindemann-Hinshelwood mechanism, steady state hypothesis.
CLO3 Explain the thermal decomposition of different molecules such as ethane ,ozone etc.
CLO4 Extend knowledge about principles of catalysis.
CLO5 Explain theory and practice of common photochemical and photophysical methods.

CLO1 √ √ √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √ √ √
CLO4 √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Chemical Kinetics: Kinetics and its importance, Rate of reaction, Order of reac-
tion, Elementary reaction and molecularity, Zero order reaction, First order reac-
tion, Second order reaction, Pseudo first order reaction, Classification of reaction 6 Classes
according to molecularity, Methods for determination of order and rate constant, (3Weeks)
steady state hypothesis, Rate determining step hypothesis, Definition and example
of parallel, opposing, chain and consecutive reaction.
2. Theories of Reaction Rate: Collision theory of reaction rate, Transition state
4 Classes
theory for gas phase bimolecular reaction and its application, Arhenius equation,
(2 Weeks)
Theories of unimolecular reaction: Lindemann-Hinshelwood theory.
3. Reaction in Solution: Diffusion-controlled reaction, Activated complex theory 4 Classes
Course Title: Chemical Kinetics and Photochemistry 116

for reaction in solution, Collision theory for reaction in solution, Effect of dielectric (2 Weeks)
constant and pressure on the rate of reaction in solution, Primary salt effect, Kinetic
isotope effect, Eyring equation.
4. Mechanism on the Basis of Kinetic Studies: Pyrolysis, Thermal decomposition
of C2H6, CH3CHO, O3, COCl2, Hydrogen bromide reaction and calculation of acti- 4 Classes
vation energy, Solid-solid reaction, Tarnish reaction, Wagner theory and photo- (2 Weeks)
graphic process.
5. Catalysis: Positive catalysis, Negative catalysis, Homogeneous catalysis, Heter-
ogeneous catalysis, Catalytic promotors, Catalytic poisons, Characteristics of cata-
lytic reaction, Autocatalysis, Activation energy and catalysis, Theories of catalysis: 4 Classes
Adsorption theory, Intermediate compound formation theory; Acid-base catalysis (2 Weeks)
and its mechanism, Enzyme catalysis: Characteristic of enzyme catalysis, Michaelis
-Menten mechanism.
6. Elements of Photochemistry: Introduction to photochemistry, Laws governing
the absorption of light, Laws of photochemistry, Quantum yield and its
6 Classes
significance, Primary and secondary photochemical reactions, Photolysis,
(3 Weeks)
photosensitization, Phosphorescence, Fluorescence and Chemiluminescence, Solar
energy and its application.
Text Books
1. Keith J. Laidler, Chemical Kinetics, Pearson Education.
2. P. Atkins and J. Paula, Atkins Physical Chemistry, (9th edition) W. H. Freeman and Company,
New York
Pvt. Ltd.
Reference Books
1. Samuel H. Maron, Principles of Physical Chemistry, Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.
2. Gurdeep. Raj, Advanced Physical Chemistry, Goel Publishing House, 2007
3. Robert J. Silbey, Physical Chemistry, Wiley
4. Ira N. Levine, Physical Chemistry, McGRAW-Hill Edition.
5. K.K. Rohatgi-Mukherjee, Fundamentals of Photochemistry, New Age International Publishers.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teachi
Frame Strategy Techn to
Tools
ique CLOs
Introduction of Textbo
different oks,
Power point Class
fundamental Journal
presentatio test,
Chemical phenomena e.g. s, 6 Classes
1 n, final 1
kinetics order, Scientif (3Weeks)
Interactive exami
molecularity, half- ic
discussion. nation
life method and magazi
their application. nes,
Course Title: Chemical Kinetics and Photochemistry 117

Discussion on differen
Class
basic concepts of t search Lecture on
test,
Theories of collision theory, engines 4 Classes multimedia,
2 final 2
reaction rate activated complex and (2 Weeks) Argue with
exami
theory, steady state internet Science.
nation
theory. advanta
Explanation of ge. White
Class
basic idea about board
test,
Reaction in kinetic isotope 4 Classes illustration,
3 final 1
Solution effect, primary salt (2 Weeks) Problem
exami
effect and solving or
nation
dielectric constant. case studies
Demonstration of Power point Class
Mechanism
thermal presentatio test,
on the basis 4 Classes
4 decomposition of n, final 3
of kinetic (2 Weeks)
different Interactive exami
studies
substances. discussion. nation
White
Class
Basic concept of board
test,
enzyme catalysis 4 Classes illustration,
5 Catalysis final 4
and function of (2 Weeks) Brainstormi
exami
catalyst. ng on class
nation
topics.
Power point
Explaining presentatio Class
Elements of photophysical n, test,
6 Classes
6 Photochemist process and Discussing final 5
(3 Weeks)
ry significance of keywords exami
quantum yield. of class nation
topics.
Course Title: Physical Chemistry Laboratory-IV

a. Course Structure
Viva-voce : 10
This course is designed for the learners to evaluate the kinetics, i.e., rate constant, rate orders of
various chemical reactions, know the basic principles and work functions of some important
spectroscopic instruments, analyze the unknown solution using spectroscopic techniques.
Course Title: Physical Chemistry Laboratory-IV 118

CLO1 Prepare a desired solution from desired concentration and its standardization whenever
necessary.
CLO2 Estimate the rate constant and order of the chemical reactions.
CLO3 Evaluate specific reaction rate of hydrolysis of organic species in aqueous solution.
CLO4 Determine molecular weight of a chemical substance by cryoscopic method.
CLO5 Examine unknown solution and mixture of solutions by spectroscopic method.

CLO1 √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √

1. Determination of the kinetics of dissolution of magnesium metal in
dilute HCl.
2. Determination the rate constant and order of a reaction between
acetone and iodine in presence of mineral acid and a catalyst.
3. Determination of the specific reaction rate of the hydrolysis of an
ester by NaOH solution (conductometric method).
4. Determination of the molecular weight of a substance by cryoscop-
ic method.
5. Determination of the percentage of D-glucose and D-tartaric acid
in a given solution polarimetrically.
6. Spectroscopic analyses:
(a) Determination of the absorption spectrum of a colored substance
in solution and to verify the validity of Beer-Lambert Law.
(b) Determination of the concentration of an unknown solution.
(c) Determination of stability constant of a complex compound.
(d) Preparation of solution, calibration curve and interpretation of 3 Hours/ Week (6 Weeks)
UV-Spectra.
(e) Instrument preparation, calibration and interpretation of IR-
Spectra.
(f) Determination of the concentration of K2Cr2O7 and KMnO4 in a
solution or mixture by spectrophotometric method.

Text Books
3. J.B. Yadav, Advanced Practical Physical Chemistry, Goel Publishing House.
Reference Books
1. Findlay, Practical Physical Chemistry, Longmans, Green & Co. Ltd.
g. Course Outline
Assessm Align
Teach
Chapter Topics ing
Tools
ue CLOs
Laboratory
Determinatio Report
overview
n of the Describing the writing,
and
kinetics of kinetics of 3 hours/ Quiz,
demonstrat
1 dissolution of dissolution of Week Oral, 2, 3
ions,
magnesium metal in dilute (1 Week) Lab final
Conduct-
metal in acid solution. examinat
ing experi-
dilute HCl. ion.
ment
Determinatio
n the rate
constant and
Report
order of a Employing the
writing,
reaction technique for
between determining the Instru
2 Week ing experi- Oral, 2, 3
acetone and kinetics of a ments,
iodine in catalytic Glass
examinat
presence of reaction. wares
ion
mineral acid
and a
catalyst.
Determinatio
n of the
Preparing Report
specific Applying
an outline writing,
reaction rate conductometric
3 hours/ of the lab Quiz,
of the method for the
3 Week activities, Oral, 2, 3
hydrolysis of determination of
(2 Weeks) Conduct- Lab final
an ester by specific rate
ing experi- examinat
NaOH constant.
ment ion
solution
(conductome

tric method).
Utilizing the
Determinatio Report
concept of
n of the writing,
cryoscopic
molecular 3 hours/ Conduct- Quiz,
method in
4 weight of a Week ing experi- Oral, 4
calculation of the
substance by (2 Weeks) ment Lab final
molecular weight
cryoscopic examinat
of an unknown
method. ion
substance.
Determinatio
n of the
Report
percentage of
Evaluation of the writing,
D-glucose
percentage of the 3 hours/ Conduct- Quiz,
and D-
5 D-glucose and Week ing experi- Oral, 1
tartaric acid
D-tartaric acid in (2 Weeks) ment Lab final
in a given
a given solution. examinat
solution
ion
polarimetrica
lly.
Applying the
tools and
instruments for
spectroscopic
methods e.g. Summarizi Report
UV-spectra, IR- ng the writing,
Spectroscopi spectra in 3 hours/ theory and Quiz,
6 c analyses determination of Week procedure, Oral, 5
the (6 Weeks) Conduct- Lab final
concentration, ing experi- examinat
stability constant ment ion
of an unknown
solution or
mixture of
solution.
Course Title: Atomic Structure and Chemical Bonding (Advanced

Concepts)
Course Structure
Course Title: Atomic Structure and Chemical Bonding (Advanced Concepts) 121
The course is outlined for the students to learn the origin of orbital concept and energy associate
with orbitals emphasizing the single electron system, defining the wave and particle properties of
electron and wave-particle duality, use of the solution of Schrödinger wave equation to atomic
orbitals, their size, shape, nodal plane and nodal point of s, p and d orbitals and to adopt the
advanced concept of chemical bonding using MOT and VBT and apply them to illustrate and
explain the bonding in homo and heteronuclear molecules.
CLO1 Define and analyze the dual properties of small particles like electron.
CLO2 Apply the solution of Schrödinger wave equation to atomic orbitals, and compute their
size, shape, nodal plane and nodal point of s, p and d orbitals.
CLO3 Adopt and analyze the different advanced concepts of chemical bonds using MOT and
VBT and apply them to illustrate and explain the bonding in homo and heteronuclear
molecules.

CLO1 √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Courses
1. Atomic Structure (Wave Mechanical Approach): de Broglie’s concept of dual
nature of matter: de Broglie wave equation, Experimental verification of wave
nature of electrons, Confirmation of quantization of angular momentum (Bohr’s
theory) by de Broglie’s concept, Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle, Nature of
12 Classes
wave motion, Schrödinger wave equation, Interpretation of the wave function:
(6 Weeks)
eigen value and eigen function, Solution of the wave equation, Schrödinger
equation for hydrogen like atoms, Separation of variables, radial, angular and
probability functions, Representation of symmetry of orbitals, General implications
of quantum theory in chemistry.
2. Critical Studies of Different Bond Types and Theories:
(a) Ionic Bonds: Energetics of ionic bond formation, Inter- atomic distances and
6 Classes
their relationship with the structures of compounds and crystals, Born-Haber cycle,
(3 Weeks)
Mandelung constant, Lattice energy and its significance, Sizes of ions: ionic radii
and ionic structure, Radius ration effect, Packing of ions in crystals.
(b) Covalent Bonds:
(i) Valence Bond Theory (VBT): Sigma (σ), pi (π) and delta (δ) bonding, Lewis
4 Classes
model, octet rule, expanded octet and limitations, Directional characteristics of
(2 Weeks)
covalent bonds: hybridization, shapes and molecules-VSEPR theory, Resonance,
Isolobality. Valence bond treatment of H2 molecule.
(ii) Molecular Orbital Theory (MOT): Construction of molecular orbital by

LCAO method, Overlap criteria of bond formation: bonding, anti-bonding and
nonbonding orbitals, Bond order, MOs representations of homo- and hetero- 6 Classes
diatomic molecules, HOMO and LUMO, MOs of polyatomic molecules with б- (3 Weeks)
and л-bonding-the ligand group orbital approach, Comparison of VBT with MOT,
Mixing of molecular orbitals and their correlation diagrams.
Text Books
1. J.D. Lee, Concise Inorganic Chemistry, ELBS with Chapman & Hall, Croatia.
2. F.A. Cotton, G. Wilkinson, C. A. Murillo, M. Bochmann, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry,
Wiley-India.
Reference Books
1. J.E. Huheey, Keiter&Keiter, Inorganic Chemistry, 4th ed., Harper Collin College Publishers.
2. Manas Chandra, Atomic Structure and Chemical Bond including Molecular Spectroscopy, Tata
McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
4. Shriver & Atkins, Inorganic Chemistry, 4th ed., Oxford University Press, India.
5. C.E. Housecroft& A.G. Sharpe, Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd ed., Pearson.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teachi
Frame Strategy Techn to
Tools
ique CLOs
Justify the knowledge
Atomic associated with the Textbo White board Class
Structure wave mechanical oks, illustration, test,
(Wave approach of the Journa interactive assign
ls, 12 Classes discussion, ment,
1 Mechani organization of 1, 2
Scienti (6 Weeks) discussion of final
cal different atomic
Approac structures and fic keyword of exami
h) interpretation of wave magazi class topics. nation.
function. nes,
differe White board
Recognize and
Critical nt illustration, Class
validate the advanced
Studies search Lecture on test,
concepts chemical
of engine multimedia, present
bonds and
Different s and 16 Classes interactive ation,
2 construction of 2, 3
Bond interne (8 Weeks) discussion, final
molecular orbitals
Types t discussion of exami
representing of homo
and advant keyword of nation.
and di-atomic
Theories age. class topics.
molecular orbitals.
Course Title: Separation Chemistry

a. Course Structure
This course is designed for the students to learn practical techniques employed for separation of
organic and inorganic compounds.
CLO1 Explain how to separate a number of inorganic species by extraction with suitable
solvents.
CLO2 Utilize the basic concept of chromatographic methods.
CLO3 Depict a technique in which the components of a mixture are separated based on
difference in the rates at which they are carried through a fixed or stationary phase by a
gaseous or liquid mobile phase.

CLO1 √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Solvent Extraction: Distribution coefficient, Distribution ratio, Factors favoring
solvent extraction, Quantitative treatment of solvent extraction equilibria, 6 Classes
Synergistic extraction, Ion association complexes, Extraction reagents, Solvent (2 Weeks)
extraction of metals.
2. Chromatographic Methods:
(i) Introduction: Basic principles of chromatography, Classification of
chromatography, Sorption isotherm and chromatographic behavior, Retention time,
3 Classes
Capacity factor, Way of describing the efficiency of chromatographic methods,
(1 Week)
Chromatographic band shapes and band broadening, Chromatographic terms:
adsorbent, support, development, elution, sample, etc., Separation techniques,
Selection of chromatographic methods.
(ii) Adsorption chromatography:
A. Liquid-Solid Chromatography (Column chromatography): Principle,
6 Classes
Adsorption column and column packing, Application of sample to the column,
(2 Weeks)
Separation of components of the sample: simple elution, stepwise or fractional
elution, gradient elution, Adsorbents, Particle size of adsorbents, Solvents, Factors
Course Title: Separation Chemistry 124

influencing the relative positions of bands or zones on chromatographic columns,

Separation and detection of colorless compounds on adsorption column,
Applications.
B. Liquid-Solid Chromatography (Gel Chromatography): Principle, Practical
parameters of gel columns, Classification of gels, Gel column and column packing, 3 Classes
Samples, Modified gel chromatography, Gel affinity chromatography, Gel ion (1 Week)
exchange chromatography, Applications.
(iii) Partition Chromatography
Liquid-Liquid Chromatography: Principle, Partition column and its
6 Classes
characterization, Solid supports, Partition column and column packing, Application
(2 Weeks)
of sample in the column, Stationary and mobile phase, Elution. Identification of
separated compounds.
(iv) Ion Exchange Chromatography: General discussion, Synthesis of ion
exchange resin, Desirable properties of ion exchange resin, Particle size of ion
exchange resin, Ion exchange equilibria, Factors influencing the selectivity 6 Classes
coefficient of ion exchanger, Ion exchange column and column packing, Separation (2 Weeks)
technique: elution, Partition chromatography with liquid ion exchanger, Separation
of Organic compounds on ion exchange columns: salting out chromatography.
(v) Thin Layer Chromatography: Principle and theory, Preparation of thin layer
on plates, Sample preparation, Developments of TLC plates, Location of
6 Classes
compounds on chromatogram, Detection of compounds of chromatogram, Factors
(2 Weeks)
influencing the Rf value, Reversed phase TLC, HPTLC, Development techniques of
HPTLC, Applications.
(vi) Paper Chromatography: General discussion and theory of paper
chromatography, Factors influencing the Rfvalue, Chromatographic paper, Sample
3 Classes
preparation, Application of sample to the chromatographic paper, Choice of
(1 Week)
solvents, Development of paper chromatogram, Location of compounds on
chromatogram, Defects.
(vii) High Performance Liquid Chromatography: Definition and general
discussion, Basic instrumentation: the mobile phase reservoir, pumps, sample 3 Classes
injection, column, column packing, detectors, High performance partition (1 Week)
chromatography, High performance adsorption chromatography.
Text Books
Reference Books
3. G.H. Jeffery, J. Bassett, J. Mendham and R.C. Denney: Vogel’s Quatitative Chemical
Analysis, Longman Scientific & Technical, New York.
Course Title: Separation Chemistry 125

g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Specific Teachin Time Teaching ment ment
Chapter Topics
Outcome g Tools Frame Strategy Techni to
que CLOs
White board
Executing Textboo illustration, Class
suitable ks, power point test,
extraction Journals, presentation, assign
Solvent 6 Classes
1 method to Scientifi cooperative ment 1
Extraction (2 Weeks)
separate the c learning, final
substances from magazin discussing examin
solution. es, keywords of ation
different class topics.
search White board Class
Managing the
engines illustration, test,
separation and
Chromatogr and 36 Classes power point assign
identification of
2 aphic internet (12 presentation, ment, 2, 3
different
Methods advantag Weeks) problem final
compounds in a
e. solving or examin
mixture.
case studies. ation
Course Title: Chromatographic Separation Laboratory

a. Course Structure
Viva-voce : 10
This course is designed for the students to learn practical techniques employed for separation of
organic and inorganic compounds.
CLO1 Discuss some basic techniques for separation of compounds.

CLO2 Depict how to monitor a reaction.
CLO3 Describe and explain the different types of chromatographic methods and their
applications.
Course Title: Chromatographic Separation Laboratory 126


CLO1 √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √

1. Separation of organic compounds by chromatographic
methods:
(a) Preparation of thin layer plates. 3 Hours/Week (2 Weeks)
(b) Separation of mixture of colored and colorless compounds by
TLC.
(c) Separation of colored compounds by column chromatography
using alumina and silica-gel as stationary phases.
(d) Identification of free sugars by paper chromatography and
detection of the separated compounds by dipping and spray reagents.
2. Studies of some organic reactions. 3 Hours/Week (5 Weeks)
Text Books
1. A.I. Vogel, A text book Organic Quantitative Analysis Part II, ELBS.
2. A. Braithwaite and F.J. Smith, Chromatographic Methods, Blackie Academic and Professional.
Reference Books
1. H.W. Willard, L.L. Merritt, J.A. Dean, F.A. Seattle, Instrumental Methods of Analysis, 6th
Edition. Wadsworth Publishing Company, Belmont, CA USA.
2. B.L. Karger, L.R, Synder, C. Horvath, An Introduction to Separation Science. 1st Edition, John
Wiley and Sons, New York, USA.
g. Course Outline
Assessm Align
Specific Teachin Time Teaching ent ment
Chapter Topics
outcome g Tools Frame Strategy Techniq to
ue CLOs
Applying and
Separation Report
practicing the Laboratory
of organic Instrume writing,
basic idea overview and
compound nts, 3 hours/ Quiz,
about the demonstration
1 s by Glass Week Oral, 1
preparation of s, Conduct-
chromatog wares (9 Weeks) Lab final
TLC plates, ing Experi-
raphic and examinat
separation of ments.
methods chemical ion
mixtures.
s
Studies of Monitoring of 3 hours/ Preparing an Report
2 1, 2
some reaction. Week outline of the writing,
Course Title: Chromatographic Separation Laboratory 127

organic (5 Weeks) lab activities, Quiz,

reactions Summarizing Oral,
the theory and Lab final
procedure, examinat
Conduct-ing ion
Experi-ments.
Course Title: Quantum Chemistry

a. Course Structure
This course is designed for the students to learn about themodern concept and development of
quantum mechanics and employ advanced methods towards the application of quantum mechanics
in areas such as Schrödinger equation, properties of matter, and concept of orbitals.
CLO1 Assess the bridging concepts of classical and quantum mechanics.

CLO2 List various terms and expressions about wave nature of particles like photons and
electrons.
CLO3 Discuss various operators and their application in postulates of quantum mechanics.
CLO4 Use quantum mechanical approaches to determine energy of particles in one dimensional
and three dimensional systems.
CLO5 Solve the Schrödinger equation in variety of coordinates and concept of different types of
orbitals from angular wave function.
CLO6 Describe the energy and equations of harmonic and anharmonic oscillator.
CLO7 Apply preliminary ideas about different approximate methods in finding energy state.

CLO1 √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √
CLO4 √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √
CLO6 √ √
CLO7 √ √
Course Title: Quantum Chemistry 128


Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Development of Quantum Mechanics: Failure of classical mechanics, Na-
ture of electromagnetic radiation, Diffraction and interference, Introduction of
3 Classes
quantum mechanics, Black body radiation, Rayleigh-Jeans theory, Ultraviolet
(1 Week)
catastrophe, Photoelectric effect, Compton effect, Planck’s quantum theory,
Stefan-Boltzmann law, Atomic spectra.
2. Quantum Theory of Light: de Broglie concept of dual nature of elec-
3 Classes
tron/Wave particle duality, Velocity of the particle, Wave packet, Heisenberg
(1 Week)
uncertainty principle, Interpretation of wave function, Probability density.
3. Operators and Observable: Linear, Non-linear, Commutator, Vector, Lapla-
cian, Hamiltonian, Hermitian Operator. Quantum mechanical operators: momen- 6 Classes
tum operator, kinetic energy operator, total energy operator. Eigen value and (2 Weeks)
eigen function, Normalization, Orthogonality, Postulates of quantum mechanics.
4. Application of Quantum Mechanics: Schrödinger’s one dimensional time
dependent and independent wave equations, Schrödinger’s equation for one
9 Classes
electron system, Solution of Schrödinger’s equation for a free particle and parti-
(3 Weeks)
cle in a one and three dimensional box, Calculation of energy and wave func-
tion. Energy degeneracy.
5. Schrödinger’s Equationin a Variety of Coordinates: Application of Schrö-
dinger equation to the hydrogen atom in a cartesian, polar, and spherical polar
coordinates, Separation of variables, Significance of (), Θ(θ) and R(r) equa-
12 Classes
tion, Legendre function, Laguerre function, Quantum numbers and total energy
(4 Weeks)
of an orbital, Space wave function and radial distribution function. Angular wave
function. Concept of different types of s, p and d-orbitals from angular wavefunc-
tion.
6. The Harmonic Oscillator: Hooke’s law, Energy of a Harmonic oscillator
model of a diatomic molecule, The energy levels of a quantum-mechanical har- 3 Classes
monic oscillators, Harmonic oscillator wave functions. Hamiltonian operators (1 Week)
for harmonic and anharmonic oscillators.
7. Approximate Methods: The Born Oppenheimer approximation, Perturbation
method, Variation method and self-consistent field method, HartreeFock 6 Classes
method, Application of approximate methods for calculating energies of helium (2 Weeks)
atom, Hydrogen molecule ion and hydrogen molecule.
Text Books
1. D. A McQuarrie, Quantum Chemistry, Viva Books Private Limited. 2020.
2. K. Singh and S. P. Singh, Elements of Quantum Mechanics, S. Chand & Company Ltd. 2013.
Reference Books
1. B. H. Bransden and C. J. Joachain, Quantum Mechanics, Pearson. 2000.
2. R. L. Liboff, Introductory Quantum Mechanics, Pearson. 2003.
3. S. Prakash, Quantum Mechanics, Pragati Prakashan. 2007.

g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Gathering basic Power
knowledge of Class
Developme point
quantum mechanics test,
nt of 3 Classes presentatio
1 and how quantum final 1
Quantum (1 Week) n, Video
mechanical system examin
Mechanics Presentatio
differs from ation
n.
classical one.
Explanation of the Lecture on Class
Quantum wave/particle multimedi test,
3 Classes
2 Theory of duality of light and a, Video final 2
(1 Week)
Light uncertainty Presentatio examin
principle. n. ation
Textbo White
Demonstration of oks, board Class
Operators various quantum Journa illustration test,
6 Classes
3 and mechanical ls, , Problem final 3
(2 Weeks)
Observable operators and their Scienti solving or examin
application. fic case ation
magaz studies
Utilization of ines, Power
Class
Schrödinger differe point
Application test,
equation for nt 9 Classes presentatio
4 of Quantum final 4
determining the search (3 Weeks) n,
Mechanics examin
energy of a particle engine Interactive
ation
in a given system. s and discussion.
Determination of interne White
solution of t board
Schrödinger Class
Schrödinger advant illustration
’s Equation test,
equation in a variety age. 12 Classes ,
5 in a Variety final 5
of coordinates to (4 Weeks) Brainstor
of examin
obtain quantum ming on
Coordinates ation
numbers, n, l and m class
of atomic orbital. topics.
Power
point
Evaluation of Class
presentatio
The equation and energy test,
3 Classes n, 6
6 Harmonic expression of final
(1 Week) Discussing
Oscillator simple harmonic examin
keywords
oscillator. ation
of class
topics.

Illustration of the
Lecture on
approximate Class
multimedi
methods in order to 6 Classes a, Problem test,
Approximat 7
7 determine energies (2 Weeks) solving or final
e Methods
and wave functions examin
case
for quantum ation
studies.
mechanical systems.
Course Title: Organo-Applied Chemistry Laboratory

a. Course Structure
Viva-voce : 10
This course is designed to learn and perform a variety of analysis, estimation and chromatographic
techniques in organic samples and mixtures maintaining industry standards. It includes experiment,
research and improves their comprehensive quality of solving practical problems in the organo-
applied chemistry field.
CLO1 Calculate acid, iodine and saponification values of a supplied oil (soybean oil, palm oil,
olive oil)/fat.
CLO2 Determine the reducing (glucose) and non-reducing (sucrose) sugar contents in supplied
samples (molasses, juice, cane sugar, etc.).
CLO3 Estimate the total acid, total alkali, free acid and free alkali value of a supplied soap or
detergent.
CLO4 Analyze the functional groups present in organic compounds and establish the structure
by this quantitative estimation of the functional groups.
CLO5 Describe chromatographic methods and apply those in separating as individual
components from various mixtures of compounds.

CLO1 √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √ √
Course Title: Organo-Applied Chemistry Laboratory 131


1. Analysis of Fats and Oils: Determination of acid, iodine and
saponification values of a supplied oil (soybean oil, palm oil, olive 3 Hours/Week (2 Weeks)
oil)/fat.
2. Analysis of sugar: Determination of reducing (glucose) and non-
reducing (sucrose) sugar contents in supplied samples (molasses, juice, 3 Hours/Week (2 Weeks)
cane sugar, etc.).
3. Soap and Detergents: Analysis of total acid, total alkali, free acid
and free alkali value of a supplied soap or detergent.
4. Food and Drink: Analysis of milk for sugar and protein. 3 Hours/Week (2 Weeks)
5. Quantitative Estimation of Functional Groups in the Organic
Compounds: (i) Hydroxyl groups (phenols and alcohols), (ii)
Carbonyl groups (aldehydes and ketones), (iii) Carboxylic acid group,
(iv) Amino group.
6. Periodic Oxidation: Action of polyhydric alcohols both by
acidometric & iodometric titrations.
7. Chromatographic Analyses: TLC, Simple separation by column
chromatography, Analyses of sugars & amino acids by paper 3 hours/ Week (2 Weeks)
chromatography.
Text Books
1. H.T. Clarke, B. Haynes, E.C. Brick, G.C. Shone, Hand Book of Organic Analysis, Quantitative
and Qualitative, Edward Arnold, 5th Edition.
2. R.L. Shriner, R.C. Fuson, and D.Y. Curtin, Systematic Identification of OrganicCompounds,
John Wiley Sons, Inc, New York, London, Sydney.
Reference Books
1. H.D. Durst and G.W. Gokel, Experimental Organic Chemistry, McGraw-Hill BookCompany,
New York, 1987.
2. B.S. Furniss Vogel’s Text Book of Practical Organic Chemistry, ELBS with Longman, 5 th
Edition.
3. A. I. Vogel: Elementary Practical Organic Chemistry-Part I, II and III.
g. Course Outline
Align
Teach
Time Teaching Assessment ment
Frame Strategy Technique to
Tools
CLOs
Instru Laborator
Description and y Report
ments, 3 hours/
Analysis determination of overview writing,
Glass Week
1 of Fats acid, iodine and and D Quiz, Oral, 1
wares (2
and Oils saponification emonstrat Lab final
and Weeks)
values. ions, examination
chemi Preparing

cals lab,
Conduct-
ing
experi-
ment.
Fundamental
knowledge about Report
3 hours/ Conduct-
quantitative analysis writing,
Analysis Week ing
2 of reducing and non- Quiz, Oral, 2
of sugar (2 experi-
reducing sugar Lab final
Weeks) ment
content in the examination
supplied sample.
Development of Report
3 hours/ Conduct-
Soap and fundamental writing,
Week ing
3 Detergent knowledge about the Quiz, Oral, 3
(2 experi-
s analysis of soap and Lab final
Weeks) ment
detergents. examination
Report
3 hours/ Conduct-
Estimatation of writing,
Food and Week ing
4 sugar and protein Quiz, Oral, 2
Drink (2 experi-
contents in milk. Lab final
Weeks) ment
examination
Quantitati
ve Conduct-
Estimatio Identification and ing
Report
n of quantitative 3 hours/ experi-
writing,
5 Functiona estimation of Week ment,
Quiz, Oral, 4
l Groups selected functional (2 Problem
Lab final
in the groups present in Weeks) solving of
examination
Organic organic products. experime
Compoun nts.
ds
Explaining the Report
3 hours/ Conduct-
action of polyhydric writing,
Periodic Week ing
6 alcohols in Quiz, Oral, 1
Oxidation (2 experi-
acidometric and Lab final
Weeks) ment
iodometric titrations. examination
Fundamental Conduct-
knowledge about ing
Report
chromatographic 3 hours/ experi-
Chromato writing,
methods and Week ment,
7 graphic Quiz, Oral, 5
exploring capability (2 Asking
Analyses Lab final
to separate contents Weeks) and
examination
of mixtures by this answering
method. questions.

Course Title: Fundamentals of Pharmaceutical Chemistry

a. Course Structure
This course deals with the study of organic chemistry combined with various methods, techniques,
analysis, synthesis and development of drugs that can be remedial for different types of diseases. It
includes the structural and chemical biology and pharmacology for producing pharmaceutical
drugs and medicines.
CLO1 Develop the basic knowledge of raw materials and other ingredients that are frequently
used in the pharmaceutical industries.
CLO2 Apply GMP, c-GMP, GMT, ISO 9000, ISO 9001, TQMP, USP, EUP, INN guidelines to
pharmaceutical production and analysis.
CLO3 Expand the basic concepts and knowledge about various types of titrimetric,
conductometric, potentiometric and polarographic analysis and their applications in the
pharmaceuticals.
CLO4 Describe the importance of modern instrumentation in pharmaceutical analysis and the
fundamental principles as well as applications of spectroscopic techniques UV, FTIR,
HPLC, and Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry (AAS).
CLO5 Explain the theoretical principles involved in unit operations, quality control, and
pharmaceutical operations and perform various processes involved in pharmaceutical
manufacturing processes.
CLO6 Describe the process and technique employed evaporation, filtration, centrifugal,
refrigeration and drying systems etc. required to manufacture various pharmaceutical
formulations.
CLO7 Explain physical principles of states of matter and phase rule and manufacturing
pharmaceutical dosage forms, and coating systems and maintaining stability.
CLO8 Concern the microbial control techniques such as sterilization, sterility tests,
disinfection and preservation, storage of pharmaceutical products.
CLO9 Apply the theory of emulsion, emulsification and emulsifying agents and suspending
agents to the pharmaceutical products.

CLO1 √
CLO2 √
CLO3 √
CLO4 √ √
Course Title: Fundamentals of Pharmaceutical Chemistry 134

CLO5 √
CLO6 √ √
CLO7 √ √
CLO8 √ √ √
CLO9 √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Introduction: Pharmaceutical process: raw material, classification, testing,
6 Classes
procurement, Importance of pharmaceutical chemicals and processing of
(2 Weeks)
pharmaceutical products, equipments.
3 Classes
2. Pharmacopeia: Introduction, BP, USP, EUP, INN.
(1 Week)
3. Pharmaceutical Analysis: Principles underlying qualitative and quantitative
pharmaceutical analysis, Significance of qualitative analysis in pharmaceutical
quality assurance and quality control, Theory and basic concepts of GMP, ISO
9000, ISO 9001, TQM, (a) Titrametric analysis: acid base titration in
9 Classes
pharmaceutical analysis, Redox titration: iodometry and iodimetry, Application in
(3 Weeks)
pharmaceutical analysis, (b) Non aqueous titration: principles and application, (c)
Instrumental analysis: UV, IR, HPLC; Application in drug analysis, (e)
Microbiological assay: principle and applications (specific examples), Sterility and
pyrogen testing.
4. Unit Process and Unit Operation in Pharmaceutical Chemistry: Design,
construction and safety measures of pharmaceutical manufacturing plant; Principles
6 Classes
involved and technique employed in drying, granulation, mixing, and clarification;
(2 Weeks)
Filtration, Milling distillation, Control of humidity, Refrigeration, Air conditioning,
Piping and stages, GMP and GMT.
5. Pharmaceutics:
(a) Tablet: Definition, formulation and compounding; Wet and dry granulation 3 Classes
methods, Slugging and capping of tablets, Coating of tablets, Disintegration and (1 Week)
Dissolution test for compressed tablets, Essential qualities of good tablets.
(b) Capsule: Materials for production of hard gelatin capsules, Methods of capsule 3 Classes
filling, Importance evaluation of capsules. (1 Week)
(c) Ointments: Definition and classification, Factors affecting skin absorption, 3 Classes
Ointments bases, Preparation of ointments including dermatological preparation. (1 Week)
(d) Parenteral Products: Definition and types of parenteral products, Vehicles for
parenteral products, Cleaning equipments and preparation of parenteral products
including clarification, Filling, Ssterilization, Sealing and capping, Control 6 Classes
requirements for paranteral products, Pyrogen tests, Sterility test, Foreign particles, (2 Weeks)
Inspection for leakage, Identity, Labeling, Storage, Administration of parenteral
products.
(e) Emulsions and Aerosols: Definition and classification, Theory of emulsions,
Emulsifications and emulsifying agents, Types of emulsifying agents, 3 Classes
Sedimentation testing, Preparing equipments, Packing and storage, (b) Internal and (1 Week)
external liquid; Preparations of different types of Syrups, Elixirs, Compounding of

internal and external liquids, Liquids manufacturing; The hydrophilic and lyophilic
systems.
Text Books
1. L. Lachman, The Theory and Practice of Industrial Pharmacy, 3 rd Indian edition. Varghese
Publishing House, Bombay.
2. E.W. Martin, Husa’s Pharmaceutical Dispensing, Mack Publishing. Co.
3. A. Burger, Medicinal Chemistryand Drug Discovery, Wiley-Interscience.
Reference Books
1. W.O. Foye, Principles of Medicinal Chemistry, 3 rd edition, Varghese Publishing House,
Bombay.
2. A.I. Vogel, A Text Book of Practical Organic Chemistry, Prentice Hall.
3. Curtin, Shriner and Fusion, Systematic Organic Analysis, Wiley.
4. B.G. Katzsung, Basic and Clinical pharmacology, 9 th edition, McGraw-Hill, New York.
5. A. White, P. Handler and E. L. Smith, Principles of Biochemistry, McGraw-Hill.
6. M. Mesbahuddin and M. R. Islam, General Principles of Pharmacology,
Bengal Library, Dhaka.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Power
point
Developing basic Class
presentatio
concepts in the Textbo test,
6 Classes n,
1 Introduction area of oks, final 1
(2 Weeks) Discussing
pharmaceutical Journa examin
keywords
processes. ls, ation
of class
Scienti
topics.
fic
Demonstration of Lecture on Class
magaz
advanced multimedi test,
Pharmacopei ines, 3 Classes
2 knowledge of BP, a, Open final 2
a differe (1 Week)
USP, EUP and textbook examin
nt
INN. study. ation
search
Describing the
engine
significance of
s and
pharmaceutical White Class
interne
analysis and board test,
Pharmaceutic t 9 Classes
3 acquirement of illustration final 3, 4
al Analysis advant (3 Weeks)
knowledge about , Group examin
age.
various discussion. ation
conventional
analytical

techniques.
Applying the
White
Unit Process knowledge to Class
board
and Unit make various test,
6 Classes illustration
4 Operation in dosage forms and final 5, 6
(2 Weeks) ,
Pharmaceutic unit operations examin
Interactive
al Chemistry involved in ation
discussion.
pharmaceuticals.
Describig different
methods of
manufacturing and
Power
analysis of dosages Assign
point
forms such as ment,
Pharmaceutic 18 Classes presentatio
5 tablets, capsules, final 7-9
s (6 Weeks) n, Open
ointments, examin
textbook
parenteral ation
study.
products,
emulsions and
aerosols.
Course Title: Pharmaceutical Chemistry Laboratory

a. Course Structure
Viva-voce : 10
The objective of the course is to familiarize students with different aspects of pharmaceutics and
well-trained for careers in the pharmaceutical industry.
CLO1 Demonstrate safely and effectively perform experiments using proper glassware set-up,
handling hazardous chemicals, and following the prescribed experimental procedures.
CLO2 Use some relevant tools and techniques available in pharmaceutical laboratory.
CLO3 Calculate the quantity of some pharmaceutical active and other ingredients present in
drugs and natural products and also perform the raw material analysis from laboratory
exercises.
CLO4 Explain important modes of chemicals and their relationship to biological systems.
CLO5 Perform various tests of pharmaceutical products such as weight measurement, percentage
calculation, disintegration, water determination and packaging.
Course Title: Pharmaceutical Chemistry Laboratory 137

CLO6 Demonstrate and maintain a proper laboratory notebook, including clear descriptions of
original data, observations and experimental procedures.
CLO7 Apply the knowledge obtained, in more fields of pharmacy like pharmaceutical
engineering, pharmaceutical industry, etc..

CLO1 √ √ √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √ √ √
CLO4 √ √
CLO5 √ √ √
CLO6 √ √ √
CLO7 √ √ √

1. Analysis of different raw materials and pharmaceutical products,
e.g. assay of ascorbic acid, aspirin, paracetamol and iron in 3 Hours/Week (14 Weeks)
pharmaceutical formulations.
Text Books
1. A.H. Beckett & J.B. Stenlake's, Practical Pharmaceutical Chemistry Vol I & II, Stahlone Press
of University of London.
2. K. Sembulingam and P. Sembulingam, Essentials of Medical Physiology, Jaypee brother’s
medical publishers, New Delhi.
3. A.I. Vogel, Text Book of Quantitative Inorganic analysis.
Reference Books & Materials
1. C.L. Ghai, Textbook of Practical Physiology, Jaypee brother’s medical publishers, New Delhi.
2. K. Srinageswari and R. Sharma, Practical workbook of Human Physiology, Jaypee brother’s
medical publishers, New Delhi.
3. Tr. Williams & C. Wilkins, Physiological basis of Medical Practice-Best, Riverview, USA.
4. Arthur C, Guyton and John, E. Hall. Miamisburg, Text book of Medical Physiology, USA.
5. British Pharmacopoeia, 2017
6. United State Pharmacopeia 2017
g. Course Outline
Assessm Align
Teach
Chapter Topics ing
Tools
ue CLOs
1 Analysis of Development of Instru 3 hours/ Laboratory Report 1-7
Course Title: Pharmaceutical Chemistry Laboratory 138

different raw pharmaceutical ments, Week (14 overview writing,

materials and knowledge, i.e., Glass Weeks) and Quiz,
pharmaceutic quality control, wares, demonstrat Oral,
al products production and Chemi ions, Lab final
learning the cals. Asking examinat
applications of and ion
the various answering
sophisticated questions,
tools and Conduct-
techniques ing experi-
available for the ments.
analysis of
pharmaceutical
products.
Course Title: Microbiology

a. Course Structure
This course is designed for the students to learn fundamental features of microorganisms specially
bacteria, their application in chemistry, control and management of microorganisms for human
health and environmental welfare.
CLO1 Analyze the general features of microorganism.

CLO2 Differentiate between harmful and beneficial microorganisms in the aspect of human
health.
CLO3 Assess the potential application of microorganisms in applied organic and inorganic
chemistry.
CLO4 Analyze the control of microorganism and use them in a beneficial manner.
CLO5 Apply different physio-chemical methods in controlling and managing microorganisms.
CLO6 Explain the rules of microbial secondary metabolites in food technology and causing
diseases.
CLO7 Describe the hygiene, sanitation and microbial applications in waste water treatment.
Course Title: Microbiology 139


CLO1 √ √ √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √
CLO4 √ √ √
CLO5 √ √
CLO6 √ √ √ √
CLO7 √ √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Courses
Introduction of Microbiology (Section-A):
4 Classes
1. Important genera and group. Nature and function of beneficial and harmful bac-
(2 Weeks)
teria.
4 Classes
2. Role of microorganism in biodegradation of organic compounds.
(2 Weeks)
3. Pathogenic and non-pathogenic bacteria, Toxin produced during food poisoning
4 Classes
and outbreak, Sources of pathogenic bacteria for food contamination and preven-
(2 Weeks)
tion method.
Control of Microorganism (Section-B):
6 Classes
1. General principle of microbial control, heat treatment, cold treatment, dehydra-
(3 Weeks)
tion, radiation, filtration; Factors important in microorganisms.
2. Practical uses of sterilization, Disaffection and bacteria stasis, Commonly used 4 Classes
chemical disinfectants and other anti-microbial agents in food science. (2 Weeks
2 Classes
3. Hygiene and Sanitation.
(1 Week)
4. Basic principles of microbiological treatment: An aspect of waste water 4 Classes
treatment. (2 Weeks
Text Books
1. G.J. Tortora, B.R. Funke and C.L. Case, Microbiology: An Introduction, 8th ed., Pearson Edu-
cation Inc., Singapore.
2. M.J. Peiczar Jr., E.C.S. Chan and N.R. Krieg., Microbiology,. 5thed, Tata McGraw-Hill Pub-
lishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, India.
Reference Books
1. G. Bitton, Wastewater Microbiology. Wiley-Liss, Inc., USA.
2. R.A. Herbert and G.A. Codd, Microbes in Extreme Environment, Academic Press Inc.
g. Course Outline
Teach Time Teaching Assess Align
Chapter Topics Specific outcome
ing Frame Strategy ment ment

Tools Techni to
que CLOs
Important Power
Basic concepts to
genera and point Class
differentiate
1 group. Nature presentatio test,
between harmful 4 Classes
(Section and function n, final 1, 2
and beneficial (2 Weeks)
-A) of beneficial Interactive examin
bacterias and their
and harmful discussion. ation
applications.
bacteria.
Discussing the
Role of application of
microorganis different Class
Lecture on
2 m in microorganisms test,
4 Classes multimedi
(Section biodegradatio in degrading final 3
(2 Weeks) a, Group
-A) n of organic health hazardous examin
discussion.
compounds. organic and ation
inorganic
compounds.
Pathogenic
and non-
pathogenic
Project
bacteria,
ors,
Toxin
Fundamental textbo
produced White
knowledge about oks,
during food board Class
the rules of journal
3 poisoning and illustration test,
bacteria in food s, 4 Classes
(Section outbreak, , Problem final 2, 6
deterioration and interne (2 Weeks)
-A) Sources of solving or examin
onset of food- t
pathogenic case ation
borne illness of
bacteria for studies
human health
food
contamination
and
prevention
method.
General
principle of Describing the
microbial application of
control, heat different Power
Class
treatment, physicochemical point
1 test,
cold based treatment in 6 Classes presentatio
(Section final 4, 5
treatment, controlling (3 Weeks) n,
-B) examin
dehydration, microorganisms Interactive
ation
radiation, and evaluating the discussion.
filtration; efficiency of
Factors different methods.
important in

the control of
microorganis
ms.
Practical uses
of Concepts about
sterilization, microbial control
White
disaffection with different
board
and organic and Class
illustration
5 bacteriastasis, inorganic test,
4 Classes ,
(Section commonly chemicals along final 4, 5
(2 Weeks) Brainstor
-B) used chemical with different examin
ming on
disinfectants antimicrobial ation
class
and other agents that are
topics.
anti-microbial commonly used in
agents in food food industries.
science.
Power
Fundamental point
Class
knowledge to presentatio
6 Hygiene and test,
prevent and 2 Classes n,
(Section Sanitation. final 7
control (1 Week) Discussing
-B) examin
microorganisms keywords
ation
in personal basis. of class
topics.
Studying useful
Basic
applications of Lecture on
principles of Class
microorganisms multimedi
7 microbiologic test,
to enhance water 4 Classes a, Problem
(Section al treatment: final 7
quality by (2 Weeks) solving or
-B) An aspect of examin
reducing chemical case
waste water ation
pollutants of studies
treatment.
waste water.
Course Title: Chemical Spectroscopy

a. Course Structure
This subject emphasizes on fundamental concepts of atomic spectroscopy, vibrational

spectroscopy, rotational spectroscopy, NMR, Raman spectroscopy, and Mössbauer Spectroscopy.
It also explains the application of spectroscopic techniques in detection of molecular structure.
Course Title: Chemical Spectroscopy 142

CLO1 Describe features of the atomic spectra and electronic spectra of polyatomic molecule.
CLO2 Explain how rotational spectroscopy provides exact details of bond lengths and bond
angles of molecule in the gas phase.
CLO3 Utilize IR spectroscopy in detection of bond flexibility in molecules.
CLO4 Distinguish between Raman-active and IR-active vibrational modes of molecules.
CLO5 Discuss fundamental aspects of electronic spectra of molecules.
CLO6 Use nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) and electron spin resonance (ESR) in elucidating
structure of molecules.
CLO7 Develop the basic knowledge on solid state and surface spectroscopy.
CLO8 Demonstrate the basic principle and application of Mössbauer spectroscopy.

CLO1 √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √
CLO5 √
CLO6 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO7 √
CLO8 √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Introduction to Spectroscopy: Electromagnetic radiation, Characterization of
Electromagnetic radiation, Quantization of energy, Absorption and emission of 3 Classes
radiation, Regions of spectrum, Representation of spectra, Signal-to-noise ratio, (1 Week)
Resolving power, Width and intensity of spectral transitions.
2.Microwave (rotational) Spectroscopy: Rotation of molecules and their classi-
fication, Interaction of electromagnetic radiation with rotating molecule, Rotation-
al energies of simple linear molecules, Rotational energy levels and selection 6 Classes
rules, Rotational spectra and determination of bond length of diatomic molecules, (2 Weeks)
Rotation of polyatomic molecules, Techniques and instrumentation, Microwave
oven, Stark and isotope effect.
3. Infrared (vibrational) Spectroscopy: Introduction and principle, Vibration in
molecule, Harmonic and inharmonic vibration in diatomic molecules, Vibration-
6 Classes
rotation spectra of diatomic molecules, Breakdown of the Born-Oppenheimer ap-
(2 Weeks)
proximation: interaction of rotations vibrations, Instrumentation, Vibrational spec-
tra of polyatomic molecules.
4. Raman Spectroscopy: Quantum theory of Raman effect, Classical theory of 6 Classes

Raman effect, Elementary treatment of Raman spectra, Pure rotational spectra and (2 Weeks)
Vibrational Raman Spectra. Structure determination from Raman and infrared
spectroscopy, Techniques and instrumentation, Polarization of light and Raman
effect.
5. Electronic Absorption (UV-Vis) Spectrometry: Introduction, Spectra of hy-
drogen and hydrogen like element, Electronic angular momentum, The Zeeman
effect, Electronic spectra of diatomic molecule, Vibrational coarse structures,
Frank-Condon principle; Dissociation energy and dissociation products, Fluores- 9 Classes
cence and phosphorescence, Rotational fine structure of electronic-vibration tran- (3 Weeks)
sition, Diatomic molecular energies in different electronic arrangements, Electron-
ic angular momentum, Electronic spectra and molecular structure, Technique and
instrumentation UV-Vis spectrometry.
6. Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy: Spin and an applied magnetic field, The
energies of nuclei in magnetic fields, The chemical shifts, Pulse techniques in
9 Classes
NMR, Electron spin resonance (ESR) spectroscopy: introduction, the position of
(3 Weeks)
ESR absorption, The G factor, hyperfine splitting, The fine structure of ESR,
Double resonance in ESR, Techniques in ESR spectroscopy.
7. Solid State and Surface Spectroscopy: Principles of important techniques to
3 Classes
investigate surfaces and the solid state (EELS, RAIRS, Raman Spectroscopy, Ine-
(1 Week)
lastic Helium Scattering, PES, AES, XRF and EXAFS etc.).
3 Classes
8. Mössbauer Spectroscopy: Basic principle and applications.
(1 Week)
Text Books
1. C.N. Banwell and E.M. McCash, Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy, 4th Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill, New Delhi. 1994.
2. G.M. Barrow, Introduction to Molecular Spectroscopy John Wiley and Sons Inc., 1963.
Reference Books
1. J.M. Hollas, Modern Spectroscopy, 4th Edition, John Wiley and Sons Inc., 2004.
2. R. Chang, Basic Principles of Spectroscopy, McGraw Hill. 1971.
3. D.H. Williams and I. Fleming, Spectroscopic Methods in Organic Chemistry, Tata McGraw-
Hill, New Delhi. 2019.
4. P.W. Atkins, Physical Chemistry, Oxford University Press. 2018.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teachi
Tools
que CLOs
Description of the Textbo
Introducti interaction between oks, Power point Class
presentation, test,
on to matter and Journa 3 Classes
1 Video final 1
Spectrosc radiations and the ls, (1 Week)
opy electromagnetic Scienti Presentation. examin
ation
spectrum. fic

Gather theoretical magazi

Microwav knowledge of nes,
Class
e rotational differe Lecture on
test,
(rotationa spectroscopy in nt 6 Classes multimedia,
2 final 2
l) determination of search (2 Weeks) Video
examin
Spectrosc bond length and engine Presentation.
ation
opy bond angle of s and
molecules. interne
Fundamental t
Infrared White board Class
concepts of IR advant
(vibration illustration, test,
spectroscopy and its age. 6 Classes
3 al) Problem final 3
application in (2 Weeks)
Spectrosc solving or examin
detection of
opy case studies ation
functional groups.
Class
Basic idea about Power point
Raman test,
classical and 6 Classes presentation,
4 Spectrosc final 4
quantum theories of (2 Weeks) Interactive
opy examin
Raman scattering. discussion.
ation
Electronic
White board Class
Absorptio Discussion on the
illustration, test,
n (UV- origins of electronic 9 Classes
5 Brainstormi final 5
Vis) transitions in atom (3 Weeks)
ng on class examin
Spectrom and molecule.
topics. ation
etry
Explanation of
Magnetic Power point Class
spectroscopic
Resonanc presentation, test,
transitions between 9 Classes
6 e Discussing final 6
spin states of nuclei (3 Weeks)
Spectrosc keywords of examin
and electrons in
opy class topics. ation
molecules.
Demonstration of
Solid principle of solid Lecture on Class
State and state and surface multimedia, test,
3 Classes
7 Surface spectroscopy and Problem final 7
(1 Week)
Spectrosc their application in solving or examin
opy analysis of surface case studies ation
phenomena.
Power point Class
Mössbaue Concepts of
presentation, test,
r Mössbauer 3 Classes
8 Discussing final 8
Spectrosc spectroscopy and its (1 Week)
keywords of examin
opy application.
class topics. ation

Course Title: Transition Metals and Coordination Chemistry

a. Course Structure
The course is outlined for the students to acquire knowledge about the different advanced theories
describing the bonding, structure, magnetic and thermodynamic properties of coordination
compounds, stability of complex compounds, different reaction mechanisms of complex
compounds, and the structure, preparation, bonding and properties of metal carbonyls, phosphine
and phosphorus trihalides, π-acid complexes of nitrogen, metal nitrosyls, π-acid complexes of
unsaturated hydrocarbons, π-allyl and π-aromatic complexes.
CLO1 Describe and list different types of coordination compounds, ligands and their applications.
CLO2 Apply VBT, CFT and MOT to octahedral, tetrahedral and square planar complexes to
explain the electronic configuration, structure, electronic, thermodynamic, magnetic and
spectral properties of complex compounds.
CLO3 Predict and analyze the different types of stabilities of complex compounds and correlate
the stability constants to complex’s reaction pathways.
CLO4 Discuss different reaction mechanisms accompanied by the coordination compounds and
apply the knowledge to design new reaction routes to develop complex compounds.
CLO5 Explain the structures, preparation, bonding and properties of the complexes of π-acid
ligands and list their applications.

CLO1 √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √ √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Transition Elements: General characteristics, Shape and function of d-
orbitals, Magnetism in transition metal chemistry: origin of paramagnetism, dia- 3 Classes
magnetism, Ferromagnetism and antiferromagnetism, Magnetic susceptibility, (1 Week)
Curie law.
Course Title: Transition Metals and Coordination Chemistry 146

2. Elements of Coordination Chemistry: Definition and scope of coordination

chemistry, Coordination compounds, ligands and their types, coordination num-
ber; Classification of coordination compounds, Nomenclature of coordination
compounds, Theories of complex compounds: Bolmstrand and Jorgensen’s chain 6 Classes
theory, Werner’s theory, Sidgwick’s electronic interpretation: EAN of metals, (2 Weeks)
Pauling’s valence bond theory and its limitations, Isomerism stereochemistry of
4- and 6-coordinated complexes, Chelate complexes, Stabilization of unusual oxi-
dation states by complexation, Application of coordination compounds.
3. Concepts of Modern Bonding in Coordination Compounds: Thecrystal field
theory and ligand field theory for octahedral and tetrahedral complexes, Crystal
field stabilization energy, Effects of crystal field splitting, Consequences of ligand
16 Classes
field splitting: magnetic properties, electronic properties, spectrochemical series,
(5.33 Weeks)
Structural and thermodynamic effect of ligand field splitting, d-d transition, C-T
transition. Tetragonal distortion of octahedral complexes: Jahn-Teller distortion,
Square planner complexes, Tetrahedral complexes, Molecular orbital theory.
4. Stability of complexes: Factors influencing the stability of complexes,
3 Classes
Stability constant, Effect of ligand on the stability of complexes, Measurement of
(1 Week)
Stability constant.
5. Reaction Mechanism of Coordination Complexes: Inert and labile
complexes, (i) Ligand substitution reactions: substitution in square-planar
8 Classes
complexes, the trans effect, its application and mechanism, substitution in
(2.66 Weeks)
octahedral complexes, (ii) Redox reaction: inner-sphere and outer-sphere
mechanism.
6. Complexes of π-acid Ligand: Structure, preparation, bonding and properties
of metal carbonyls, phosphine and phosphorus trihalides, π-acid complexes of 6 Classes
nitrogen, metal nitrosyls, π-acid complexes of unsaturated hydrocarbons, π-allyl (2 Weeks)
and π-aromatic complexes.
Text Books
2. F.A. Cotton, G. Wilkinson and C. A. Murillo, M. Bochmann, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry,
Wiley-India.
3. S. Prakash, G.D. Tuli, S.K. Basu, and R.D. Madan, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, Vol. 2, S.
Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
Reference Books
1. J. Huheey, Keiter&Keiter, Inorganic Chemistry: Principles of Structure and Reactivity, 4th ed.,
Prentice Hall, India.
3. Shriver & Atkins, Inorganic Chemistry, 4thed., Oxford University Press, India.
4. C.E. Housecroft& A.G. Sharpe, Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd ed., Pearson.
5. K. Kundu, Coordination Chemistry, Bangla Academy, Dhaka (Language of the book is in Ben-
gali).

g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
White
Illustration of
board
Shape and fundamental Class
illustration
function s of knowledge about test,
,
d orbitals and shape and function assign
3 Classes powerpoin
1 magnetism in of d orbitals and ment, 1
(1 Week) t
transition magnetic final
presentatio
metal properties shown examin
n,
chemistry by transition ation.
interactive
metals.
discussion.
Classification Demonstration of
of theknowledgeof
ccordination the early concepts
Textbo White
compounds of the organization
oks, board
and ligands, of coordination
Journa illustration
their compounds, Class
ls, ,
nommenclatu utilization of the test,
Scienti powerpoin
re, early basic assign
fic 6 Classes t
2 structural nomenclature rules ment, 1
magaz (2 Weeks) presentatio
theories for for the final
ines, n,
the coordination examin
differe discussing
organization compounds and, ation.
nt keywords
of and gather the idea
search of class
coordination about the
engine topics.
compounds isomerism patterns
s and
and their and applications
interne
isomerism. accordingly.
t
Critical White
advant
Studies of board
age.
different illustration
advanced Interpretation , Class
theories ofadvanced powerpoin test,
(VBT, CFT, knowledge t assign
MOT) associated with the 16 Classes presentatio ment,pr
3 describing construction of (5.33 n, esentati 2
the bonding, coordination Weeks) interactive on,
structure, compounds and discussion. final
magnetic, their different group examin
thermodyna properties. discussion, ation.
mic and brainstror
spectral ming on
properties of class

coordination topics.
compounds.
White
Stability of board
complex illustration
compounds, Prediction and ,
and the analyze capability powerpoin
Class
factors for the different t
test,
influencing types of stabilities presentatio
assign
the stability of complex 3 Classes n,
4 ment, 3
of complexes compounds and (1 Week) interactive
final
and correlate the discussion,
examin
determinatio stability constants group
ation.
n of stability to complex’s discussion,
constant of reaction pathways. discussing
complex keywords
compounds. of class
topics.
White
board
Understanding illustration
different reaction ,
Ligand Class
mechanisms powerpoin
substitution test,
accompanied by t
reaction and assign
the coordination presentatio
redox 8 Classes ment,
compounds and n,
5 reaction (2.66 present 4
capability to apply interactive
mechanism Weeks) ation,
the knowledge to discussion.
for the final
design new group
coordination examin
reaction routes to discussion,
compounds. ation.
develop complex brainstror
compounds. ming on
class
topics.
White
Structures, Identification of board
preparation, fundamental illustration
Class
bonding and knowledge about ,
test,
properties of the structures, powerpoin
assign
the preparation, 6 Classes t
6 ment, 5
complexes of bonding and (2 Weeks) presentatio
final
π-acid properties of the n,
examin
ligands and complexes of π- interactive
ation.
their acid ligands and discussion,
applications. their applications. group
discussion.

Course Title: Inorganic Syntheses Laboratory

a. Course Structure
Viva-voce : 10
This course is designed for the students to learn practical techniques employed for the preparation,
analysis and separation of important inorganic compounds (salts, metal complexes, etc.).
CLO1 Design, prepare, analyse and separate inorganic compounds.

CLO2 Comparison of its IR spectra with that of the ligand.
CLO3 Determination of the percentage of metal by ion exchange method.

CLO1 √ √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √

1. Important inorganic compounds:
a) Preparation of sodium thiosulphate.
b) Preparation of ammonium nickel(II) sulphate. 3 Hours/Week (1 Week)
c) Preparation of tris(thiourea)copper (I) sulfate. 3 Hours/Week (1 Week)
d) Preparation of cis- and trans-potassiumdioxalatodiaqua-
chromate(III).
e) Preparation of tris(acetylacetonato)manganese(III) and compari-
son of its IR spectra with that of the ligand.
f) Preparation of Al3+ and Cu2+ complexes with acetylacetone and
comparison by IR spectra.
g) Synthesis of NaCl crystals by common ion effect and
investigating the crystals by X-ray diffraction. Determination of 6 Hours/Week (2 Weeks)
the percentage of sodium by ion exchange method.
h) Preparation of FeSO4. 7H2O. Comparing its masses in an ordinary
and Gouy balance. Quantitative estimation of the components
including the moisture content and the presence of Fe3+ ion as
impurity.
Course Title: Inorganic Syntheses Laboratory 150

i) Preparation ofCuSO4.5H2Ostarting from copper and investigating

its infrared spectrum and thermal dehydration pattern.
Interpreting the reactivity of copper and iron towards sulfuric
acids.
j) Synthesis of [Cu(NH3)4]SO4.H2O from CuSO4.5H2O 3 Hours/ Week (1 Week)
Text Books
1. ZviSzfran, Ronald M. Pike, and Mono M S, Microscale Inorganic Chemistry, John Wiley &
Sons, New York.
2. Gilbert, Alyea, Dutton, and Dersisbach, Tested Demonstration in Chemistry 1-2, Division of
Chemical Education, American Chemical Society.
Reference Books
1. G.H. Jeffery, J. Bassett, J. Mendham, and R.C. Denny, Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative
Chemical Analysis, Longman and ELBS.
2. G. Pass and H. Sutcliffe, Practical Inorganic Chemistry, Preparations, Reactions and Instru-
mental Methods, Chapman and Hall, New York.
3. J.D. Woollins, Inorganic Experiments, VCH Verlagsgesellschaftmbh, Weinheim.
4. K. Kundu, Practical Inorganic Chemistry, Bangla Academy, Dhaka.
g. Course Outline
Assessm Align
Teach
Specific Time Teaching
ent ment
Chapter Topics ing
outcome Frame Strategy
Techniq to
Tools
ue CLOs
Fundamental Instru Report
knowledge for ments, writing,
Important the preparation Glass 3 hours/ Conduct- Quiz,
1 inorganic of inorganic wares Week (14 ing experi- Oral, 1-3
compounds compounds and and Weeks) ments. Lab final
their Chemi examinat
identification. cals ion
Course Title: Supramolecular Chemistry

a. Course Structure
This course is designed for the students to learn about the synthesis, chemistry of host guest
clathrate inclusion compounds, crown ethers, surfactants and other organic and inorganic
supramolecular frameworks.
Course Title: Supramolecular Chemistry 151

CLO1 Describe fundamental concept about supramolecular chemistry.

CLO2 Design, synthesize and analyze the catenanes, podands, cryptandsand different
supramolecular frameworks.
CLO3 Illustrate the chemistry of host and guest interactions in an inclusion compound.
CLO4 Design and synthesize of crown ethers and cyclodextrins and describe their physical and
chemical properties.
CLO5 Identify and utilize of different types of liquid crystals.
CLO6 Interpret the recognition behavior of enzymes.
CLO7 Identify and discuss the formation of surfactants and micelles.
CLO8 Analyse the fundamental concepts about topology.

CLO1 √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √
CLO6 √ √ √ √ √
CLO7 √ √ √ √
CLO8 √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Conceptual Foundation of Supramolecular Chemistry: Natural and Artificial 2 Classes
Molecular Recognition. (1 Week)
2. Synthesis and Design of Organic and Inorganic Supramolecular Frame-
4 Classes
work: Cryptands and Macromolecules: Catenanes, Rotaxanes, Cubanes, Peddlanes,
(2 Weeks)
Propellanes, Mobius stripes, Trafail knocks, Cage compounds, etc.
2 Classes
3. Host-Guest Interactions: Calthrate Inclusions.
(1 Week)
4. Bio-Inorganic Chemistry: Template synthesis, Metal ion and macro molecular 4 Classes
recognition. (2 Weeks)
6 Classes
5. Molecules and Crystals: Bio-Organic Molecules, Liquid Crystals.
(3 Weeks)
6. Enzymes and Drugs: Recognition behavior of enzymes, Synthetic enzymes. Drug 4 Classes
design and recognition. (2 Weeks)
7. Surfactants and Micelles: Surfactants, Micelles, Vesicles; Pre-organization of 2 Classes
Interface Active compounds; Self organization. (1 Week)
8. Some Inorganic Supramolecular Systems: (a) Silicates, (b) Molybdenum and 4 Classes

Vanadium Phosphates, (c) Clays, (d) Inorganic Host-Guest Chemistry, Nano- (2 Weeks)
structures.
Text Books
Reference Books
3. G.H. Jeffery, J. Bassett, J. Mendham and R.C. Denney: Vogel’s Quatitative Chemical Analysis,
Longman Scientific & Technical, New York.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teachi
Chapter Topics ng
Tools
que CLOs
Concepts of
Conceptual Class
supramolecular White board
Foundation test,
interactions, 2 Classes illustration,
1 of final 1
self-assembly, (1 Week) Power point
Supramolecu examin
molecular Textbo presentation.
lar Chemistry ation
recognition oks,
Understanding Journa
different ls,
Synthesis
synthesis and Scienti
and Design
mechanisms of fic Class
of Organic White board
cryptands and magazi test,
and 4 Classes illustration,
2 macromolecules: nes, final 2, 8
Inorganic (2 Weeks) Power point
catenanes, differe examin
Supramolecu presentation.
rotaxanes, nt ation
lar Frame-
cubanes, search
work
peddlanes, engine
propellanes. s and
Fundamental interne Class
concepts of t test,
Host-Guest 2 Classes Power point
3 Clathrates advant final 3
Interactions (1 Week) presentation
inclusion age. examin
compounds ation
Bio- Fundamental White board Class
4 Classes
4 Inorganic concepts of illustration, test, 4
(2 Weeks)
Chemistry template Power point final

synthesis of presentation. examin

Cyclodextrins ation
Advanced Class
knowledge test,
Molecules 6 Classes Power point
5 associated with final 5
and Crystals (3 Weeks) presentation.
the liquid examin
crystals ation
Class
Concepts and
Lecture on test,
significance of
Enzymes and 4 Classes multimedia, final
6 recognition 6
Drugs (2 Weeks) Power point examin
behaviour of
presentation. ation
enzymes
nation
Fundamental
knowledge Class
Lecture on
about the test,
Surfactants 2 Classes multimedia,
7 mechanism and final 7
and Micelles (1 Week) Power point
action mode of examin
presentation.
surfactants and ation
micelles
Basic concepts Class
Some Lecture on
of inorganic test,
Inorganic 4 Classes multimedia,
8 Host-Guest final 3, 4
Supramolecu (2 Weeks) Power point
Chemistry, examin
lar Systems presentation.
Nano-structures. ation
Course Title: Organic Reaction Mechanism

a. Course Structure
This course deals with the study of organic chemistry concepts that will enhance students’
knowledge about understanding of organic reaction mechanisms for future studies in chemistry and
allied subjects, and enhanced practical skills regarding the applications and limitations of several
reactions under suitable synthetic conditions.
CLO1 Describe reaction mechanisms in terms of energetics, reaction kinetics, and

thermodynamics.
CLO2 Prophesy the mechanism and outcome of aliphatic and aromatic substitution and
elimination reactions, given conditions and starting materials.
Course Title: Organic Reaction Mechanism 154

CLO3 Analyze the principles for the rationalization of regio- or enantioselective reaction
outcomes.
CLO4 Isolate the key design features of a polymeric product which relate directly to the
material(s) used in its construction.
CLO5 Apply organic reactions in multi-step synthesis.

CLO1 √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √
CLO3 √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Methods of Determining Reaction Mechanisms: Classes of organic reaction
mechanisms, Methods of determining reaction mechanisms: Meaning of reaction
9 Classes
mechanism, Energy profile, Identification of products, Possible intermediates and
(3 Weeks)
their trapping, Isotopic labeling, Stereochemical studies, Detection of intermediates;
Kinetic study and stereochemical evidence.
2. Substitution Reactions: Nucleophilic substitution reaction in aliphatic system,
Aromatic SN1, Nucleophilic substitution in aromatic system (i.e. benzyne), SN2, SNi
9 Classes
etc. Duality of mechanism, SN1 and SN2 reaction mechanism, Factors affecting the
(3 Weeks)
mechanism of substitution reaction, Aromatic substitution both nucleophilic and
electrophilic, Stereochemistry of neighbouring group participation.
3. Addition Reactions: Mechanism of addition to C = C, C = O bonds: conju-
gated system like conjugative diene and conjugated unsaturated carbonyl com- 9 Classes
pounds, their stereochemistry, Kinetics, Hydration of olefins, Addition of hydrogen (3 Weeks)
halides, Peroxide initiated addition of hydrogen bromide, Addition of halogens,
Diels-Alder reaction, Grignard reagents, Cannizzaro reaction.
4. Elimination Reactions: Comparison of elimination with addition and substitu-
tion; E1, E2 and E1cB mechanisms, Orientation in elimination reactions, cis &trans
6 Classes
hydroxylation of olefines, Cis-hydrogenation, Hydrogenation in the presence of
(2 Weeks)
dissolved catalyst. Competition between elimination and substitution, Intramolecu-
lar (cis) elimination, Factors affecting the elimination reaction.
5. Mechanism of Some Important Reactions: Wolf-Kishner reduction,
Clemmensen reduction, Meerwein-Ponndorf-Verley reduction, Oppenauer
oxidation, Reimer- Tiemann reaction. Kneovengel reaction. Aldol Condensations, 9 Classes
Perkin reaction. Benzoin condensation, Baeyer Villiger Oxidation, Wittig reaction, (3 Weeks)
Michael and Mannich reactions with all mechanistic details, Reduction with metal
hydrides: LiAlH4, NaBH4.

Text Books
1. Peter Sykes, A Guidebook to Mechanism in Organic Chemistry, Orient Longman.
2. Breslow, Organic Reaction Mechanism, Benjamin/Cummings Co.
Reference Books
1. Jerry March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Reactions, Mechanisms and Structures, McGraw-
Hill.
2. T.H. Lowry and K. S. Richardson, Mechanism and Theory in Organic Chemistry, Harper Col-
lins Publishers, Inc., New York.
3. C.K. Ingold, Structure and Mechanism in Organic Chemistry, Bell.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teac
Tools
que CLOs
Methods Extending the basic

Power point
of knowledge in Class
presentation,
Determini reaction mechanisms test,
9 Classes Showing
1 ng in terms of final 1
(3 Weeks) animated
Reaction energetics, reaction examin
Textb reaction
Mechanis kinetics, and ation
ooks, mechanism.
ms thermodynamics.
Journ
als,
Decribing the Scien Lecture on Class
mechanism and tific
Substituti multimedia, test,
outcome of aliphatic maga 9 Classes
2 on Brainstormi final 2
and aromatic zines, (3 Weeks)
Reactions ng on class examin
substitution differ topics. ation
reactions. ent
Prediction and searc
development of h White board Class
analyzing capability engin
illustration, test,
Addition of different types of es 9 Classes
3 Problem final 1, 3
Reactions mechanisms for and (3 Weeks)
solving or examin
nucleophilic addition intern
case studies ation
to alkenes and et
carbonyl compounds. advan
Extending tage. Class
knowledge to Power point
Eliminati test,
understand the 6 Classes presentation,
4 on final 1, 2
mechanism of (2 Weeks) Interactive
Reactions examin
elimination discussion.
ation
reactions.
5 Mechanis Demonstration of 9 Classes White board Class 1, 5

m of mechanism of some (3 Weeks) illustration, test,

Some significant reactions. Showing final
Important animated examin
Reactions reaction ation
mechanism.
Course Title: Stereochemistry

a. Course Structure
This course is designed to familiarize students with chirality of molecules, asymmetric synthesis,
enantiomers, resolution, and chemical applications, stereochemistry of molecules related to the
isomerism, chemical and biochemical reactivities. This course will also lay the foundation on
which further advanced topics can be built up.
CLO1 Describe the basic stereochemistry and physical properties of isomers, chiral objects,
stereogenic elements, polarimetry, racemic modification, optical activity, R,S-
configurations, absolute & relative configurations, and assign the configuration of the
stereoisomers.
CLO2 Discuss the cause of optical activity and elements of symmetry of biphenyls, allenes,
spirans, annulenes and determine the R,S-configurations of these compounds.
CLO3 Design and perform the asymmetric synthesis further separate and characterize
asymmetric compounds using the appropriate techniques.
CLO4 Explain the stereochemistry and stability of fused ring & bridged-ring systems and related
compounds as well as illustrate the Bredt’s rule.
CLO5 Interpret the relative stability of conformational isomers and explain conformational
effects of small and medium-sized molecules.
CLO6 Discuss the basic principles of circular bifringence, circular dichroism (CD), Cotton
effect, octant rule and optical rotatory dispersion (ORD) and apply these methods for
determination of the absolute configuration of organic molecules.
CLO7 Describe the chirality & prochirality in organic and biomolecules and identify pro-R &
pro-S, homotopic & heterotopic ligands and faces, and determine the absolute
configuration.
CLO8 Evaluate the stability of various conformers of substituted cyclic systems using steric,
electronic and stereoelectronic effects and correlate them to reactivity and also apply
Curtin-Hammet principle to stereochemical products.
Course Title: Stereochemistry 157


CLO1 √ √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √
CLO5 √ √
CLO6 √ √ √ √
CLO7 √ √
CLO8 √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Stereoisomerism: Geometrical isomerism- explanations, interconversion,
geometrical isomerism of polyenes, carbon-nitrogen, nitrogen-nitrogen double
bonds and cyclic aliphatic compounds, Syn-anti nomenclature, Physical properties
of geometrical isomers; Optical isomerism: optical isomerism due to asymmetric 6 Classes
carbon atoms, optical activity, specific rotations, enantiomerism, (2 Weeks)
diastereoisomerism, recemic mixture, resolution of racemic mixture, meso
compounds, R&S configurations, absolute and relative configurations and their
correlation.
2. Optical Activity and Optical Isomerism: Cause of optical activity, Chiral &
achiral molecules. Molecular asymmetry & dissymmetry, Elements of symmetry,
6 Classes
Racemic modification: nature, formation, properties and their resolutions,
(2 Weeks)
Molecules devoid of chiral centres: Atropisomerism, biphenyls, allenes, spirans,
annulenes and their R,S configurations; Asymmetric synthesis.
3. Stereochemistry of Fused Ring System: Stereochemistry of Decalines,
Perhydroanthrancene, Perhydrophenanthrene and their optical activity & relative 6 Classes
stability; Fused rings and bridged-ring systems; Bredt’s rule and its exceptions in (2 Weeks)
flexible ring systems.
4. Conformation and Conformers: Ethanediol, Dihydroxystyrene,
Dichlorostyrene and their physical properties and stability. Conformational effects
6 Classes
on stability and reactivity in diastereoisomers and in individual compounds,
(2 Weeks)
Conformational effects in small, medium and large ring systems.
5. Optical Rotation and Rotatory Power: Factors leading to chirality, Molecular

dissymmetry, Atomic dissymmetry and conformational asymmetry, Circular 6 Classes
bifringence and circular dichroism (CD), Cotton effect, Octant rule, Dependence of (2 Weeks)
optical rotation on wavelength-optical rotatory dispersion (ORD).
6. Chiral and Prochiral Molecules: Chirality, Prochirality, Pseudo chirality, Pro-
R, Pro-S, Homotopic and heterotopic ligands and faces, Enantiotropic ligands
6 Classes
(HCN addition), Diastereotropic ligands and faces, Enzymatic oxidation-reduction,
(2 Weeks)
Prostereoisomerism in biochemical reactions (citric acid cycle), Stereochemistry of
molecule synthesize reaction.

7. Configuration and conformation of cyclic compounds: Three, four, six-

6 Classes
membered ring conformation analysis and di- and poly-substituted cyclohexanes,
(2 Weeks)
Curtin-Hammet Principle.
Text Books
Hall.
4. I.L. Finar, Organic Chemistry, Vol. 2, Longmans, Green & Co.
5. E.L. Eliel: Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds, Tata McGraw-Hill.
Reference Books
Macmillan Pub. Co.
4. Mislow, Introduction to Stereochemistry, Benjamin.
5. P.S. Kalsi, Stereochemistry, Conformation and Mechanism, Wiley Eastern Ltd.
6. E.L. Eliel: Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds, Tata McGraw-Hill.
7. M. R. Islam, Modern Stereochemistry, Royal publication, Dhaka.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Power
Textbo
Developing the point Class
oks,
basic concepts of presentatio test,
Stereoisomer Journa 6 Classes
1 stereochemistry n, final 1
ism ls, (2 Weeks)
and Visualizin examin
Scienti
stereoisomerism. g atomic ation.
fic
models.
magaz
ines,
Identifying optical
differe Lecture on Class
Optical isomers and
nt multimedi test,
Activity and explain the 6 Classes
search a, final
Optical chemical (2 Weeks)
2 engine Interactive examin 2, 3
Isomerism significance of
s and discussion. ation.
optical isomerism.
interne
White Class
Interpreting the t
Stereochemis board test,
conformations of advant 6 Classes
try of Fused illustration final 4
fused and bridged age. (2 Weeks)
3 Ring System , Problem examin
ring systems
solving or ation.

case
studies
Describing
conformations and
conformers, and Power
explaining the point Class
4 Conformatio physical properties presentatio test,
6 Classes 5
ns and and potential n, final
(2 Weeks)
conformers energy diagrams to Visualizin examin
determine the g atomic ation.
relative stability of models.
conformational
isomers.
Demonstration of
knowledge about White
the relationship board
5 Class
Optical between the illustration
test,
Rotation and optical rotation 6 Classes ,
final 6
Rotatory and specific (2 Weeks) Brainstor
examin
Power rotation of chiral ming on
ation.
substances, achiral class
substances, and topics.
racemic mixtures.
Power
Describing and
point
identifying chiral, Class
presentatio
Chiral and prochiral, test,
6 Classes n,
Prochiral homotopic and final 7
6 (2 Weeks) Discussing
Molecules heterotopic ligands examin
keywords
and faces in ation.
of class
organic molecules.
topics.
Lecture on
Configuratio Discussing and Class
multimedi
n and comparing the test,
conformation configuration and final 8
(2 Weeks) solving or
7 of cyclic conformation of examin
case
compounds cyclic compounds. ation.
studies
Course Title: Industrial Chemistry

a. Course Structure
Course Title: Industrial Chemistry 160

This course is designed to develop theoretical explanations of observed facts by introducing the
student to learn and understand a variety of basic concepts, sources, classifications, compositions,
industrial production and applications.
CLO1 Apply the theoretical background in core areas of chemical engineering.

CLO2 Demonstrate an understanding of the engineering and technological aspects associated
with various initiatives in the chemical processing industry.
CLO3 Analyze the application of chemistry in industrial processes and address safety issues
associated with process and unit operations.
CLO4 Utilize the scientific and technological knowledge for a career in chemical and process
engineering in different process industries.
CLO5 Apply this knowledge to develop, manage and implement petroleum engineering
solutions within the oil and gas sector.

CLO1 √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Fertilizer Industries: Definition, Plant nutrients and their functions, Role of
fertilizer in agriculture, Manufacture of ammonium nitrate, Calcium phosphate,
3 Classes
Ammonium phosphate, Nnormal super phosphate (NSP), Triple super phosphate
(1 Week)
(TSP), Potassium compounds, Manufacture of urea from natural gas, Mixed ferti-
lizer, Fertilizer industries in Bangladesh.
2. Sugar and Fermentation Industries: Manufacture of cane sugar, Refining of
raw sugar, Production of sugar from sugar beet, Milling operation and control of 6 Classes
evaporation, Vacuum pen and centrifugal, Seeding or graining, Utilization of by (2 Weeks)
products, Sugar industry in Bangladesh.
3. Glass and Ceramic Industry: Definition, Types of ceramic products, Basic
raw materials, White wares, Manufactures of porcelain, Chemical conversion
including basic ceramic industry, Heavy clay products, Manufacture of refractory,
enamels, Ceramic industries in Bangladesh, Definition of glass, Classification of 6 Classes
glass, Physical and chemical properties of glass, Raw materials, Manufacturing (2 Weeks)
methods of glass, Some special glass and their properties, Refractory’s. Heavy
clay product.

4. Cement Industry: Raw materials, Portland cement manufacture, Types of

Portland cement, Theory of setting and hardening of cement, Different types of 3 Classes
cement, Characteristic of good cement, Testing of cement, Cement factory in (1 Week)
Bangladesh.
5. Pulp, Paper and Rayon Industries: Natural source of cellulose, Different
process for the manufacture of pulp, Recovery of chemicals from waste cooking 6 Classes
liquor, Manufacture of paper board, Rayon, Cellulose acetate and cellulose nitrate, (2 Weeks)
Pulp and paper industries in Bangladesh.
6. Paints and Varnishes: Constituents of paints, Varnishes, Lacquers and enamels
and their functions, Factors influencing satisfactory performance of surface 6 Classes
coating, Properties of pigments, Manufacture of paints and varnish, Difference (2 Weeks)
between paints and varnishes.
7. Soaps and Detergents: Raw materials, Fat splitting, Manufacturing of laundry
and toilet soaps, Recovery and refining of glycerin, Composition of different types
6 Classes
of soaps. Detergents: definition, classification and their manufacture, Builders,
(2 Weeks)
Additives, Biodegradability of detergents, Comparison of soap and detergents,
Cleaning action of soap and detergent.
8. Petroleum Industry: Definition, Origin, composition and classification,
Refining and distillation of petroleum, Cracking of petroleum, Motor and aviation
3 Classes
fuels, Natural gasoline, Aviation gasoline, Octane number, Cetane number,
(1 Week)
Production of high octane, Alkylation, Polymerization, Isomerization and
reforming.
9. Industrial Management: Testing and quality control, Industrial management 3 Classes
and entrepreneurship development, Environmental & pollution in industries. (1 Week)
Text Books
1. R.N. Shreve, The Chemical Process Industries, Mc-Graw Hill. International Book Company.
2. B.K. Sharma, Industrial Chemistry- Including Chemical Engineering, GoelPublishing House,
Meerut.
3. E.R. Riegel, Industrial Chemistry, Reinhold Publishing Co.
Reference Books
1. O.P. Aggarwal, Engineering Chemistry, Khanna Publishers, NaiSarak, Delhi.
2. G. Martin, Industrial and Manufacturing Chemistry, Vol. I & II.
3. B.N Chokraborty, Industrial Chemistry,Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. (P) Ltd. New Delhi.
4. A.S.M.N.H. Bhyiyan, Industrial Chemistry and Chemical Technology, Dhaka University
Press.
5. A.R. Bailey, A Textbook of Metallurgy,MacMillan& Co.
6. R.K. Das, Industrial Chemistry (Part I & II), Kalyani. Publishers, New Delhi.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
1 Fertilizer Expanding Textbo 3 Classes Power Class 1-4

Industries knowledge to oks, (1 Week) point test,

develop fertilizer Journa presentatio final
industries and ls, n, Video examin
conducting Scienti Presentatio ation
fertilizer fic n.
production magaz
reactions. ines,
Developing differe
Lecture on Class
knowledge of clear nt
Sugar and multimedi test,
and exhaustive search 6 Classes
2 Fermentation a, Video final 1-4
methods of sugar engine (2 Weeks)
Industries Presentatio examin
and fermentation s and
n. ation
industries. interne
Describing t
White
properties, advant
board Class
classification, age.
Glass and illustration test,
uses, and the 6 Classes
3 Ceramic , Problem final 1’4
industrial (2 Weeks)
Industry solving or examin
manufacturing
case ation
methods of glass
studies
and ceramic.
Applying and Power
Class
utilizing the point
test,
Cement commercial 3 Classes presentatio
4 final 1-4
Industry production (1 Week) n,
examin
technology of Interactive
ation
cement. discussion.
Developing the
concepts of a
White
comprehensive
board
overview of the Class
illustration
Pulp, Paper pulp and paper test,
6 Classes ,
5 and Rayon industry, mill final 1-4
(2 Weeks) Brainstor
Industries operations, examin
ming on
products, process ation
class
variables,
topics.
equipment, and
terminology.
Power
point
presentatio
manufacturing test,
Paints and 6 Classes n,
6 process and final 1-4
Varnishes (2 Weeks) Discussing
application of examin
keywords
paints and varnish. ation
of class
topics.
7 Soaps and Extending 6 Classes Lecture on Class 1-4

Detergents knowledge about (2 Weeks) multimedi test,

the technology of a, Problem final
soap and detergent solving or examin
manufacturing. case ation
studies
Application of the
commercial
processes used for Power
refining and point Class
processing of presentatio test,
Petroleum 3 Classes
8 crude petroleum n, Video final 1-5
Industry (1 Week)
and the importance Presentatio examin
of crude petroleum n. ation
as a resource for
energy and
chemicals.
White
Basic knowledge board
Class
about the standard illustration
test,
Industrial industrial 3 Classes ,
9 final 1-5
Management management and (1 Week) Brainstor
examin
entrepreneurship ming on
ation
development. class
topics.
Course Title: Industrial Chemistry Laboratory and Field Visit

a. Course Structure
Viva-voce : 10
The course is designed for the students to learn fundamental theoretical explanations of industrial
chemistry, including alternative general methods for the synthesis of industrial products and apply
such methods for manufacture of specific industrial products and well-trained for careers in the
different fields of process industry.
CLO1 Employ a basic knowledge of the physical and chemical processes towards
transformating raw materials into products that are beneficial to humanity.
CLO2 Apply the methods safety and efficiency of making essential chemicals and materials.
Course Title: Industrial Chemistry Laboratory and Field Visit 164

CLO3 Establish the link between the research and industrial scale chemical engineering.
CLO4 Play a part in optimizing production to produce large amounts of substances as cheaply as
possible.
CLO5 Work in chemical plants and laboratories across various industries, from chemical
manufacturing, building materials and paints/coatings to paper, petroleum, plastics and
advanced materials manufacturing.

CLO1 √ √
CLO2 √
CLO3 √ √
CLO4 √ √
CLO5 √

1. Analysis of different raw materials and products. 3 hours/Week (10 Weeks)
2. Industrial tour and submission of tour report. 3 hours/Week (4 Week)
Text Books
1. E.R. Riegel and J.A. Kent, Riegels’ Handbook of Industrial Chemistry, Kluwer Academic/
Plenum Publishers.
2. Liegue, Engineering Materials.
Reference Books
1. G. Martins, Industrial and Manufacturing Chemistry (Vol. I, II & III).
2. R.K. Das, Industrial Chemistry (Part I & II), Kalyani. Publishers, New Delhi.
3. Kirk-OthmerEncyclopedia of Chemical Technology, John Wiley & Sons.
g. Course Outline
Assessm Align
Teach
Chapter Topics ing
Tools
ue CLOs
Making a strong Laboratry
Instru Report
foundtion on overview
ments, writing,
Analysis of analyzing and and
Glass 3 hours/ Quiz,
different raw maintainnig demonstrat
1 wares Week (10 Oral, 1-4
materials and quality controls ions,
and Weeks) Lab final
products of various Conduct-
chemi examinat
industrial ing
cals ion
products. Experi-
Course Title: Industrial Chemistry Laboratory and Field Visit 165

ments.
Extending Fatory
practical overview Report
knowledge of and writing,
Industrial
how theoretical 3 hours/ Demenstra Quiz,
tour and
2 concepts are Week (4 tions, Oral, 5
submission
applied to Weeks) Asking Lab final
of tour report
develop the and examinat
industrial answering ion
products. questions.
Course Title: Biochemistry

a. Course Structure
There is a range of research and industrial concerns that are increasingly making use of
biochemistry and biomedical sciences to solve a variety of problems. Detail studies of enzymes,
vitamins, hormones and metabolism are necessary for biomedical research institutes and hospital
establishments.
CLO1 Describe how life science is related to chemical science, exploring the chemistry of living
organisms and the molecular basis for the processes that occur in living cells.
CLO2 Explain the conversion systems of foods into energy and mechanism of digestion and
absorption of foods in the body.
CLO3 Demonstrate the action of enzymes, metabolic process of vitamins and how they are
regulated in the body and inhibited by drugs.
CLO4 Describe the synthesis of carbohydrates and their role in metabolic pathways along with
their regulations.
CLO5 Expose complex biological processes of electron transport system and learn the
biosynthesis of fatty acids and β-oxidation as well as metabolic pathway of lipids.
CLO6 Describe the basic structural features of nucleic acids, the mechanisms by which DNA is
transcribed, replicated, and repaired, and how proteins are encoded in mRNA.
CLO7 Describe the structure of certain hormones and processes by which they synthesize and
secrete and the metabolic role of individual tissues and hormones in physiological and/ or
pathological processes in the body.
Course Title: Biochemistry 166


CLO1 √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √
CLO4 √ √
CLO5 √ √
CLO6 √
CLO7 √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Biochemical Aspects of Enzymes: Characterization and classification, Coen-
4 Classes
zyme and prosthetic group, Brief treatment on enzymatic reaction mechanism and
(2 Weeks)
its regulation, Enzyme inhibition and regulation.
2 Classes
2. Digestive system, digestion and absorption of food.
(1 Week)
3. Vitamins: Physiological action and sources of Vitamin A, D, K and thiamine, 6 Classes
riboflavin, niacin, pantothenic acid, cyanocobalamine, folic acid and ascorbic acid. (3 Weeks)
4. Metabolism: 3 Classes
(a) Carbohydrate: Glycolytic pathway, TCA Cycle. (1.5 Weeks)
(b) Biological oxidation-reduction: Electron transport chain and oxidative phos- 3 Classes
phorylation. (1.5 Weeks)
3 Classes
(c) Lipid: Beta oxidation, biosynthesis of fatty acid and cholesterol.
(1.5 Weeks)
(d) Protein: Transamination, deamination, decarboxylation; urea cycle; Protein bi-
3 Classes
osynthesis, different types of RNA, simple treatment of protein biosynthesis, genet-
(1.5 Weeks)
ic code.
5. Hormones: Effects of insulin, thyroxine and glucocorticoids on cellular 4 Classes
metabolism. (2 Weeks)
Text Books
1. D.L. Nelson & M.M. Cox, Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, W. H. Freeman, New York.
2. J.M. Berg, J.L. Tymoczko and L. Styer, Biochemistry, W. H. Freeman, New York.
Reference Books
1. E.E. Conn and P.K. Stumps, Outlines of Biochemistry, John Willey & Sons.
2. J.L. Howland, Cell physiology,Macmillan, New York.
3. R.K. Murray, D.K. Granner, P.A. Mayes and V.W. Rodwell, Harper’s Illustrated Biochemistry,
McGraw-Hill.
4. US Environmental Protection Agency, Green Chemistry Expert System. http://www.epa.gov/
oppt/ greenchemistry/ pubs/ gcesdownload.html (accessed February 2009).

g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Power
Biochemi Demonstration on a point Class
cal broad knowledge of test,
4 Classes presentatio
1 Aspects enzymes, coenzyme, n, final 1
(2 Weeks)
of and enzymatic Interactive examin
Enzymes reaction mechanisms. discussion. ation
Digestive
Developing Class
system, Lecture on
knowledge about the test,
digestion 2 Classes multimedi
2 digestive system for final 2
and (1 Week) a, Group
the digestion and examin
absorptio discussion.
absorption of food. Textbo ation
n of food
Expanding idea about oks, White
vitamins that are Journa board Class
essential to the ls, illustration test,
3 Vitamins healthy functioning of Scienti 6 Classes , Problem final 3
fic (3 Weeks)
the human body and solving or examin
identify the source of magaz case ation
vitamin A, D, K, etc. ines, studies
Demonstration of differe
general knowledge of nt
metabolism and its search
regulation modes; engine Power
s and Class
comprehension of point
interne 12 Classes presentatio test,
Metabolis reactional
4 t final 4-6
m mechanisms, (6 Weeks) n,
advant examin
representation of main Interactive
age. ation
metabolic pathways of discussion.
proteins, lipids,
nucleic acids and
carbohydrates.
White
board
Designing the Class
illustration
synthesis, chemical test,
Hormone 4 Classes ,
5 structure, secretion, final 7
s (2 Weeks) Brainstor
function, and mode of examin
ming on
action of hormones. ation
class
topics.

Course Title: Applications of Spectroscopic Methods in Chemical

Analysis
a. Course Structure
This course concerns with the underlying principles involved in the interactions of electromagnetic
radiation with matter. It helps students to understand the generation of spectroscopic signals and
spectra. As a consequence, they will be able to analyze molecular spectra and thereby establish
molecular structure.
CLO1 Explain basic principles, relevant terms, working principle, taking spectra, calculating λ
max and outline of UV-Visible spectroscopy.
CLO2 Recall the basic principles of FTIR spectroscopy and identify the functional groups,
geometric isomers as well as monitor chemical reactions.
CLO3 Explain key points relating to instrumentation, sample preparation procedure, signal
acquisition, signal processing, taking spectrum and outline of NMR spectroscopy device.
CLO4 Describe the origin and influence of the major interactions that determine the appearance
of NMR spectra, such as the chemical shift, J-couplings, the dipolar interaction,
quadrupolar couplings and utilize recent NMR techniques (COSY, NOESY, DEPT and
HETCOR).
CLO5 Describe the principle of operation of a mass spectrometer; interpret the mass spectra of
atoms and small molecules containing isotopes.
CLO6 Apply the knowledge for quantitative analysis of samples and elucidate the structure of
unknown compounds from a given set of characteristic spectra.

PLO/CLO PLO1 PLO2 PLO3 PLO4 PLO5 PLO6 PLO7 PLO8
CLO1 √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √
CLO6 √ √ √
Course Title: Applications of Spectroscopic Methods in Chemical Analysis 169


Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Ultraviolet (UV) and Visible (Vis) Spectroscopy: Shifts of bands with solvents,
The isolated double bond, conjugated double bond, conjugated dienes, Woodward-
6 Classes
Fieser rules for calculating λ max, Splitting of electronic energy levelsand
(2 Weeks)
spectroscopic states, spectra of d1 , d2 , d5 , d8 and d9 complexes, Charge transfer
spectra (CT), Calculation of formation constant by UV-vis spectroscopy.
2. Infrared (IR) and Raman Spectroscopy: FT-IR, Application of IR
spectroscopy, Interpretation of IR spectra, Characterization of functional groups
9 Classes
and frequency shifts associated with structural changes-Structure elucidation,
(3 Weeks)
Raman spectroscopy and its application, Combined IR-Raman spectroscopic
studies for structural determination.
3. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy: Nuclear spin, Common nuclei
with spin (1H, 13C, 15N, 19F, 31P), Chemical Shift, Theory of PMR spectroscopy,
Shielding and deshielding, Spin-spin splitting, Coupling constant, Complex spin-
spin splitting, First order and non-first order spectra, Vicinal, geminal, ortho-, para-
and meta- coupling, Proton exchange reactions, Rotation about single bonds,
15 Classes
Variable temperature spectra, Geminal and vicinal coupling-nonequivalence of
(5 Weeks)
protons relaxations, Simplification of complex spectra, LSR & spin decoupling,
New techniques in FT-NMR. NOE-difference spectra, 2D techniques: COSY,
NOESY, HETCOR, 13C spectroscopy, Operating frequency, 1H decoupling, Off
resonance decoupling, Broad band and gated- decoupling DEPT, Special pulse
techniques.
4. Mass Spectrometry: Ionization of a molecule on electron impact, The principles
of mass spectrum, Detection of the presence of the isotopes, Recoganization of
molecular ion peak, Reason for the loss of molecular ion peak, Metastable ions, 6 Classes
Fragmentations: McLafferty rearrangement, Nitrogen rule, Mass spectra of (2 Weeks)
different Classes of organic and organometallic compounds, CI, EI and FAB mass
spectrometry, TOF- techniques.
5. Structure Elucidation: By combined UV, IR, NMR (1H and 13C) and Mass 6 Classes
Spectra. (2 Weeks)
Text Books
1. D.L. Pavia, G.M. Lampman, G.S. Kriz, Introduction to Spectroscopy,
2. Thomson Brooks/Cole.
3. P.S. Kalsi, Spectroscopy of Organic Compounds, New Age.
4. D.H. Williams and I. Fleming, Spectroscopic Methods in Organic
Chemistry, TataMcGraw-Hill, New Delhi.
Reference Books
1. H. Duddeck and W. Dietrich, Structure Elucidation by Modern NMR,
2. Springer Verlag.
3. W. Kemp, Organic Spectroscopy, Macmillan, London.
4. V.R. Dani, Organic Spectroscopy, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing. Company NewDelhi.
5. R. Chang, Basic Principles of Spectroscopy, McGraw Hill.

6. R.M. Silverstein, G.C. Bassler and T.C. Morrill, Spectrometric

7. Identification of Organic compounds, John Wiley.
8. 9. M.R. Islam and M. A. Huq, Modern Mass Spectroscopy (in Bangla), Bangla Academy,
Dhaka.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Describing the Power
Ultraviolet
fundamental point Class
(UV) and
principles of UV- test,
Visible 6 Classes presentatio
1 VIS spectroscopy n, final 1
(Vis) (2 Weeks)
and interpret UV- Interactive examin
Spectroscop
Visible discussion. ation
y
spectroscopy.
Interpreting IR Power
Infrared Class
spectrum and point
(IR) and test,
explaining working 12 Classes presentatio
2 Raman Textbo final 2
principles of the IR, (4 Weeks) n, Video
Spectroscop oks, examin
Raman Presentatio
y Journa ation
spectroscopy. n.
ls,
Explaining the
Scienti
fundamental theory White
fic
Nuclear of NMR analysis board Class
magaz
Magnetic and demonstrate illustration test,
ines, 12 Classes
3 Resonance awareness of the , Problem final 3, 4
differe (4 Weeks)
Spectroscop regions of the NMR solving or examin
nt
y spectrum where case ation
search
various key protons studies
engine
are found.
s and
Power
Describing how interne Class
point
Mass mass spectrometry t test,
4 Spectrometr can be used to advant final 5
(2 Weeks) n,
y identify unknown age. examin
Interactive
compounds. ation
discussion.
White
Demonstration on a board
Class
broad knowledge to illustration
test,
Structure elucidate a 6 Classes ,
5 final 6
elucidation molecular structure (2 Weeks) Brainstor
examin
from spectral data ming on
ation
provided. class
topics.

Course Title: Biophysical Chemistry

a. Course Structure
This course develops the principles of physical chemistry and their applications to the study of the
life sciences, particularly biochemistry and medicine. The resulting combination of the concepts of
physics, chemistry, and biology into an intricate mosaic leads to a unique and exciting
understanding of the processes responsible for life.
CLO1 Assess the advanced concepts of solutions.

CLO2 Describe the transformations of chemical energy into biological system.
CLO3 Explain the glycolytic pathway of glucose under aerobic and anaerobic condition.
CLO4 Design drugs from the study of the enzyme and drugs kinetics.
CLO5 Discuss the compositions and functions of biological membrane.

CLO1 √
CLO2 √ √ √
CLO3 √
CLO4 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Electrolytic and Non-electrolytic Solutions: Electrolyte solutions: A molecular
view of the electrolyte solution process, Thermodynamics of ions in solution,
Enthalpy, Entropy and Gibbs energy of formation of ions in solution.
Nonelectrolyte solution: Partial molar quantities, The thermodynamics of mixing, 6 Classes
Real solutions. Ionic activity: Debye-Huckel theory of electrolytes, The salting-in (3Weeks)
and salting-out effects, Hydration and solvation, Structure breaker and structure
makers, Hydrophilic and hydrophobic interaction, Effects of additives, pHand
ionization on solubility, The solubility parameter.
2. Bioenergetics: Bioenergetics and thermodynamics, Standard free energy change
in biochemical reactions, exergonic, endergonic, The standard states in 6 Classes
biochemistry, ATP-The currency of energy, Hydrolysis of ATP, Synthesis of ATP (3 Weeks)
from ADP, Principles of coupled reactions, Glycolysis, Limitations of
Course Title: Biophysical Chemistry 172

thermodynamics.
3. Enzyme and Drug Kinetics: (a) Enzyme catalysis, Equation of enzyme kinetics,
Michaeles Menten kinetics, Steady state kinetics, significance of Km and Vmax,
Factors affect on enzyme kinetics, Regulations of enzyme-catalyzed reactions rates,
Multisubstrate system: sequential mechanism, the non-sequential mechanism; 10 Classes
Enzyme inhibition: Reversible inhibition, Irreversible inhibition. Allosteric effect. (5 Weeks)
The Hill equation. (b) Pharmacokinetics, Drug-receptor interaction: absorption,
distribution, elimination. Partitioning, Biological activity and partition coefficient,
Occupation theory, C50, Emax.
4. Biological Membrane: Biological membrane: constituent and structure, Fluid
mosaic model, Factors affects the physical properties of membrane, Principles of 6 Classes
membrane transport: active and passive transport, Donnan equilibrium, Dialysis, (2 Weeks)
Equilibrium dialysis.
Text Books
1. R. Chang, Physical chemistry for Biosciences, University Science Books, California, 2005.
2. T. Palmer and P. Bonner, Enzymes, Biochemistry, Biotechnology, Clinical Chemistry (2 nd Edi-
tion), East-West Press Private Limited, New Delhi, 2008.
3. P. Atkins and J. D. Paula, Physical Chemistry for the Life Sciences, W. H. Freemann and Com-
pany, New York. 2006.
Reference Books
1. T. Kenakin, Pharmacological Analysis of Drug-Receptor Interaction, 1998.
2. D. L. Nelson and M. M. Cox, Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, W. H. Freemann and
Company, New York.2017.
3. Alberts, Molecular Biology of the Cell, 6th Edition, Garlands Science. 2015.
4. P.R. Bergethon and F. R. Simons, Biophysical Chemistry, Springer Verlag N.Y. 1990.
5. T. Devasena, Enzymology, Oxford University Press, 2010.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Capability to Textbo
explain the oks, Power
molecular view Journa point Class
Electrolytic
and ls, test,
and Non- 6 Classes presentatio
1 thermodynamic Scienti n, Video final 1
Electrolytic (3Weeks)
aspects of fic Presentati examin
Solutions
electrolyte and magaz on. ation
non-electrolyte ines,
solutions. differe
Explanation of the nt Lecture on Class
Bioenergetic 6 Classes
2 basic difference search multimedi test, 2, 3
s (3 Weeks)
between physical engine a, Video final
Course Title: Biophysical Chemistry 173

chemistry standard s and Presentati examin

state and interne on. ation
Biochemistry t
standard state and advant
familiarizationwith age.
the biological
currency (ATP).
White
Demonstration of board Class
Enzyme and enzyme catalysis, illustration test,
10 Classes
3 Drug drug kinetics and , Problem final 4
(5 Weeks)
Kinetics theories of drug solving or examin
effect. case ation
studies
Developing Power
Class
knowledge about point
test,
Biological composition and 6 Classes presentatio
4 final 5
Membrane functions of (2 Weeks) n,
examin
biological Interactive
ation
membrane. discussion.
Course Title: Electrode Process and Statistical Thermodynamics

a. Course Structure
The objectives of the course are to provide the learners with the knowledgeof electrochemical pro-
cesses, structure of electrodes, mechanism of electrode processes as well as microscopic and mac-
roscopic nature of substances and calculation of thermodynamic properties from microstates.
CLO1 Develop a basic knowledge about electrode-electrolyte interface and electrode process.
CLO2 Design new electrochemical processes for various next generation energy conversion and
storage devices.
CLO3 Describe the physical interpretation of various mathematical and statistical distributions.
CLO4 Evaluate probability distribution of particles in energy states
CLO5 Utilize the concept molecular partition function in determining various thermodynamic
parameters.
CLO6 Apply basic knowledge of ensemble and translational, rotational, vibrational contribution
to enumerate the mean energy and entropy of monoatomic and diatomic molecules.
Course Title: Electrode Process and Statistical Thermodynamics 174


CLO1 √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √
CLO4 √
CLO5 √ √ √
CLO6 √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Theories of Electric Double Layers: Formation of double layer at electrode-
electrolyte interface, Helmholtz theory, Gouy-Chapmann theory, Stern’s theory,
Recent developments in double layer theory, Potential of zero chargeand its signifi- 4 Classes
cance. Adsorption at electrode surface: nature and behavior ofadsorbed ions and (2 Weeks)
molecules at electrodes (Langmuir isotherm), Temkin isothermand heterogeneity of
interaction effects.
2. Some Selected Electrode Processes: Hydrogen evolution reaction, oxygen evo-
lution reaction, Batteries: Design requirements and characteristics of batteries, Pri-
mary batteries, Secondary batteries, Porous gas-diffusion electrodes, The polarity of 6 Classes
batteries, Corrosion and passivity: Phenomenology, pH-potential diagrams, Cur- (3 Weeks)
rent-potential diagrams for corrosion, Mechanism of Corrosion, Potentiostatic be-
havior, Testing of Corrosion, Kinetic origin of passivation effects.
3. Probability Distribution of Particles: Probability and thermodynamic probabil-
ity, Probability distribution of particles in energy states, Configuration and weight,
6 Classes
Instantaneous configuration, Stirling’s formula, Most probable distribution, The
(3 Weeks)
relative population of states, Fermion, Boson, Maxwell-Boltzmann statistics, Bose-
Einstein statistics, Fermi-Dirac statistics.
4. Partition Function: Definition and physical significance of partition function,
Separation of partition function, Translational, Rotational, Vibrational, Electronic,
and total partition function, Relationship between partition functions and thermo-
8 Classes
dynamic functions: The Helmholtz energy, pressure, the enthalpy, the Gibbs ener-
(4 Weeks)
gy. Application of partition function to monoatomic and diatomic molecules: Inter-
nal energy and heat capacity, Statistical expression for equilibrium constant, A dis-
sociation equilibrium, Equipartition of energy.
5. The Internal Energy and Entropy: Mean energies: mean translational, mean
rotational, mean vibrational energy, The statistical entropy, Entropy and the
partition function: The translational, rotational, vibrational contribution, residual
4 Classes
entropies. The entropy of the monoatomic gas. The concept of ensemble: canonical,
(2 Weeks)
grand canonical, micro-canonical ensemble, Fluctuation from the most probable
distribution, Independent, distinguishable and indistinguishable molecule. Specific
heat of solids.

Text Books
1. M. A. Brett Christopher and M. O. Brett, Electrochemistry, Principle, Methods and Applica-
tions, Oxford Science Publications, 2005.
2. A. J. Bard, Electrochemical Methods: Fundamentals and Applications, 2nd Edition, John Wiley
and Sons Inc, 2000.
3. P. Atkins, J. de Paula, and J. Keeler, Physical Chemistry, 11th edition, Oxford University Press,
2018.
4. D. A. McQuarrie, Statistical Mechanics, Viva Books Private Limited, 2003.
Reference Books
1. Raymond Chang, Chemistry, 9th edition, Tata MacGraw Hill. 2007.
2. M. C. Gupta, Statistical Thermodynamics, New Age International Publishers, 1998.
3. N. M. Laurendeau, Statistical Thermodynamics: Fundamentals and Applications, Cambridge
University Press, 2005.
4. Gurdeep Raj, Advanced Physical Chemistry, Goel Publishing House, 2007.
5. S. Glasstone, An Introduction to Electrochemistry, Affiliated East West Press Private Limited,
1942.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Basic knowledge of Power
electrode-electrolyte point Class
Theories of
interface and its test,
Electric 4 Classes presentatio
1 significance in Textbo final 1
Double (2 Weeks) n, Video
various oks, Presentatio examin
Layers
electrochemical Journa n. ation
processes. ls,
Illustration of the Scienti
passivity and fic Lecture on Class
Some
corrosion magaz multimedi test,
Selected 6 Classes
2 phenomena of ines, a, Video final 2
Electrode (3 Weeks)
metals and differe Presentatio examin
Processes
fabrication energy nt n. ation
storage devices. search
Concepts of engine
statistical s and White
thermodynamics, interne board Class
Probability probability t illustration test,
6 Classes
3 Distribution distribution of advant , Problem final 3, 4
(3 Weeks)
of Particles particles and the age. solving or examin
relationship case ation
between studies
macroscopic and

microscopic
properties of matter.
Demonstration of
Power
partition function Class
point
and its role in test,
Partition 8 Classes presentatio
4 determining various final 5
Function (4 Weeks) n,
thermodynamic examin
Interactive
parameters of the ation
discussion.
systems.
White
board
Class
Significances of illustration
The Internal test,
ensembles to find 4 Classes ,
5 Energy and final 6
the energy and (2 Weeks) Brainstor
Entropy examin
entropy of the state. ming on
ation
class
topics.
Course Title: Environmental Chemistry

a. Course Structure
This course is designed for the students to promote knowledge of fundamental chemical processes
related to environmental problems and utilization of this knowledge for mitigation of these
problems.
CLO1 Describe the basic concepts of different biochemical cycles.

CLO2 Discuss the chemistry of air environment, different types of pollutant and their sources.
CLO3 Describe the basic concepts and principles of the greenhouse effect, the sources and sinks
of the family of greenhouse gases and there implication for climate changes.
CLO4 Explain the chemistry of the stratospheric ozone layer and the ozone depletion processes
and their impact on the environment
CLO5 Describe the source of water pollution and measuring technique of DO, BOD, COD.
CLO6 Discuss the different types of fertilizers, insecticides and pesticides, their impact on the
environment.
CLO7 Explain the different types of wastes, the waste treatment methods, waste utilization, and
waste recycling.
Course Title: Environmental Chemistry 177


CLO1 √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √ √ √
CLO4 √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √
CLO6 √
CLO7 √ √ √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Biogeochemical Cycles: Carbon transport in the major world rivers with
6 Classes
particular reference to Bangladesh, Sulphur and nitrogen cycles, Biogeochemical
(2 Weeks)
parameters of different soil zones of Bangladesh.
2. Chemistry of the Air Environment: Composition of atmosphere, Types of
chemical pollutants in air and their sources, Chemical and photochemical reactions
3 Classes
and their consequent effects; Environmental effects of oxides of carbon, nitrogen
(1 Week)
and sulfur, hydrocarbons and ozone, Metallic particulates in the atmosphere, The
automobiles as polluter, Acid rain, Environmental radioactivity.
3. Green House Effect (Global Warming and its mechanism): Greenhouses
gases, Sources and sinks, Green house potential of different gases, Consequences of 6 Classes
greenhouses effect: global and Bangladesh perspective, Remedial actions to be (2 Weeks)
taken for offsetting the greenhouse effect.
4. Ozone Layer Depletion: Causes and mechanism, CFC’s and their role,
Chemical formulae of CFCs from numbers chemistry of ozone depletion in
3 Classes
stratosphere, ODP, Implications of Ozone depletion, Remedial Measures, Montreal
(1 Weeks)
treaty and other international treaties for protecting the ozone layer, Air particulate
matters, Aerosols: theirs primary sources and effects on human health.
5. Chemistry of the Water Environment: Sources of water pollution, Classes of
polluted water, Standard for drinking water, Measuring DO, BOD, COD, and DOC,
9 Classes
Mobilization of arsenic in ground water, Arsenic and human health, Bangladesh
(3 Weeks)
scenario, Oceanic dumping, Effects of pollution on oceans, Sewerage and its
effects, Sewerage treatment.
6. Environmental Pollution in Agriculture: Definition and types; Structure and
properties of different pesticides, Mode of action of pesticides, Toxicity, Toxicity
rate, MLD, LD50, and pT, Behavior of pesticides in soil, Organochlorine
compounds, Organophosphates and carbamates, Effects of pesticides on 6 Classes
environment, Integrated pest management (IPM), Environment friendly insecticide (2 Weeks)
and pesticides. Agro-chemicals, uses and misuses, Bangladesh perspective, Need
for the development and use of comprehensive slow release chemical fertilizers,
Micronutrients in soil.
7. Waste Treatment: General understanding of waste in society, Wastes in various 9 Classes
industries, Carriers of wastes: solid, water and other liquids and gas, General (3 Weeks)

principles of waste treatment, Treatment in dye, tanning and other industries

relevant to Bangladesh, Municipal and industrial wastes, Waste utilization,
Recycling strategy: principles and practice, environmental laws & acts.
Text Books
1. Stanley E. Manahan, Fundamentals of Environmental Chemistry, CRC Press.
2. L.T. Pryde, Environmental Chemistry, Cummins.
Reference Books
1. R.W. Raiswell, P. Brimblecombe, D.L. Dent and P.S. Liss, Environmental Chemistry, Wiley.
2. J.W. Moore and E. A. Moore, Environmental Chemistry, Academic Press.
5. Werner Stumm and James J. Morgan, Aquatic Chemistry, Wiley-Interscience.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Power
Describing the point Class
Biogeoche different types of test,
1 mical biochemical cycles n, final 1
(2 Weeks)
Cycles and their Interactive examin
applications. discussion. ation
Textbo
oks, Class
Chemistry Lecture on
Identification of Journa 3 Classes multimedi test,
of the Air
2 pollutants and their ls, final 2
Environmen (1 Week) a, Group
sources. Scienti examin
t discussion.
fic ation
magaz White
Determination the ines, board Class
Green greenhouse gases differe 6 Classes illustration test,
3 House and their nt , Problem final 3
(2 Weeks)
Effect implication for search solving or examin
climate change. engine case ation
s and studies
Explaining the interne Power
chemistry of the t Class
point
Ozone stratospheric ozone advant 3 Classes presentatio test,
4 Layer layer and the ozone age. final 4
(1 Week) n,
Depletion depletion processes examin
Interactive
and their impact on ation
discussion.
the environment.
Chemistry Recognizing the White Class
9 Classes
5 of the source of water board test, 5
(3 Weeks)
Water pollution and illustration final

Environmen measuring , examin

t technique of DO, Brainstor ation
BOD, COD. ming on
class
topics.
Power
Identification of
point
eco-friendly Class
Environmen presentatio
fertilizers, test,
tal Pollution 6 Classes n,
6 insecticides and final 6
in (2 Weeks) Discussing
pesticides, their examin
Agriculture keywords
impact on the ation
of class
environment.
topics.
Demonstration of
Lecture on
deep knowledge of Class
multimedi
different methods of 9 Classes a, Problem test,
Waste
7 waste treatment (3 Weeks) solving or final 7
Treatment
methods, waste examin
case
utilization, and ation
studies
waste recycling.
Course Title: Green Chemistry

a. Course Structure
This course is designed for the students to study the basic concept of green chemistry, green up the
environment, and improve health and safety for staff and customers.
CLO1 Recapitulate the sustainable development and green chemistry, green engineering and
compare the green chemistry and environmental chemistry.
CLO2 Identify the percent of the yield of a reaction, E-factor, atom economy and explain how to
minimize waste and production cost.
CLO3 Design safer chemicals, solvents and auxiliaries.
CLO4 Describe the role of catalysis in green chemistry.
CLO5 Illustrate how to green up a chemical reaction.
CLO6 Design less hazardous chemical synthesis process.
CLO7 Apply how to use renewable resources.
Course Title: Green Chemistry 180


CLO1 √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √
CLO6 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO7 √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Principles and Concepts of Green Chemistry: Introduction, Theory and prac-
4 Classes
tice, Sustainable development and green chemistry, Green engineering, Difference
(2 Weeks)
between green chemistry and environmental chemistry.
2. Atom Economy and Waste Prevention: Percent of yield of a reaction, E- 4 Classes
factor, A measure of the efficiency of a reaction, Waste-minimization techniques. (2 Weeks)
3. Ionic Liquids and Energy Efficiency: Organic solvents, Safer solvents and
4 Classes
auxiliaries, Supercritical fluids, Water as a reaction solvent, Solvent free synthesis,
(2 Weeks)
Design for energy efficiency.
4. Catalysis and Green Chemistry: Introduction to catalysis, Role of catalysis, 4 Classes
Catalytic reactions and synthesis, Biocatalysis, Photocatalysis. (2 Weeks)
5. Greening up the Suzuki Reaction: Suzuki reaction and its application, Limita- 2 Classes
tions of Suzuki reaction, Recent works to greening up Suzuki reaction. (1 Week)
6. Sonochemistry and Microwave Assisted Synthesis: Introduction, Ultrasound,
Principles of sonochemistry; Sonochemical synthesis, Microwave as energy 6 Classes
source, Microwave as a tool for synthetic chemistry, Limitations of microwave (3 Weeks)
chemistry, Application of microwave in organic synthesis.
7. Energy and Chemicals from Renewable Resources: Energy from biomass,
4 Classes
Solar power, Biosynthesis of ethanol from molasses, Chemicals from fatty acids,
(2 Weeks)
Adipic acid, Maleic acid, Glycerol and sorbitol from natural resources.
Text Books
1. R.A. Sheldon, I. Arends and U. Hanefeld, Green Chemistry and Catalysis, Wiley-VCH.
2. M. Lancaster, Green Chemistry: An introductory text, Third edition, Royal Society of Chemis-
try.
3. S.C. Ameta and R. Ameta, Green Chemistry: Fundamentals and applications, CRC Press, Taylor
& Francis Group.
Reference Books
1. P.T. Anastas and J.C. Warner, Green Chemistry: Theory and Practice, Oxford University Press:
New York, 1998, p.30. By permission of Oxford University Press.
2. J.E. Thompson, Biosynthesis of Ethanol from Molasses, Science Division, Lane Community
College,2006.

g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teachi
Chapter Topics ng
Tools
que CLOs
Assessment of
the impact of
White board Class
chemistry in the
illustration, test,
Green environment and 4 Classes
1 Power point final 1
Chemistry acquire (2 Weeks)
presentation examin
knowledge about
. ation
Green
Chemistry.
Identifying atom White board Class
Atom
economy, E- illustration, test,
Economy 4 Classes
2 factor and % of Power point final 2
and Waste (2 Weeks)
yield of a presentation examin
Prevention
reaction. Textbo . ation
Concepts to oks,
White board Class
design safer Journa
Ionic Liquids illustration, test,
chemicals, ls, 4 Classes
3 and Energy Power point final 3
solvents and Scienti (2 Weeks)
Efficiency presentation examin
auxiliaries. fic
. ation
magazi
nes, White board Class
Application of
Catalysis and differe illustration, test,
the role of 4 Classes
4 Green nt Power point final 4
catalysis in green (2 Weeks)
Chemistry search presentation examin
chemistry.
engine . ation
Fundamental s and White board Class
Greening up concepts to interne illustration, test,
2 Classes
5 the Suzuki greening up a t Power point final 5
(1 Week)
Reaction chemical advant presentation examin
reaction. age. . ation
Concepts to
Sonochemistr design and utilize White board Class
y and the less illustration, test,
6 Classes
6 Microwave hazardous Power point final 6
(3 Weeks)
Assisted chemical presentation examin
Synthesis synthesis . ation
process.
Energy and Class
Advanced
Chemicals Power point test,
knowledge to use 4 Classes
7 from presentation final 7
renewable (2 Weeks)
Renewable . examin
resources.
Resources ation

Course Title: Theoretical Organic Chemistry

a. Course Structure
This course provides an introduction for students with a limited mathematical background, and an
understanding of quantum chemistry as applied to solve problems in organic chemistry.
Furthermore, to correlate energy in chemical reactions, systematic variation in physical, chemical
and biological properties of organic molecules and systematic variation in their molecular structure.
CLO1 Develop the background concepts on acid-bases to apply theoretical knowledge involved
in it and explain the principle and practice of catalysis.
CLO2 Apply the basic concepts of quantum mechanics to organic chemistry.
CLO3 Determine geometries and electronic structures of organic compounds and explain the
effect of substituent on organic molecules.
CLO4 Explain the chemistry of organic free radicals including generation, properties and
reactivity of radicals and their structural aspects as well as mechanistic and synthetic
aspects of their principal reactions.
CLO5 Illustrate reaction conditions, product formation and mechanism of some rearrangement
reactions.
CLO6 Identify the σ and π levels, their corresponding anti-bonding levels while drawing a
correlation diagram.
CLO7 Describe the molecular orbital symmetry and the possibility of thermally and
photochemically pericyclic reactions and state the synthetic importance of them.
CLO8 Demonstrate an understanding of excited states with the application of group theory to
photochemical problems and analyze photochemical reactions of certain homologous
organic compounds.

CLO1 √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √ √
CLO4 √ √
CLO5 √ √
CLO6 √ √
CLO7 √ √
CLO8 √
Course Title: Theoretical Organic Chemistry 183


Duration of
Topics
the Courses
1. Acids and Bases: Effect of solvents on the strength of acids and bases,
Hammett’s acidity function, Grunwald-Acidity scale, Effect of structure on the
6 Classes
strength of acids and bases, Acid base catalysis: specific and general acid catalysis,
(2 Weeks)
specific base catalysis, Brönsted catalysis law, Mechanism of acid and base
catalysis.
2. Structure and Reactivity: Quantitative treatment, The Hammett-Equation,
Significance of σx and ρ, Modification of σ, σx+, σx-, Yukuwa-Tsuno equation, Taft 9 Classes
equation, Solvent effect, Grunwald-Winstein equation, Dirmoroth’s Erparameter, (3 Weeks)
Uses of Hammett plots, Spectroscopic correlations, Thermodynamic implication.
3. Free Radical Reaction: Long lived and short-lived free radicals: production and
detection of free radicals, configuration of free radicals, type of free radical
reactions and general characteristics, Homolysis and free radical displacements: free 6 Classes
radical halogenation, iodine exchange reactions, Sandmeyer reaction, additions and (2 Weeks)
rearrangements of free radicals, polymerization, Homolytic elimination and
cyclizations.
4. Rearrangement Reactions: Electron deficient skeletal rearrangement,
Mechanism and energy diagram of 1,2-shift, Non-classical carbonium ion,
Detection and stereochemistry of rearrangement, Migration to carbon: Wagner- 9 Classes
Meerwein, pinacol, and related rearrangements, Migration to nitrogen: Hofmann (3 Weeks)
Lossens, Curtius Schmidt, Beckmann rearrangements, Electron rich
rearrangements, Setevens-Favorskii rearrangements, Transannular reactions.
5. Orbital Symmetry Controlled Reactions: Frontier Orbital concept, T.S.
concept-Huckel & Mobius T.Sr., Correlation diagram, Electrophilic reaction, 6 Classes
Sigmatropic reaction, Analysis of electrophile, Cycloaddition and sigmatropic (2 Weeks)
reactions, Anionic Oxy-Cope reactions, Cope and Claisen rearrangements.
6. Photochemistry: Theory of photochemistry, Electronic transitions,
Photosensitization by energy transfer, Photoaddition Photoreduction, Substitution 6 Classes
reactions fragmentation and rearrangement, Photochemical reactions of conjugated (2 Weeks)
aromatic and heterocyclic systems, Configuration free radical detection, etc.
Text Books
1. F. Carey and J.R. Sundberg, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Part A & B, Plennum Press, New
York and London.
2. T.H. Lowry and K.S. Richardson, Mechanism and Theory in Organic Chemistry, Harper
Collins Publishers, Inc., New York.
3. M.B. Smith, Organic Synthesis, McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York.
4. P. Sykes, A Guide Book to Mechanism in Organic Chemistry, Longman.
5. J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, McGraw-Hill.
Reference Books
1. J. Hine, Physical Organic Chemistry, McGraw-Hill.
2. C.K. Ingold, Structure and Mechanism in Organic Chemistry, Bell & Sons, Ltd., London.
3. D.C. Nonhebel and J.C. Walton, Free Radical Chemistry, Cambridge Univ. Press.

4. P de Mayo, Molecular Rearrangement, Inter Science.

5. J. Kopecký, Organic Photochemistry: A Visual Approach, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH.
6. Gilchrist, Orbital Symmetry.
7. E.S., Structure and Mechanism in Organic Chemistry.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Defining acid-base
theory and White
Class
application of board
test,
Acids and acid-base concepts 6 Classes illustration
1 final 1
Bases to complex (2 Weeks) ,
examin
organic and Interactive
ation
biochemical discussion.
reaction systems.
Developping the
basic knowledge Power
Class
of the quantitative Textbo point
test,
Structure and explanation of oks, 9 Classes presentatio
2 final 2, 3
Reactivity reactions regarding Journa (3 Weeks) n, Open
examin
Hammett and Taft ls, textbook
ation
equation, Yukuwa- Scienti study.
Isuno equation. fic
magaz Power
• Recognizing the
ines, point
characteristics,
differe presentatio Class
electron structure
nt n, test,
Free Radical and describing 6 Classes
3 search Showing final 4
Reaction generation, detec- (2 Weeks)
animated examin
tion and mecha- engine
s and reaction ation
nism of free radi-
interne mechanis
cals.
t m.
Application of the advant
classical and non- age. Class
classical Lecture on
test,
Rearrangeme carbonium ion in 9 Classes multimedi
4 final 5
nt Reactions organic reactions (3 Weeks) a, Story
examin
and study the telling.
ation
stereochemistry of
rearrangement.
Orbital Demonstration of White Class
Symmetry orbital symmetry- 6 Classes board test,
5 6, 7
Controlled controlled (2 Weeks) illustration final
Reactions reactions. , Video examin

Presentati ation
on.
Explaining the
stabilities of Power
Assign
organic free point
ment,
Photochemist radicals and 6 Classes presentatio
6 final 8
ry photochemical (2 Weeks) n, Open
examin
effects on textbook
ation
chemical study.
reactions.
Course Title: Chemistry of Natural Products

a. Course Structure
This course is designed for the students to impart adequate knowledge on the modern chemistry of
naturally occurring important bioactive products.
CLO1 Explain different types and distinctive features of natural products by chemical and
spectroscopic methods.
CLO2 Classify, extract and purify alkaloids with more familiar modern organic techniques and
interpret their structure by chemical and spectroscopic methods.
CLO3 Formulate and analyze the structure, reactivity and properties of terpenoids.
CLO4 Describe the characterization of different steroids, hormones, anthocyanins, flavones,
xanthenes and naturally occurring colored compounds (chlorophyll and hemoglobin) by
chemical and physical methods.
CLO5 Discuss the chemistry of pheromones and explain the activity on biological system.
CLO6 Elucidate the structure of penicillin and chloramphenicol with physical, chemical and
spectroscopic methods and explain the medicinal importance.

CLO1 √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √
Course Title: Chemistry of Natural Products 186

CLO4 √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √
CLO6 √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Natural Products: Definition, Occurrence and importance of some natural
2 Classes
products, General methods of isolation, Purification and determination of structure
(1 Week)
of natural products by chemical and spectroscopic methods.
2. Alkaloids: Occurrence, Classification, Extraction and purification of alkaloids,
4 Classes
General methods of determining structure, Chemistry of ephedrine, Atropine and
(2 Weeks)
cocaine, Biosynthesis of alkaloids.
3. Terpenoids: The essential oils, Classification of terpenes, Isoprene rule,
Isolation and purification, General methods of determining structures of terpenes,
6 Classes
Detailed studies of some monoterpenes, (i) acyclic monoterpenes: myrcene, citral,
(3 Weeks)
(ii) monocyclic monoterpenes like limonene, (iii) bicyclic monoterpenes like α-
pinene, camphor, Biosynthesis of monoterpenes.
4. Steroids and Hormones: Introduction of steroids and hormones, Nomenclature
and functions of steroids and hormones, Structure of cholesterol and its effect in 6 Classes
biological systems, Steroidal hormones and glycoisides, Natural and synthetic (3 Weeks)
hormones.
5. Flavonoids: Anthocyanins, flavones, Xanthenes and other derivatives. Naturally 4 Classes
occurring coloured compounds: Chlorophyll and hemoglobin. (2 Weeks)
6. Pheromones: Pheromones, Their stereo-specificity and action in biological 2 Classes
systems. (1 Week)
4 Classes
7. Antibiotics: Chemistry of penicillin and chloramphenicol.
(2 Weeks)
Text Books
1. I.L. Finar, Organic Chemistry Vol. II, Longmans, Green & Co.
2. K.B.G. Torssell, Natural Product Chemistry, John Wiley and Sons, New York.
3. G.A. Wawan, An Introduction to the Alkaloids, Blackwell.
Reference Books
2. P. de Mayo, Mono &Sesqui-terpenes, Inter Science.
3. S.W. Pettetier, Chemistry of the Alkaloids, von Nostrand Renihold.
4. Fleming, Selected Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, New York.
5. P.S. Kalsi, Natural Product Chemistry, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.
6. O.P. Agarwal, Chemistry of Organic Natural Products, Vol I & II, Goel Publishing House.
7. Agarwal Vol. I & II.

g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Power
Class
Development of point
test,
Natural the fundamental 2 Classes presentatio
final
1 Products concepts of natural (1 Week) n, 1
examin
product chemistry. Interactive
ation
discussion.
White
Basic knowledge board Class
of the extraction, illustration test,
isolation, structural 4 Classes , final
elucidation, and (2 Weeks) Discussing examin
2 Alkaloids 2
chemistry of keywords ation
alkaloids. Textbo of class
oks, topics.
Journa White
Describing ls, board Class
isolation, Scienti illustration test,
purification, and fic 6 Classes
, Problem final
3 Terpenoids structural magaz (3 Weeks) 3
solving or examin
elucidation of ines, case ation
terpenoids differe studies
nt Power
Demonstration and search Class
point
recognition of the engine test,
Steroids and structure of s and final 4
(3 Weeks) n,
4 Hormones steroids and interne examin
Interactive
hormones. t ation
discussion.
advant White
age. board
illustration
chemistry of test,
4 Classes ,
flavonoids and its final
5 Flavonoids (2 Weeks) Brainstor 4
source, structure examin
ming on
and applications. ation
class
topics.
Power
Description of Class
point
stereo-specificity test,
and biological final
6 Pheromones (1 Week) n, 5
activity of examin
Discussing
pheromones. ation
keywords

of class
topics.
Discussing the Power
point Class
chemistry of
test,
antibiotics, 4 Classes presentatio 6
n, final
7 Antibiotics structure (2 Weeks)
Interactive examin
determination, and
applications. discussion. ation
Course Title: Identification of Organic Compounds (Laboratory)

a. Course Structure
Viva-voce : 10
This course is designed for the students to perform and identify functional groups in organic
compounds and the structure of organic compounds by chemical and spectroscopic methods.
CLO1 Undertake independent safety assessments of experiments and acquire the basic idea of the
physical properties of organic compounds.
CLO2 Detect and analyze the systematic qualitative analysis of elements.
CLO3 Test the solubility of organic compounds and identify the different classes of organic
compounds using solubility measurements.
CLO4 Detect functional groups of organic compounds efficiently and professionally with some
characteristic reactions.
CLO5 Connect theory and practice to find appropriate methods, collect data and make choices
about the appropriate manipulation of that data.
CLO6 Determine the melting and boiling points of organic compounds.
CLO7 Establish the structure using physical, chemical and spectroscopic methods, contextualize
findings, and report results to a high technical standard.

CLO1 √ √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √
Course Title: Identification of Organic Compounds (Laboratory) 189

CLO4 √ √
CLO5 √ √
CLO6 √
CLO7 √ √ √ √

1. Physical appearance. 3 Hours/Week (1 Week)
2. Elemental analysis. 3 Hours/Week (3 Weeks)
3. Solubility test. 3 Hours/Week (1 Week)
4. Functional group analysis: By (a) chemical methods, (b)
Spectroscopic methods. (i) carboxylic acids, (ii) aldehydes and
ketones, (iii) alcohols and phenols, (iv) esters, (v) amines, (vi) amides
and substituted amides, (vii) nitro compounds (viii) nitriles, (ix)
unsaturated compounds, (x) hydrocarbons, (xi) halogenated
compounds, (xii) organosulphur compounds.
5. Literature survey. 3 Hours/ Week (1 Week)
6. Determination of physical constants of organic compounds (b.p.,
m.p. and mixed m.p).
7. Naming of the identified compounds. 3 Hours/Week (1 Week)
Text Books
1. H.T. Clarke, B. Haynes, E.C. Brick, G.C. Shone, Hand Book of Organic Analysis, Quantitative
and Qualitative, Edward Arnold, 5th Edition.
2. R.L. Shriner, R.C. Fuson, and D.Y. Curtin, Systematic Identification of Organic Compounds,
John Wiley Sons, Inc, New York, London, Sydney.
Reference Books
New York, 1987.
2. B.S. Furniss Vogel’s Text Book of Practical Organic Chemistry, ELBS with Longman, 5th
Edition.
g. Course Outline
Align
Teach
Specific Time Teaching Assessment ment
Chapter Topics ing
outcome Frame Strategy Technique to
Tools
CLOs
Observing Instru Report
Laboratory
physical ments, 3 hours/ writing,
Physical overview,
1 appearance of Glass Week Quiz, Oral, 1
appearance Demonstrati
organic wares, (1 Week) Lab final
ons.
compounds. Chem examination
2 Elemental Applying icals 3 hours/ Conduct-ing Report 2

analysis knowledge to and Week experi-ment, writing,

find out the Practi (3 Weeks) Preparing an Quiz, Oral,
elements cal outline of the Lab final
present in the books. lab activities. examination
organic
compounds.
Performing Conduct-ing Report
how to test 3 hours/ experi-ment, writing,
Solubility
3 solubility of Week Asking and Quiz, Oral, 3
test
organic (1 Week) answering Lab final
compounds. questions. examination
Application of
spectroscopic
techniques for
the Conduct-ing Report
Functional identification of 3 hours/ experi-ment, writing,
4 group functional Week Problem Quiz, Oral, 4
analysis groups and (5 Weeks) solving of Lab final
elucidation of experiments. examination
the structure of
an organic
compound.
Laboratory
Reading and
overview
understanding Report
and
scientific 3 hours/ writing,
Literature demonstratio
5 literature Week Quiz, Oral, 5
survey ns,
related to (1 Week) Lab final
Problem
chemistry examination
solving of
topics.
experiments.
Determinati
on of
Characterizatio
physical Conduct-ing Report
n of organic
constants of 3 hours/ experi-ment, writing,
molecules by
6 organic Week Preparing an Quiz, Oral, 6
physical means,
compounds (2 Weeks) outline of the Lab final
including m.p,
(b.p., m.p. lab activities. examination
b.p.
and mixed
m.p.)
Determination
Conduct-ing Report
Naming of of the final
3 hours/ experi-ment, writing,
the structure of the
7 Week Problem Quiz, Oral, 7
identified compound with
(1 Week) solving of Lab final
compounds IUPAC
experiments. examination
naming.

Course Title: Chemistry Research Methodology

a. Course Structure
This course is designed for the students to develop an understanding of chemistry research and
apply them to solve the real world problems connected with their specific interest.
CLO1 Explain the key concepts about research process, objectives and questions.
CLO2 Select thesis topic and explain its significance and propose the methodology to be used in
the research.
CLO3 Review scientific journals and gatheressential information.
CLO4 Design their research projects.
CLO5 Develop the fundamental concepts on types of sampling procedures.
CLO6 Demonstrate their ability to write a scientific research proposal.
CLO7 Prepare chemistry research papers and reports correctcly and concisely.

CLO1 √ √ √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √
CLO5 √
CLO6 √ √ √ √
CLO7 √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Fundamentals of Research: Aim and scope, Brief idea about research, Research
6 Classes
process, Research objectives, Research question and hypothesis, Research problem
(3 Weeks)
and Non-research problem.
2. Literature Review: Chemical abstract review, Journals related to chemical 4 Classes
science. (2 Weeks)
3. Research Design: Research design and its types, Experimental and non- 4 Classes
experimental design, Validity in experiments. (2 Weeks)
4. Sample Design: Sample design, Types of sampling procedures. 4 Classes
Course Title: Chemistry Research Methodology 192

(2 Weeks)
4 Classes
5. Research Proposal: Proposal development, Components of research proposal.
(2 Weeks)
6. Writing scientific papers and reports: Format of scientific report, Details of 6 Classes
writing scientific report. (3 Weeks)
Text Books
1. W.G. Cochran and G.M. Cox, Experimental Design, John Wiley and Sons Inc., London.
2. M. Nurul Islam, (2011), An Introduction to Research Methods (2nd ed.), Mullick and Brothers,
New Market, Dhaka.
3. M. Nurul Islam, (2011), An Introduction to Sampling Methods (Rev. ed.), Mullick and Brothers,
New Market, Dhaka.
Reference Book
1. O.N. Bishop, Statistics for Biology, A Practical Guides for the Experimental Biologists, Long-
man, UK.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teachi
Chapter Topics ng
outcome Frame Strategy Techn to
Tools
ique CLOs
Development of White board Class
the fundamental illustration, test,
Fundamental 6 Classes
1 knowledge of Problem final 1,2
s of Research (3 Weeks)
chemistry solving or exami
Textbo
research. case studies nation
oks,
Class
Collecting and Journa Power point
test,
Literature recording vital ls, 4 Classes presentation,
2 final 3
Review information after Scienti (2 Weeks) Interactive
exami
literature review. fic discussion.
nation
magazi
White board Class
nes,
illustration, test,
Research Outlining a differe 4 Classes
3 Brainstormin final 4
Design research project. nt (2 Weeks)
g on class exami
search
topics. nation
engine
Power point Class
s and
presentation, test,
Sample Identifying the interne 4 Classes
4 Discussing final 5
Design sample size. t (2 Weeks)
keywords of exami
advant
age.
Describing the Lecture on Class
Research essential 4 Classes multimedia, test,
5 6
Proposal components of a (2 Weeks) Problem final
research solving or exami
Course Title: Chemistry Research Methodology 193

proposal. case studies nation

Power point Class
Writing
Preparing a presentation, test,
Scientific 6 Classes
6 scientific report, Discussing final 7
Papers and (3 Weeks)
thesis, or paper. keywords of exami
Reports
Course Title: Colloid and Surface Chemistry

a. Course Structure
The objectives associated with this course are to provide insights about colloid, properties of
colloid, surfactant and its aggregation and adsorption properties, surface and interfacial properties,
and some surface characterization techniques.
CLO1 Extend knowledge about various types of colloid, and its characteristics features.
CLO2 Develop fundamental concepts on surfactant and thermodynamics of surfactant-based
system.
CLO3 Critique about surface phenomena and different adsorption models on a foreign surface.
CLO4 Analyze the thermodynamic relation in surface reactions.
CLO5 Recognize different thin film synthesis techniques.

CLO1 √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √
CLO4 √ √
CLO5 √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Colloids: General method of preparation of colloids. Classification and gen-
6 Classes
eral properties of Colloids. Solubility of colloid. Electrokinetic phenomena: Elec-
(3 Weeks)
trical double layer, Zeta potential, Electro-osmosis, Electrophoresis and Electro-
Course Title: Colloid and Surface Chemistry 194

dialysis. Properties of gels, Colloidal electrolytes.
2. Surfactants and aggregation : Surfactants, structure and solution behavior of

surfactants, Classification of surfactants, Micelle, Electrical double layer, Gouy
Chapman theory, the diffuse double layer, micellar structure and shape, micellar
aggregation numbers, Critical Micelle Concentration (CMC), Determination of
6 Classes
CMC, Effects of different factors on CMC, Micelle ionization and thermodynam-
(3 Weeks)
ics of micellization, Reverse micelle, Emulsions: preparation, types, specific
properties and solubility. Microemulsion. Uses of colloids and emulsions. solubil-
ization of solutions of surfactant; thermodynamics of mixed aqueous micellar sys-
tems.
3. Surface Phenomena: Sorption: Absorption and Adsorption. Adsorption on
solid surfaces. Techniques for measurements of adsorption on solid from the gas 6 Classes
phase. Different types of adsorption isotherms for gas-solid system: Freundlich, (3 Weeks)
Langmuir & BET isotherms. Effect of temperature on adsorption.
4. Chemistry of Interface: Thermodynamic description of interface. Interfacial
tension at a plane surface. Gibb's adsorption equation. Determination of surface
excess concentration. Electrocapillary phenomenon. Surface films: Self- 4 Classes
assembled monolayer. Single layer and Multilayer films. Langmuir film, Lang- (2 Weeks)
muir-Blodgett films, Layer-by-Layer (LbL) films: their preparation and character-
ization.
5. Introduction of Surface Characterization Tools: Atomic Force Microscopy
(AFM), X-ray photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS), Scanning Electron Microscope
6 Classes
(SEM), Scanning Tunneling Microscope (STEM), Energy-dispersive X-ray
(3 Weeks)
spectroscopy (EDS, EDX, or XEDS), X-ray reflectivity (XRR), Near edge X-ray
absorption fine structure spectroscopy (NEXAFS), X-ray fluorescence (XRF)
Text Books
1. P. Atkins and J. Paula, J. Keeeler, Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, (11th edition) Oxford
University press.
2. Physical Chemistry of Surfaces, Adamso, Wiley, N.Y.
3. Surfactant and Interfacial Phenomena, M. J. Rosen, Wiley, Interscience, New York.
4. Micelles- Theoretical and applied aspects, yoshikiyoMorori,Pleum press, New York.
Reference Books
1. P. Atkins and J. Paula , Physical Chemistry for the Life Sciences, (2nd edition), W. H.
Freeman and Company New York.
Pvt. Ltd.
5. Anthony R. West, Solid State Chemistry and its Applications, Wiley.
Course Title: Colloid and Surface Chemistry 195

g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Extending the
Power
knowledge about Class
point
Colloid, test,
1 Colloids preparation and final 1
(3 Weeks) n, Video
fundamental examin
Presentatio
properties of ation
n
colloids and gels.
Summarizing the
properties, Textbo
Class
classification, and oks, Lecture on
Surfactants test,
mechanism of Journa 6 Classes multimedi
2 and final 2
surfactant and ls, (3 Weeks) a, Group
Aggregation examin
thermodynamics Scienti discussion.
ation
of micelle, fic
emulsions. magaz
Empolying ines, Class
Lecture on
different differe test,
Surface 6 Classes multimedi
3 techniques for nt final 3
Phenomena (3 Weeks) a, Group
measuring surface search examin
discussion.
phenomena. engine ation
Describing the s and Power
Class
thermodynamics interne point
test,
Chemistry of of interface and t 4 Classes presentatio
4 final 4
Interface surface film advant (2 Weeks) n,
examin
formation age. Interactive
ation
methods. discussion.
Power
Applying the point Class
Introduction
principles of the presentatio test,
of Surface 6 Classes
5 various surface n, Problem final 5
characterizati (3 Weeks)
characterization solving or examin
on Tools
techniques. case ation
studies.
Course Title: Solid State Chemistry and Crystallography

a. Course Structure
Course Title: Solid State Chemistry and Crystallography 196

This course is designed for the students to learn about several topics of solid state chemistry such
as classification of solids, chemical crystrallography and impart knowledge on band theory of
solids, defects, thermal and electrical conductivity and promote the concept of solid state symmetry
CLO1 Classify solids and crystals.

CLO2 Describe the principle types of solid state symmetry including point group symmetry
elements and how this relates the crystallographic space group.
CLO3 Analyze information from various structure characterization methods and utilize powder
X-ray diffraction data for phase identification.
CLO4 Describe the roles of crystal defects, doping and non-stoichiometry.
CLO5 Explain crystal structure of different ionic materials and band theory of solids.

CLO1 √ √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Solids: Crystalline and amorphous solids, distinction between crystalline and
4 Classes
amorphous solids, molecular crystal, covalent crystals, ionic crystals, metallic crys-
(2 Weeks)
tals, hydrogen bonding in crystals; Born-Haber cycle.
2. Chemical Crystallography: Structure of crystal, unit cell: different types of unit
cell, calculation of number of atoms in unit cell, radius ratio and coordination num-
ber; symmetry of elements: plane of symmetry, axis of symmetry, centre of sym- 6 Classes
metry, Bravais indices, Miller indices, Isomorphism, Polymorphism, Liquid crystal (3 Weeks)
and its application, Some important structure of crystal: Sodium chloride, Zinc
blend, Diamond, Wurtzite, Caesium chloride.
3. X-ray Diffraction: Bragg’s law, Importance of Bragg’s law, X-ray diffraction
6 Classes
of crystal: Powder method-principles and uses, Single crystal X-ray diffraction, Fo-
(3 Weeks)
cusing (Guinier) camera, Principle of neutron and electron diffraction.
4. Crystal Defects: Perfect crystal and imperfect crystals, defects in solids, vacan-
cies, classification of crystal defects: Point defects, line defects, plane defects, Stoi-
6 Classes
chiometric defects: Schottky defects, Frenkel defects, Thermodynamics of Schottky
(3 Weeks)
and Frenkel defects, Non-stoichiometric defects: color centers, Screw and edge dis-
location.
5. Electrical Properties of Crystals: Band theory of solid, Band structure of metal, 6 Classes

insulators and semiconductors, Hall effect and significance of Hall effect, dopping, (3 Weeks)
impurities on semiconductor: intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductor: p-type and n-
type semiconductor, Application of semiconductors (pn junction), superconductor.
Text Books
1. Anthony R. West, Solid State Chemistry and its Applications, Wiley
2. P. Atkins and J. Paula, Atkins Physical Chemistry, (8th edition), New York.
Reference Books
2. Gurdeep Raj, Advanced Physical Chemistry, Goel Publishing House, 2007
3. A.R. Verma, Crystallography Applied to Solid State Physics, New Age International Publishers.
4. D. K. Chakrabarty, Solid State Chemistry, New Age International Publishers.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teac
Tools
que CLOs
Fundamental
knowledge about
solid state
Class
chemistry topics Power point
test,
like crystalline and 4 Classes presentation,
1 Solids Textb final 1
amorphous solids, (2 Weeks) Interactive
ooks, examina
Born-Haber cycle, discussion.
Journ tion
Isomorphism,
als,
different types
Scien
crystals.
tific
Describing
maga Class
different types of Lecture on
Chemical zines, test,
unit cell, radius 6 Classes multimedia,
2 Crystallogr differ final 2
ratio rule and (3 Weeks) Group
aphy ent examina
symmetry of discussion.
searc tion
elements.
h
Utilization of White board Class
engin
X-ray powder method for illustration, test,
es 6 Classes
3 Crystallogr identifying Problem final 3
and (3 Weeks)
aphy crystalline phases solving or examina
intern
or compounds. case studies tion
et
Describing the
advan Class
basic principle of Power point
tage. test,
Crystal defects in solids 6 Classes presentation,
4 final 4
defects (Schottky defects, (3 Weeks) Interactive
examina
Frenkel defects, discussion.
tion
etc.).
5 Electrical Explaning the 6 Classes White board Class 5

Properties concepts of Band (3 Weeks) illustration, test,

of Crystals theory of solids Brainstormin final
and Hall effect. g on class examina
topics. tion
Course Title: Organometallic Chemistry

a. Course Structure
The main goal of this course is to provide a basic idea of organometallic chemistry including
synthesis, structure, bonding, properties and applications leading to advanced research.
CLO1 Recite the history and classification of organometallic compounds.

CLO2 Explain the synthesis, bonding and properties of main group organometallics.
CLO3 Discuss the stability of complexes according to 18-electron rule and its basis, application
and exceptions.
CLO3 Analyse and explore the chemical properties of carbonyl, nitrotrosyl, and phosphine
complexes of transition metals.
CLO4 Recall the synthesis, bonding and properties of transition metal organometallics with
different electron ligands.
CLO5 Describe the synthesis, structure determination and reactions of transition metal carbonyl
clusters.
CLO6 Recognize various organometallic reactions and their mechanisms.
CLO7 Utilize knowledge about the industrial applications of organometallic complexes as
catalysts.

CLO1 √
CLO2 √
CLO3 √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO6 √ √ √
CLO7 √ √ √ √ √
Course Title: Organometallic Chemistry 199


Duration of
Topics
the Courses
1. Introduction: Historical background, Classification of organometallic
3 Classes
compounds by bond type, Difference between main groups and transition metal
(1 Weeks)
organometallics, The stability of organic compounds.
2. Main Group Organometallics: Synthesis of organometallic compounds
6 Classes
containing Lithium, Magnesium, Cadmium, Copper, Zinc and their synthetic
(2 Weeks)
utility.
3. Transition Metal Organometallics: Classification of organic ligands, 18- 6 Classes
electron rule and its basis, application and exceptions. (2 Weeks)
4. Metal carbonyls, Metal nitrosyls and Metal Phosphines: Synthesis, 6 Classes
Structures, Bonding and reactions. (2 Weeks)
5. Synthesis, Bonding, Structures and Properties (including fluxional
behavior) of the Following Types Transition Metal Organometallics:
(a) Compounds with 1-electron ligands: σ-alkyl, aryl, and halide complexes.
(b) Compounds with 2-electron ligands: alkene compounds. 6 Classes
(c) Compounds with 3-electron ligands: η3-allyl complexes. (2 Weeks)
(d) Compounds with 4-electron ligands: tricarbonyliron complexes of dienes and
alkynes.
(e) Compounds with 5-electron ligands: cyclopentadienyl complexes.
6. Metal-Metal Bonding and Metal Clusters:
(a) Transition Metal Carbonyl Clusters: Structure, Synthesis and reactions, 6 Classes
(b) Synthesis, Structure and substitution reactions of trimetallicdodecacarbonyls of (2 Weeks)
osmium.
7. (a) Stoichiometric Reactions of Transition Metal Organometallics: Oxidative
addition, Reductive elimination and insertion reactions.
(b) Catalytic Reactions of Transition Metal Organometallics: Water gas shift 9 Classes
reaction, Fischer-Tropsch synthesis, Hydroformylation reaction, Homogeneous (3 Weeks)
hydrogenation of unsaturated compounds, Ziegler-Natta polymerization of ethylene
and propylene.
Text Books
1. K. Kundu, Elementary Organometallic Chemistry, Bangla Academy, Dhaka.
2. Gary O. Spessard and Gary L. Miessler, Organometallic Chemistry.
3. Manfred Bochmann, Organometallics and Catalysis: An Introduction.
4. G.E. Coates, M.L. Green, P. Powell and K. Wade, Principles of Organometallic Chemistry,
Methuen and Co. Ltd.
Reference Books
1. M. Bochmann, Organometalics 1: Complexes with Transition Metal-Carbon σ-bonds, Oxford
Science Publications.
2. M. Bochmann, Organometalics 2: Complexes with Transition Metal-Carbon π-bonds, Oxford
Science Publications.
3. A.W. Parkins and R.C. Poller, An Introduction to Organometallic Chemistry, Macmillan Pub-
lishers Ltd.

4. G.E. Coates, M.L. Green, and K. Wade, Organometallic Compounds, Vol. 1 & 2, Methuen and
Co. Ltd.
5. B.F.G. Johnson (ed.): Transition Metal Clusters, Wiley-lnterscience.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Chapter Topics ing
Tools
que CLOs
Describing Power
historical point Class
background, presentatio test,
3 Classes,
1 Introduction and n, final 1
(1 Week)
Classification of Interactive examin
organometallic discussion. ation
compounds
Class
Discussion of Lecture on
Main Group test,
synthesis, 6 Classes multimedi
2 Organometallic final 2
bonding and (2 Weeks) a, Group
s examin
properties Textbo discussion.
ation
oks,
White
Classification of Journa
board Class
Transition organic ligands, ls,
illustration test,
Metal 18-electron rule Scienti 6 Classes
3 , Problem final 3
Organometallic and its basis, fic (2 Weeks)
solving or examin
s application and magaz
case ation
exceptions. ines,
studies
differe
Explaining
nt
synthesis,
search Power
Metal structures, Class
engine point
carbonyls, bonding and test,
s and 6 Classes presentatio
4 Metal nitrosyls reactions of final 4
interne (2 Weeks) n,
and Metal transition metal examin
t Interactive
Phosphines carbonyls, ation
advant discussion.
nitrosyls and
age.
phosphines
Synthesis,
Bonding, Recognition of White
Structures and bonding modes board
Class
Properties ad reactivity of illustration
test,
(including different 6 Classes ,
5 final 5
fluxional electron donor (2 Weeks) Brainstor
examin
behavior) of ligands with ming on
ation
different Types transition class
Transition metals topics.
Metal

Organometallic
s
Adapting Power
knowledge of point
Class
the synthesis, presentatio
Metal-Metal test,
structure and 6 Classes n,
6 Bonding and final 6
reactivity of (2 Weeks) Discussing
Metal Clusters examin
transition metal keywords
ation
carbonyl cluster of class
compounds topics.
(a) Stoichio-
metric Fundamental
Reactions of knowledge about
Lecture on
Transition organometallic Class
multimedi
Metal Organo- reactions and test,
7 metallics, understanding of final 7
(3 Weeks) solving or
(b) Catalytic mechanisms of examin
case
Reactions of organometallic ation
studies
Transition catalytic
Metal Organo- reactions
metallics
Course Title: Nanochemistry

a. Course Structure
This course is designed for the students to study on synthesis, structure and properties of
nanomaterials.
CLO1 Describe the basic concepts of nanomaterials and nanochemistry.

CLO2 Determine and perform the synthesis root of nanomaterials.
CLO3 Explain the chemical interactions of materials at the nanoscale.
CLO4 Apply different experimental techniques in nanochemisrty.
CLO5 Identify the novel properties of bulk and nanoscale materials.
CLO6 Explain the applications of nanomaterials in Chemistry.
CLO7 Recognize different types of nanomaterials and their impact on the environment.
Course Title: Nanochemistry 202


CLO1 √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √
CLO6 √ √
CLO7 √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Introduction: About size scales, history, Feynman scorecard, Schrodinger’s cat-
quantum mechanics in small systems, fluctuations and “Darwininian nanoscience”, 2 Classes
quantum effects and fluctuations in nanostructures, microscopy and manipulation (1 Week)
tools in nanochemistry.
2. Synthesis of Nanomaterials: Top-down approach: Photolithography, electron
beam lithography, micromechanical structures, thin film technologies, molecular
beam epitaxy, focused ion beam milling, Bottom-up approach: Common aspects of 6 Classes
all assembly methods, laser vaporization technique, chemical bath deposition (3 Weeks)
method, chemical vapor deposition technique, laser ablation technique, organic
synthesis, electrodeposition, spin coating, DNA nanotechnology.
3. Chemical interaction: Chemical interaction at the nanoscale: electrostatic 3 Classes
interaction, hydrogen bonding, van der Waals attractions, and hydrophobic effects. (1.5 Weeks)
4. Experimental techniques: Experimental techniques in nanochemisrty: Scanning
electron microscopy, Transmission electron microscopy, Atomic force microscopy,
5 Classes
Scanning tunneling microscopy, X-ray method, UV-vis and Infrared spectroscopy,
(2.5 Weeks)
Light seafaring method for particle sizing, techniques for surface area and porosity
measurements.
4 Classes
5. Nonmaterials: Fullerenes, Carbon nanotubes, Graphene, Dianmondoids,
(2 Weeks)
6. Application: Application of nano materials in catalysis, oxide reactions, in
4 Classes
sensors and electronic devices, photochemistry, composite, coatings, energy,
(2 Weeks)
environment, food, agriculture, textile and medicine,
7. Environmental implications: Nanotoxicology, risk assessment and environ- 4 Classes
mental aspects. (2 Weeks)
Text Books
1. Nanochemistry by G. B. Sergeev, Elsevier, 2006.
2. Introduction to Nanoscience by Gabor L Hornyak, Joydeep Dutta, Harry F Tibbals, Anil K Rao,
CRC press, 2008.
3. Applied Nanotechnology, by Jeremy J Ramsden, William Andrew, 2009.

Reference Books
1. Nanoscale Material in Chemistry, Ryan M. Richards
2. S. M. Lindsay, Introduction of Nanoscience, Oxford University Press, UK, 2010.
3. G. Cao, Nanostructures and Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties & Applications, Imperial
College Press, 2004.
4. A. Hirsch, M. Brettreich, F.Wudl, Fullerenes: Chemistry and Reactions, John Wiley & Sons,
2005.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Specific Teachin Time Teaching ment ment
Chapter Topics
outcome g Tools Frame Strategy Techni to
que CLOs
Describing the Power point Class
basic concepts of presentation, test,
Introducti 2 Classes
1 nanomaterials Interactive final 1
on (1 Week)
and nano discussion. examin
chemistry. ation
Power point
Class
Synthesis presentation,
Designing the test,
of 6 Classes Showing
2 synthesis root of final 2
Nanomate (3 Weeks) animated
nanomaterials. examin
rials reaction
ation
Textboo mechanism.
ks, White board Class
Basic concepts
Chemical Journals, 3 Classes illustration, test,
of chemical in-
3 interactio Scientifi (1.5 Problem final 3
teraction at the
n c Weeks) solving or examin
nanoscale.
magazin case studies ation
Application es, Power point Class
Experime
different different 5 Classes presentation, test,
ntal
4 experimental search (2.5 Showing final 4
technique
techniques in engines Weeks) flowcharts or examin
s
nanochemisrty. and diagram. ation
Identification of internet
White board Class
the novel advantag
illustration, test,
Nonmater properties of e. 4 Classes
5 Brainstormin final 5
ials bulk and (2 Weeks)
g on class examin
nanoscale
topics. ation
materials.
Power point Class
Utilization of presentation, test,
Applicati 4 Classes
6 nanomaterials in Discussing final 6
on (2 Weeks)
Chemistry. keywords of examin
class topics. ation
Environm Identification of 4 Classes Lecture on Class
7 7
ental different types of (2 Weeks) multimedia, test,

implicatio nanomaterials Problem final

ns and their impact solving or examin
on the case studies ation
environment.
Course Title: Bioinorganic Chemistry

a. Course Structure
The course is outlined for the students to acquire knowledge about trace metals and ultratrace
metals and their roles in biological systems, metal’s storage and transport in biosystems, necessity,
storage and transport of dioxygen in biosystems, illustrations of metalloproteins involved in
various electron transfer processes in biosystems, involvement of metalloenzymes in dioxygen
management of biosystems, enzymatic activities of zinc, cobalt, nickel and molybdenum
containing enzymes in biosystems and the therapeutic uses of various biocoordination compounds.
Also, the aim of the course is to present and describe bioinorganic systems through the correlation
of the function, structure and activity of inorganic elements within the organisms.
CLO1 Identify and critique the roles of metal ions in biological systems and metallobiosite
structures.
CLO2 Describe the chemical flow in biosystems.
CLO3 Demonstrate the different processes involved in the storage and transport of trace and
ultratrace metal ions in biosystems.
CLO4 Assess the dioxygen management, i.e., storage and transport through human body and
different organisms.
CLO5 Explain the electron transfer processes of metalloproteins involved in biosystems.
CLO6 Describe the metal-activation sites in various metalloenzymes and their involvement in
the incorporation of oxygen into biosystems.
CLO7 List the development of some historic and current bioinorganic drugs and their
applications.
CLO8 Select the toxic metals that involved in biosystems.

CLO1 √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √
Course Title: Bioinorganic Chemistry 205

CLO4 √ √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √ √
CLO6 √ √ √ √ √
CLO7 √ √ √ √ √
CLO8 √ √ √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Introduction: General aspects, Metal ions in biological systems, Trace and
2 Classes
ultratrace metals, Role of metal ions in biological systems, Metallobiosite
(1 Week)
structures, Ion pumps.
2. Functional Value of the Chemical Elements in Biological Systems: Major
chemical properties of chemicals in aqueous solution, Biochemical functions of 4 Classes
the chemical elements, The living process, Chemical flow in biology, Na+/K+ (2 Weeks)
pump.
3. Metal Management and Electron Transfer: Iron storage and iron transport,
Ferritin, Haemosiderin, Transferrins, Siderophores, Metallothioneins and
phytochelatins, Ceruloplasmin, Vanadium storage and transport, Inner-sphere and 6 Classes
outer-sphere electron transfer, Blue copper proteins: plastocyanin, azurin, etc., (3 Weeks)
Iron-sulphur proteins: rubredoxins, ferrodoxins, and other models, synthetic
models for Fe-S proteins, Cytochtomes.
4. Dioxygen Management:
(a) Storage and Transport:Metalloporphyrins: chlorophyll, heme proteins,
5 Classes
Haemoglobin and Myoglobin-model systems, the structures of the natural sites,
(2.5 Weeks)
cooperativity, synthetic blood, Haemerythrin and haemocyanin, other heme
proteins.
(b) Involvement in Enzymes: Superoxide dimutases, Peroxidases and catalases,
Oxidases and oxygenases, Ribonucleotide reductase, Zinc, Superacids, Structural
5 Classes
role of zinc in proteins, Vitamin B12, Nitrogenases, Oxotransfermolybdoenzymes,
(2.5 Weeks)
Nickel enzymes, Role of Cu, Co, Zn, V, and Mo in biologically important
reactions.
5. Metals and Health: The application of therapeutic chelating agents, Platinum
3 Classes
and anticancer activity, cis-platin, carboplatin, Gold and antiarthritic agents,
(1.5 Weeks)
auranofin, etc,
6. Metal Toxicity: Iron overload, Copper, Mercury, Cadmium and Lead toxicity,
3 Classes
Mercuric ion reductase, Lead and porphobilinogen synthase, Metals as
(1.5 Weeks)
Carcinogens.
Text Books
1. D.E. Fenton, Biocoordination Chemistry, Oxford University Press.
Reference Books
1. J.A. Cowan, Inorganic Biochemistry: An Introduction, Wiley-VCH, New York.

2. S.J. Lippard and J.M. Berg, Principles of Bioinorganic Chemistry, University Science Books,
Mill Valley, California, USA.
3. I. Bertini, H.B. Gray, S.J. Lippad, J.S. Valentine, Bioinorganic Chemistry, University Science
Books, Mill Valley, California, USA.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teachi
Tools
que CLOs
Interpreting the
White
fundamental
board Class
knowledge about the
illustration, test,
metal ions that
powerpint assign
Introducti involved in 2 Classes
1 presentation ment, 1
on biological systems, (1 Week)
, discussing final
their roles,
keywords examin
preferences of metals
of class ation.
ions to different
topics.
donor atoms.
Textbo White
oks, board
Journa illustration,
Functiona
ls, powerpint Class
l Value of
Understanding the Scienti presentation test,
the
functional value of fic , group assign
Chemical 4 Classes
2 chemical elements in magazi discussion, ment, 2
Elements (2 Weeks)
different biological nes, interactive final
in
systems differe discussion, examin
Biological
nt discussing ation.
Systems
search keywords
engine of class
s and topics.
interne White
Describing the t board
prominent advant illustration, Class
Metal metalloproteins that age. powerpint test,
Managem involved in storage, presentation assign
6 Classes
3 ent and transport and , video ment, 3,4,5
(3 Weeks)
Electron electron transfer presentation final
Transfer processes in , group examin
biosystems and their discussion, ation.
mechanisms. interactive
discussion.
. Illustration of the White Class
10 Classes
4 Dioxygen concepts of dioxygen board test, 4,5,6
(5 Weeks)
Managem management by illustration, assign

ent: (a) different heam, non- powerpint ment,

Storage heam proteins and presentation present
and different enzymes; , video ation,
Transport their metal-activation presentation final
(b) sites responsible for , discussing examin
Involvem the roles in keywords ation
ent in biosystems. of class
Enzymes topics.
Storage
and
Transport
(a)
White
board
illustration,
powerpint
Critique the concepts
presentation
to trap poisonous
, interactive
metals from body, Class
discussion,
development of cis- test,
problem
Metals plain and its assign
3 Classes solving or
5 and interference for DNA ment, 7,8
(1.5 Week) case
Health replication to act as final
studies,
anticancer agents, examin
discussing
mechanism of gold ation
keywords
complexes to act as
of class
antiarthritic agents.
topics,
brainstormi
ng on class
topics.
White
board
illustration,
powerpint
presentation Class
Assessment of
, interactive test,
fundamental
discussion, assign
Metal knowledge about the 3 Classes
6 problem ment, 8
Toxicity metal involved in (1.5 Week)
solving or final
toxicity and
case examin
carcinogens.
studies, ation
discussing
keywords
of class
topics.

Course Title: Organic Reagents and Syntheses

a. Course Structure
The objective of the course is to introduce students to the mechanistic pathway of organic
reactions, selective reagents and retrosynthetic approach to design organic syntheses.
c. Course Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CLO1 Extend knowledge about the metals and reagents which causes oxidation in various
compounds and explain the basic mechanism of oxidation in organic compounds.
CLO2 Apply the reagents that cause selective and complete reduction and describe the role of
metals and reagents for reduction reactions.
CLO3 Describe the functional group interconversions and formation of new functional groups
from another using suitable reagents and protecting groups.
CLO4 Form carbon-carbon bonds using various reagents and protecting groups in addition build
up a basic knowledge about preparation, mechanism and applications of some selected
name reactions.
CLO5 Describe the various methodologies of synthesis and screening tests used in combinatorial
chemistry.
CLO6 Use retro-synthetic analysis for the construction of synthetic routes for simple organic
compounds.
CLO7 Devise multi-step syntheses of complex organic molecules.
CLO8 Justify selecting one reagent over another in terms of efficacy in relation to a particular
synthetic problem and identifying suitable reagents for selective transformation.

CLO1 √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √
CLO4 √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √
CLO6 √ √ √
CLO7 √ √ √
CLO8 √ √
Course Title: Organic Reagents and Syntheses 209


Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. Oxidation: Oxidation reactions with Cr, Mn compounds, SeO2, Pb (OAc), and 4 Classes
peracid, periodate. (2 Weeks)
2. Reduction Reactions: Catalytic hydrogenation, Reduction with dissolving 4 Classes
metals, Metal hydrides LiAlH4, NaBH4. (2 Weeks)
3. Interconversion of Functional Groups: (a) Interconversion of function groups,
Transformation of alcohols, Phenols, Halogeno compounds, Nitro compounds,
4 Classes
Acids and acid derivatives, (b) Protective groups: the strategy, protection of
(2 Weeks)
alcohols, diols, carboxylic acids, amino group, carbonyl groups, their applications
in organic syntheses.
4. Formation of Carbon-Carbon Bonds: The principles, Reactions of
organometallic compounds, Grignard reagents, Organocopper reagents, the use of
stabilized carbanions and related nucleophiles, Formation of carbon-hetero atom 4 Classes
bonds, Umpolung yields, Stereo selective enolate reactions, Enamines, Michael (2 Weeks)
addition and Robinson annulation, Heck reaction, Suzuki reaction, Stille coupling,
Wittig reaction, Reformatsky reaction.
5. Combinatorial Chemistry: Introduction, Principles of combinatorial chemistry,
Methods and techniques of combinatorial synthesis (Library synthesis), Solid phase 6 Classes
organic synthesis, Solution phase combinatorial chemistry, Solid phase synthesis of (3 Weeks)
peptides.
6. Strategy in Synthesis: The disconnection approach to synthesis, Concept of a
synthon, Functional group interconversions, Reagent, Synthetic equivalent and
target molecule, Synthesis of monofunctional and difunctional compounds: (a) one-
group disconnection, disconnection of simple alcohol compounds derived from 6 Classes
alcohols, disconnection of simple olefins, ketones, (b) (i) two group disconnections- (3 Weeks)
1,3-dioxygenated skeletons, (ii) ‘Illogical’ two group disconnection, the 1,2-
dioxygenation pattern, (c) pericyclic reactions, (d) heterocyclic compounds,
Strategy considering all possible disconnections.
Text Books
1. R.K. Mackie and D.M. Smith, Guidebook to Organic Synthesis, Longman.
2. W. Carruthers, Some Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis, Cambridge University Press.
3. H.O. House, Modern Synthetic Reactions, Benjamin-Cummings.
Reference Books
1. J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure, John Wiley &
Sons.
2. M.B. Smith, Organic Synthesis, McGraw-Hill.
3. S. Warren, Designing Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons.
4. G. Jung, Combinatorial Chemistry: Synthesis, Analysis, Screening, Wiley-VCH, New York.

g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teac
Tools
que CLOs
Explaining the White
Class
reactions and basic board
test,
mechanism of 4 Classes illustration,
Oxidation final
1 oxidation in (2 Weeks) Problem 1
examin
organic solving or
ation
compounds. case studies
White
Developing
board Class
knowledge about
illustration, test,
Reduction the reagents which 4 Classes
Discussing final
2 Reactions causes a reduction (2 Weeks) 2
keywords examin
in various
Textb of class ation
compounds.
ooks, topics.
Describing and Journ Lecture on
Assign
Interconversi applying methods als, multimedia
ment,
on of and procedures for Scien 4 Classes ,
final
3 Functional the interconversion tific (2 Weeks) Brainstormi 3
examin
Groups of different maga ng on class
ation
functional groups. zines, topics.
Producing carbon- differ
White
carbon single bond ent Class
Formation of board
formation to searc test,
Carbon- 4 Classes illustration,
4 prepare new h final
Carbon (2 Weeks) Open
complex, and engin examin 4
Bonds textbook
study the selected es ation
study.
name reactions. and
Applying intern Power
combinatorial et point Assign
methods to advan presentatio ment,
Combinatoria 6 Classes
synthesize a tage. n, Viewing final
5 l Chemistry (3 Weeks) 5
variety of reactions YouTube examin
in a low laborious with related ation
and short time. topics.
White
board
Designing the Class
illustration,
retrosynthetic test,
Strategy in 6 Classes Showing 6-8
analysis using the final
6 Synthesis (3 Weeks) animated
disconnection examin
reaction
approach. ation
mechanism
.

Course Title: Medicinal Chemistry

a. Course Structure
This course is prefered to study the mode of action, clinical uses, side effects and applications of
the selected drugs on the basis of their structures.
CLO1 Relate the structure and physical properties of drugs to their pharmacological activity.
CLO2 Demonstrate an understanding of drug metabolism, bioavailability and pharmacokinetics
and the role of medicinal chemistry in improving these parameters.
CLO3 Explain the relationship between a drug’s chemical structure and its therapeutic
properties.
CLO4 Describe the current challenges and opportunities in medicinal chemistry in light of
contemporary developments in drug discovery.
CLO5 Apply the gained knowledge on the development of the therapeutic classes of drugs.

PLO/CLO PLO1 PLO2 PLO3 PLO4 PLO5 PLO6 PLO7 PLO8
CLO1 √ √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √ √
CLO4 √ √ √
CLO5 √ √

Duration of
Topics
the Classes
1. General Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry: Classification of drugs, 2 Classes
Sources, Prodrugs, Lead compounds, Necessity of new drugs. (1 Week)
2. Drug Action: The pharmaceutical, pharmacokinetic and the pharmacodynamic
4 Classes
phase. Methods and routes of administration, ADME, Routes of elimination, Bio-
(2 Weeks)
availability.
3. Drug Design: Stereochemistry and drug design, Structure-activity relationships
4 Classes
(SAR), Quantitative structure-activity relationship (QSAR), Hansch analysis, Bi-
(2 Weeks)
oisosteres.
4. Receptors and Messengers: Structure and classification of the receptors, Ago-
4 Classes
nist, Antagonist and partial-agonist, Primary and secondary messengers, Neuro-
(2 Weeks)
transmitters, Ligand-receptor theories.
Course Title: Medicinal Chemistry 212

5. Drug Metabolism: Introduction, Aim, Site of metabolism, Factors affecting 4 Classes

metabolism, Phase I and phase II reactions. (2 Weeks)
4 Classes
6. Drug Discovery, Development and Production.
(2 Weeks)
7. Chemical and Biological Aspects of the Following Classes of Drugs: (a)
Local Anaesthetics (procaine, tetracacine, lidocine), (b) Sulfadrugs
(sulfamethoxazole, sulfanilamide, sulfadiazine), (c) Antibiotics (-lactum,
ampicillin, amoxicillin, cloxacillin, floxacillin), (d) Anticancer agents
6 Classes
(mechloroethamine, 5-flurouracil, methotrexale, doxorubicin, vincristin), (e)
(3 Weeks)
Antidiabetic agents (insulin, tolbutamide, glyburide), (f) Cardiac agents (cardiac
glycosides, digitoxin, digoxin), (g) Central nervous system stimulants
(amphetamine, caffeine), and (h) Depressants (diazepam, barbiturates, propofol,
ketamine).
Text Books
1. M.E. Wolff (ed.): Burger’s Medicinal Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons, New York.
2. W.E. Foye (ed.): Principles of Medicinal Chemistry, Varghese Publishing House, Mumbai.
3. G. Thomas: Medicinal Chemistry; An Introduction, John Wiley & Sons.
Reference Books
1. G.L. Patrick: An Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry, Oxford University Press.
2. J.H. Block & J.M. Beale (Ed.): Wilson and Gisvold’s Textbook of Organic Medicinal and
Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Lippincott, Williams and Wilkins.
3. J.B. Taylor & P.D. Kennewell, Introduction of Medicinal Chemistry, Ellis Horwood. UK.
g. Course Outline
Assess Align
Teach
Tools
que CLOs
Textbo Power
oks, point
General Journa presentatio
basic concepts test,
Introduction ls, 2 Classes n,
1 about origin and final 4
to Medicinal Scienti (1 Week) Discussing
classification of examin
Chemistry fic keywords
drugs. ation
magaz of class
ines, topics.
differe White
Explaining the
nt board Assign
pharmaceutical
search illustration ment,
activity of drugs 4 Classes
2 Drug Action engine , Showing final 2
with mode of (2 Weeks)
s and flowcharts examin
action and routes
interne or ation
of administration.
t diagram.
3 Drug Design Understanding advant 4 Classes White Class 1, 3

Stereo-chemical age. (2 Weeks) board test,

activity and illustration final
structural , Video examin
properties on Presentatio ation
drugs. n.
Power
point
Class
presentatio
Receptors Physiological test,
4 Classes n,
4 and actions of drugs on final 1, 3
(2 Weeks) Brainstor
Messengers the body. examin
ming on
ation
class
topics.
Describing the White Class
metabolic pathway board test,
Drug 4 Classes
5 and factors illustration final 2
Metabolism (2 Weeks)
affecting , Story examin
metabolism. telling. ation
Power
point
Drug Synthesis of new Class
presentatio
Discovery, drugs for test,
4 Classes n, Viewing
6 Development improving activity final 4
(2 Weeks) YouTube
and and reducing side examin
with
Production effects. ation
related
topics.
Chemical
and Various chemical White
Assign
Biological and biological board
ment,
Aspects of activity study and 6 Classes illustration
7 final 5
the application of (3 Weeks) ,
examin
Following some specific Interactive
ation
Classes of important drugs. discussion.
Drugs

Grand Final Curriculum 8..06.2021 After Syllbus Meeting

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Grand Final Curriculum 8..06.2021 After Syllbus Meeting

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Department of Chemistry

Curriculum for B.Sc. (Honors) in Chemistry

Contents of the Curriculum

SI Title of the Contents Page

Contents of the Curriculum 2

Preamble to the Curriculum

Assessment Pattern and Evaluation System

Preamble to the Curriculum 3

ii) Laboratory Courses

Preamble to the Curriculum 4

VISION OF THE UNIVERSITY

MISSION OF THE UNIVERSITY

Strategic Objectives of the University

Functions of the University

VISION OF THE UNIVERSITY 5

Graduate Profile of the Program

The Chemistry graduates will be able to-

The Chemistry graduates will be competent to-

VISION OF THE PROGRAM

Graduate Profile of the Program 6

MISSION OF THE PROGRAM

Program Education Objectives (PEOs)

PEO to Mission Statement (M) Mapping

Program Learning Outcome (PLOs)

MISSION OF THE PROGRAM 7

reasoning as applied to scientific problems.

Mapping of PLOs to PEOs

Information about Course Summary and Important Part of Ordinance

Information about Course Summary and Important Part of Ordinance 8

2. Selected Part of the Academic Ordinance of B.Sc. (Honors) Degree

a) Duration of the program of study:

b) Duration of Semesters and Courses:

Information about Course Summary and Important Part of Ordinance 9

e) Practical/Lab/Field trip and Viva-voce Courses:

f) Project Work/Internship/Thesis/Industrial Training Courses:

g) Distribution of Oral/Viva-voce/Comprehensive Viva-voce courses:

Information about Course Summary and Important Part of Ordinance 10

3. Grade Point Average (GPA) Calculation

Where, C = Credit in a Course

Information about Course Summary and Important Part of Ordinance 11

Information about Course Summary and Important Part of Ordinance 12

Course Structure of B.Sc. (Hons) Degree in Chemistry

CHEM-1102 Physical Chemistry Laboratory-I 1.5 03 20

CHEM-1106 Calculus 3.0 03 31

CHEM-1206 Organic Chemistry Laboratory-I 1.5 03 55

Course Structure of B.Sc. (Hons) Degree in Chemistry 13

Course Code Title of the course Credits Hrs/Week Page

CHEM-2101 Phase and Ionic Equilibrium 2.0 02 64

CHEM-2102 Physical Chemistry Laboratory-III 1.5 03 67

CHEM-2103 Chemistry of Elements 3.0 03 69

CHEM-2108 Mathematical Methods 2.0 02 86

CHEM-2109 Electronics and Optics 2.0 02 88

CHEM-2110 Oral 0.5 - -

Course Code Title of the course Credits Hrs/Week Page

CHEM-2201 Electrochemistry 3.0 03 91

CHEM-2202 Electro-analytical Laboratory 1.5 03 94

CHEM-2203 Analytical Chemistry 3.0 03 97

CHEM-2204 Quantitative Inorganic Laboratory-II 1.5 03 101

CHEM-2205 Bioorganic Chemistry 3.0 03 103

CHEM-2206 Polymer Chemistry 2.0 02 106

CHEM-2207 Nuclear and Radiation Chemistry 2.0 02 109

CHEM-2208 Statistics and Numerical Methods 3.0 03 112

CHEM-2209 Oral 0.5 - -